Skip to main content

Full text of "A short history of Syriac literature"

See other formats


(QottteU Inineraitg ffiihtarg 

jitliata. ^tta ^orh 



BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME OF THE 

SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND 

THE GIFT OF 

HENRY W. SAGE 

1891 



Cornell University Library 
PJ 5494.W95 



Short history of Syriac literature 





3 1924 026 819 916 



W96' 




The original of tliis book is in 
tine Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 



http://www.archive.org/details/cu31 92402681 9916 



A SHOET HISTORY 



OF 



SYEIAG LITEEATUEE. 



PEINIED BY 0. J. CLAY, M.A. AND SONS, 
AT THE UNrVEESIiy PKESS. 



A SHOET HISTOEY 



OF 



SYEIAC LITEEATUEE 



BY 



THE LATE 

WILLIAM WEIGHT, LL.D. 

PBOFBSBOB OF ARABIC IN THE tJNlVEBSITT OF CAMBRIDGE. 



LONDON 
ADAM AND CHARLES BLACK 

1894 



-3 3t) 



PEEFATORY NOTE. 



npHIS volume is a reprint of the late Professor 
-*- W. Wright's article on Syriac Literature, 
which appeared in vol. XXII. of the Encyclo- 
paedia Britannica in 1887. A number of brief 
additions have been made, in order to note 
publications subsequent to the date of the article : 
these are enclosed in square brackets. A few 
of them are derived from notes made by Professor 
Wright on his own copy, or were suggested in 
letters written to him by M. Duval and Dr Nestle ; 
and many of the others are due to the late 
Professor W. Robertson Smith, who was keenly 
interested in the preparation of this edition. An 
index has been added which will, it is hoped, 
increase the usefulness of the work. 

N. M. 

September, 1894. 



ERRATUM. 
On p. 185 1. 9 for Bar-Sahdg read Bar-Sahde. 



SYEIAC LITEEATUEE, 



rpHE literature of Syria, as known to us at the 
-^ present day, is, with the exception of trans- 
lations from the Greek and some other languages, 
a Christian literature. The writings of the Syrian 
heathens, such as the so-called Sabians of Harran, 
which were extant, at least in part, even in the 
13th century % seem to have now wholly dis- 
appeared. The beginnings of this literature are 
lost in the darkness of the earliest ages of 
Christianity. It was at its best from the 4th to 
the 8th century, and then gradually died away, 
though it kept up a flickering existence till the 
14th century or even later. We must own — and 
it is well to make the confession at the outset — 
that the literature of Syria is, on the whole, not 
an attractive one. As Eenan said long ago^ the 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Syr., ed. Bruns and Kirsch, 
p. 176 [ed. Bedjan, p. 168] ; Chwolsoiin, Ssabier und 
Ssabismus, i. 177. 

2 De Philoaophia Feripatetioa apud Syros, 1852, p. 3. 

S. L. 1 



2 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

characteristic of the Syrians is a certain medio- 
crity. They shone neither in war, nor in the 
arts, nor in science. They altogether lacked the 
poetic fire of the older — we purposely emphasize 
the word — the older Hebrews and of the Arabs. 
But they were apt enough as pupils of the 
Greeks ; they assimilated and reproduced, adding 
little or nothing of their own. There was no 
Al-Farabi, no Ibn Sina, no Ibn Rushd, in the 
cloisters of Edessa, Ken-neshre, or Nisibis. Yet 
to the Syrians belongs the merit of having passed 
on the lore of ancient Greece to the Arabs, and 
therefore, as a matter of history, their literature 
must always possess a certain amount of interest 
in the eyes of the modern student. The Syrian 
Church never produced men who rose to the level 
of a Eusebius, a Gregory Nazianzen, a Basil, and 
a Chrysostom ; but we may still be thankful to 
the plodding diligence which has preserved for us 
in faii'ly good translations many valuable works of 
Greek fathers which would otherwise have been 
lost. And even Syria's humble chroniclers, such 
as John of Ephesus, Dionysius of Tell-Mahre, and 
Bar-Hebrseus, deserve their meed of praise, seeing 
that, without their guidance, we should have 
known far less than we now know about the 
history of two important branches of the Eastern 
Church, besides losing much interesting informa- 



pSshitta. 3 

tion as to the political events of the periods with 
which their annals are occupied. 

As Syriac literature commences with the 
Bible, we first briefly enumerate the different 
versions of Holy Scripture. 

The most important of these is the so-called 
Peshitta (mappakfa p^shUta), " the simple " or 
"plain version," the Syriac vulgate. This name 
is in use as early as the 9th or 10th century^ 
As to the Old Testament, neither the exact time 
nor place of its translation is known; indeed, 
from certain differences of style and manner in its 
several parts, we may rather suppose it to be the 
work of different hands, extending over a con- 
siderable period of time. It would seem, however, 
as a whole, to have been a product of the 2nd 
century, and not improbably a monument of the 
learning and zeal of the Christians of Edessa. 
Possibly Jewish converts, or even Jews, took a 
part in it, for some books (such as the Pentateuch 
and Job) are very literally rendered, whereas the 
coincidences with the LXX. (which are particu- 
larly numerous in the prophetical books) show the 
hand of Christian translators or revisers. That 
Jews should have had at any rate a consultative 

1 See the passage of Moses bar Kepha, who died in 
903, cited by the Abb^ Martin in his Introduction d la 
Critique Textuelle dv, Nouveau Testament, p. 101, note. 

1—2 



4 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

share in this work need not surprise us, when we 
remember that Syrian fathers, such as Aphraates, 
in the middle of the 4th century, and Jacob of 
Edessa, in the latter half of the 7th, had frequent 
recourse, like Jerome, to the scholars of the 
synagogue. To what extent subsequent revision 
may have been carried it is not easy to say ; but 
it seems tolerably certain that alterations were 
made from time to time with a view to harmo- 
nizing the Syriac text with that of the LXX. 
Such an opportunity may, for instance, have been 
afforded on a considerable scale by the adoption of 
Lucian's text of the LXX. at Antioch in the 
beginning of the 4th century. On all these 
points, however, we know nothing for certain, and 
may well repeat the words of Theodore of Mop- 
suestia in his commentary on Zephaniah i. 6^: 
Tjpfirfvevrai, he Tavra et? fiev rrjv ^vp(ov -Trap' otov 
8?; TTore" ovBe yap eyvacrTai l^^'^pi' tt}^ T-)]/j,epov 
0(7Ti<; TTore ovto<; iarlv. 

The canonical books of the Old Testament 
according to the Peshitta are substantially those 
of the Hebrew Bible. In the Massoretic MSS. (see 
below, p. 20 sq.), whether Nestorian or Jacobite, 
the books of Chronicles, Ezra, and Nehemiah are 
passed ovei-, and in the Nestorian the book of 

1 Mai, Patrum Nova Bihliotheca, vol. vii. 252. 



PESHITTA. 5 

Esther also. But, on the other hand, it must be 
noticed that all these books are cited byAphraates, 
and that they all appear in the Codex Ambrosia- 
nus. Of the Chronicles there is a MS. of the 
6th century in the British Museum, Add. 17104. 
Esther appears in a volume of equal age (Add. 
14652) as one of the constituent parts of the 
" Book of Women," the others being Ruth, 
Susanna, Judith, and the history of Thecla, the 
disciple of St Paul, which last is excluded from 
Biblical MSS. The oldest dated MS. of any 
portion of the Old Testament at present known 
to us is Add. 14425 in the British Museum (Gen., 
Exod., Num., Deut.), transcribed at Amid, by a 
deacon named John in 464. The deutero-canoni- 
cal books or apocrypha, translated by different 
hands from the Greek ^, are nearly the same as in 
the LXX." The Codex Amhrosianus^, for example, 
contains Wisdom, the Epistle of Jeremiah, and 
two Epistles of Baruch ; the Song of the Three 

1 Some scholars, such as P. de Lagarde and Bickell, 
think that Bcclesiasticus was translated from the lost 
Hebrew text. 

2 See Ceriani, Monumenta Sacra et Profana, vol. i. 
fascc. 1, 2 ; vol. v. fascc. 1,2; P. de Lagarde, Libri Vet. 
Test. Apocryphi Syriace. 

3 Splendidly reproduced at Milan by the process of 
photo-lithography under the direction of the Rev. Dr 
A. M. Ceriani, 5 parts, 1876 foil. 



6 SYRIAC LITERATUEE. 

Children, Bel and the Dragon, and Susanna ; 
Judith, Siracides or Ecclesiasticus ; the Apoca- 
lypse of Baruch ; the fourth book of Esdras ; and 
five books of the Maccabees, the fourth being the 
history of Samona and her sons, and the fifth 
Josephi de Bella Judaico lib. vi.' To these must 
be added from other MSS. the first or third book 
of Esdras, the book of Tobit, and the prayer of 
Manasses. Of the first book of the Maccabees 
two recensions are extant, as far as chap. xiv. 24. 
The book of Tobit presents the text of the LXX. 
as far as chap. vii. 11-. 

The canonical books of the New Testament 
are the four Gospels, the Acts of the Apostles (to 
which are annexed the three catholic epistles, viz., 
James, 1 Peter, and 1 John), and the fourteen 
epistles of St Paul. The shorter apostolic epistles, 
viz., 2 and 3 John, 2 Peter, and Jude, and the 
Apocalypse of St John, were rejected by the early 
Syrian Church ^ 

1 See Das dte Buck d. Bellum Judaicum iiheraetzt u. 
kritisch bearheitet, by Dr H. Kottek, Berlin, 1886 ; only 
capp. 1 and 2. 

2 See the Syriao note on p. xii. of De Lagarde's 
edition. 

3 The principal editions of the Pgshltta are contained 
in the Paris polyglott of Le Jay and the London polyglott 
of Walton, to which latter is attached the immortal 
Lexicon Heptaglotton of Edmund Castell. The Old 
Testament (without the apocrypha) was edited by S. Lee 



PESHITTA AND CUEETONIAN GOSPELS. 7 

As to the Pgshitta version of the Gospels (P), 
a variety of critical questions arise when we 
consider it in connexion with two other works, 
the Dia-tessaron of Tatian (T) and the Guretonian 
Gospels (Sc)^ Tatian, the friend of Justin Martyr, 
afterwards counted a heretic, composed out of the 
four Gospels a work which received the title of 
To Sta reaadpav evwyyeXioi', in Syriac more 
briefly Dia-tessaron or Evangelion da-Mehallete, 
" the Gospel of the Mixed." It is a subject of 
controversy whether Tatian wrote this work in 
Greek or in Syriac, and whether he compiled it 

in 1823 for the Bible Society, and is frequently bound up 
with the New Testament of 1826. The first edition of 
the New Testament was that of J. A. Widmanstad, with 
the help of Moses of Mardin (Vienna, 1555). Those of 
Tremellius (1569), Trost (1621), Gutbir (1664), and Leusden 
and Schaaf (1708, 1717) are well known. To the last 
named belongs Schaafs admirable Lexicon Syriacum 
Goncordantiale. The American missionaries at Urumiyah 
have published both the Old and New Testaments in 
ancient and modern Syriac, the former in 1852, the latter 
in 1846. [A convenient and cheap edition of the N.T., 
with the Psalter, in Nestorian characters, has been pub- 
lished at New York. An edition of the O.T. printed 
by the Dominicans of Mosul (2 vols, 1887, 8) follows the 
order of the Vulgate and claims to be free from Protestant 
corruptions. A third vol. containing the N.T. is reported 
as published in 1891.] 

1 Remains of a very Antient Recension of the Four 
Gospels in Syriac, hitherto unknown in Europe, discovered, 
edited, and translated by W. Cureton, D.D., F.R.S., 1858. 



8 SYRIA C LITERATURE. 

from the Greek Gospels or from a previous Syriac 
version. According to Zahn^ and Baethgen^ the 
author's language was Syriac, his sources Greek. 
They hold that this was the only Gospel in use in 
the Syrian Church for nearly a century, but that 
about the year 250, under the influence of Western 
MSS. of the Greek text (see Westcott and Hort, 
The New Testament in the Original Greek, Introd., 
§§ 118, 214), a version of "the Separate Gospels," 
Evangelion da-Mepharreshe, was introduced'. The 
translator, according to Baethgen'', made use of T 
as far as he could ; and of this text So is, in the 
opinion of these scholars, the solitary survival in 
our days. The evidence for this view does not, 
however, appear to be conclusive. It seems that 
a Syriac version of the four Gospels, as well as of 
the other parts of the New Testament, must have 
existed in the 2nd century, perhaps even before 
the version of the Old Testament. From this 
Tatian may have compiled his Dia-tessaron, or' he 
may have written that work in Greek and others 
may have done it into Syriac. Be that as it may, 
T certainly gained great popularity in the early 

1 Forschungen zur Oeschichte des neutestmnentlichen 
Kanons, &o., 1. Theil: Tatian^ Diatessaron, pp. 98, 99. 

^ Evangelienfragmenie. Der griechische Text des Cure- 
ton' schen Syrers vdederhergestellt, 1885. 

3 Zahn, op. cit., pp. 104-106. 

* Op. cit, pp. 59, 60, 72 sq. 



PESHITTA AND CUEETONIAN GOSPELS. 9 

Syrian Church, and almost superseded the Sepa- 
rate Gospels. Aphraates quoted it' ; Ephraim 
wrote a commentary upon it^ ; the Doctrine of 
Addai or Addseus (in its present shape a work of 
the latter half of the 4th century) transfers it to 
the apostolic times^; Rabbula, bishop of Edessa 
(411-435), promulgated an order that " the priests 
and deacons should take care that in every church 
there should be a copy of the Separate Gospels 
(Evangelion da-Mepharr^she), and that it should 
be read"^; and Theodoret, bishop of Cyrrhus 
(423-457), swept up more than two hundred 
copies of it in the churches of his diocese, and 
introduced the four Gospels in their place: ra 
tSsv Terrdpcov evayyeXoaToov avTetaTTyayov evay- 
ye\ia\ The result of these and similar well 
meant efforts is that not a single copy of T has 

1 Wright's edition, p. «»-», 1- 10, "as it is written at 

the head of the Gospel of our Lifegiver, In the beginning 
was the Word." 

2 Now extant only in the old Armenian version, 
translated by the Mechitarist Aucher, and revised by 
G. Mosinger under the title of Evangelii Concordantis 
Expositio facta a S. Ephraemo, Venice, 1876. 

3 PhiUips's edition, p. Oi, 1. 17. 

« S. Ephraemi Syri Rahuloe epi Edesseni Baled alio- 
rumque opera seleeta, ed. J. J. Overbeck, Oxford, 1865, 
p. 220, 3. 

^ AlpeTiK^s RaKOjivBlas iirvroiirj, 1. 20. 



10 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

come down to our times'. Both Aphraates and 
Ephraim, however, made use of the Separate 
Gospels. The former seems to have employed a 
text which Baethgen calls a slightly revised form 
of Sc {pp. cit, p. 95) ; we would rather speak of it 
as a revised form of the old Syriac Gospels of the 
2nd century. The latter made use of a more 
thorough Edessene revision, closely approaching 
in form to, if not identical with, P (Baethgen, 

1 Martin's article " Le Aia Tio-a-apav de Tatien " (from 
Revue des Questions Historiques, April 1883) contains 
much curious literary information, particularly regarding 
similar compilations of later date. See also Ciasca's 
article "De Tatiani Diatessaron Arabica Versione,'' in 
Cardinal Pitra's Analecta Sacra Spicilegio Solesmensi 
parata, iv. 465. [The Vatican MS. of] this Arabic 
Diatessaron begins with Mark i. 1, John i. 1-5, Luke i. 
5-80, Matthew i. l-25a, Luke ii. 1-39. Ciasca's copy is 
now (1887) in the hands of De Lagarde, who has published 
a few pages of it in Nachrichten von der konigl. Oesellsehaft 
der Wisseiischaften, 1886, No. 4, pp. 150-158. According 
to De Lagarde, the text is that of the ordinary PSshltta. 
[In 1886 the Museum Borgianum acquired a better MS. 
of the Arabic Tatian from Egypt, and ft'om it, and the 
Vatican MS. described in his earlier essay, Ciasca pubHshed 
Tatiani evangeliorum harmonice Arabice, with a Latin 
transl., Rome, 1888. According to a note in the Cod. 
Borg. this Arabic version was made by the Kestoriau 
Abulfaraj 'Abdallah b. at-Tib (f a.d. 1043) from a Syriac 
copy written by a disciple of the famous Honain b. Ishak. 
Thus, at best, the Arabic version gives only the form that 
the Syriac Tatian had assumed in the middle of the ninth 
century. The Borgian MS. begins with Joh. i. 1.] 



PfiSHITTA AND CURETONIAN GOSPELS. 11 

p. 95 ; Zahn, p. 65)\ Our oldest MSS. of P are, 
however, more than a hundred years later than 
Ephraim's time. We cannot, therefore, expect 
very important textual results from the collation 
of even such MSS. as Add. 14470, 14453, 14459, 
ff. 1-66, and 17117, in the British Museum, all of 
which may be safely ascribed to the latter part of 
the 5th or the beginning of the 6th century ''. 
Early in the 5 th century Rabbula, bishop of 
Edessa, the friend and correspondent of Cyril of 
Alexandria, occupied himself with "translating 
the New Testament out of the Greek into the 
Syriac, because of its variations, exactly as it 
was^." This probably means, as has been sug- 
gested by Nestle, that Rabbiila undertook a re- 
vision of the Syriac text according to a Greek 
MS. or MSS. in his possession, that is to say, still 
further assimilated P of that day to a Greek 
(possibly, from his connexion with Cyril, Alex- 
andrian) text. We do not as yet know, however, 
whether this revision was merely a private effort, 
or what influence, if any, it exercised on the 
history of P ; more likely it was a first step in the 
direction of the Philoxenian version (see below). 

1 [See also an essay by Rev. F. H. "Woods in SUidia 
Biblica, iii. 105 sq. (Oxford, 1891).] 

2 [Cf. Rev. G. H. Gwilliam's essay " Materials for the 
criticism of the Peshitto N.T. etc." in Studia Bihlioa, iii. 
47 sq.} ' Overbeck, op. cit, p. 172, 18-20. 



12 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

The result of these successive revisions as regards 
So has been that it survives in but one mutilated 
codex, and that written at comparatively so late a 
date as 450-470\ — a phenomenon which has its 
parallel in the ease of the Itala codex c of the 
Gospels, copied in the 11th century. The greater 
part of this volume is in the British Museum 
(Add. 14451)^; but there are three leaves of it in 
the royal library at Berlin, forming the fly-leaves 
of the MS. marked Orient. Quart. 528^ Crow- 
foot's attempt to retranslate Sc into Greek is a 

1 The whole of the Abb^ Martin's elaborate argumen- 
tation (Jntrod. a la Critique Textuelle du N.T., pp. 
163-236) is of no avail against this palseographic fact. 
No one who is conversant with Syriac MSS. can for a 
moment doubt that our codex of Sc was written within a 
few years of the time indicated above. The handwritings 
of Jacob of Edessa's time (the latter half of the 7th 
century) are altogether different. Possessors of the abba's 
work should cancel pp. 234-236. The " Postscriptum,'' 
as the author himself has explained, is only an elaborate 
joke. There is no MS. Add. Y0125 in the British Museum, 
no catalogue of the Greek MSS. in twenty-five volumes, 
and of course no such photograph exists as he has 
described. As for the "special telegram" from "Kdverend 
Crowfoot" through the "agence Fri-Frou-Fro and Co.," 
dated 25th December, 1882, it is enough to say that 
Mr Crowfoot died on 18th March 1875. 

2 See Wright, Catalogue, p. 73, No. cxis. 

3 See Rodiger in the ilonatsherichte of the Berlin 
Academy for July 1872, p. 557; "Wright, Fragments of the 
Curetonian Gospels (privately printed). 



MONOPHYSITE VERSIONS. 13 

failure (Fragmenta Evangelica, 1870-72) ; Baeth- 
gen's work (Evangelienfragmente, &c.) will perhaps 
be found more satisfactory. 

[At the present moment all critical questions 
connected with the history of the Old Syriac 
Gospels stand suspended, till the publication of 
the Sinai Palimpsest, which was unearthed and 
photographed by Mrs Lewis in 1892 ; identified 
from her photographs by the late Prof Bensly 
and Mr Burkitt as containing a text closely allied 
to the Curetonian ; and copied by these gentle- 
men and Mr Rendel Harris at Sinai in the spring 
of 1893. The publication has been undertaken 
by the Cambridge University Press.] 

The scholars of the Monophysite branch of 
the Syrian Church were, however, by no means 
satisfied even with the revised text of P, and 
demanded a yet more accurate reproduction of 
the Greek text in use among them. Accordingly 
Aksenaya or Philoxenus, bishop of Mabbogh 
(485-619), undertook to satisfy this want, and 
with the assistance of his chorepiscopus, Polycarp, 
produced a literal translation of the whole Bible 
in the year 508 \ This seems at first to have met 
with considerable approval; Moses of Aggel, for 

1 Assemani, Bibliotheca Orientalis, ii. 23. [The B.O. 
is one of those works which may be justly styled Keifiriktov 
is acL^ 



14 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

example, who flourished from 550 to 570\ refers 
to the version of the New Testament and of the 
Psalms evidently as the standard work of the 
day^- But it was in its turn superseded by two 
later revisions, and MSS. of it are now very rare. 
Portions of Isaiah survive in the British Museum, 
Add. 17106, ff. 74-87', and the text of the Gos- 
pels in the codex A. 2, 18 of the Biblioteca An- 
gelica at Rome, of the 11th or 12th century^, and 
perhaps also in the Beirut (Beyrout) MS. de- 
scribed by Isaac H. Halll At the beginning of 
the 7th century the work of retranslation and 
revision was again taken in hand by the Mono- 
physites, the scene of their labours being the 
different convents in the neighbourhood of Alex- 
andria. There, in the years 616-617", Paul, 
bishop of Telia dhe-Mauzelath or Constantina, 

1 B.O., ii. 82. 

^ Ibid., ii. 83 ; Guidi, Rendiconti delta R. Accadeinia 
dei Lincei, May and June 1886, p. 404. 

^ Edited by Ceriani in Monumenta Sacra et Profana, 
vol. V. faso. 1, pp. 1-40. 

* See Bernstein, Das heilige Eoangelium des Johannes, 
Leipsic, 1853, krit. Anmerkungen, pp. 3, 29 ; Martin, 
Introd. a la Crit. Text, du N^.T., pp. 160-161. 

° Syriac Manuscript, Gospels of a pre-Harklensian 
Version, Acts and Epistles of the Peshitto Version, written 
{probably) hettoeen 700 and %00 A.D., Janviary, 1884. 

^ See Ceriani, Monumenta, vol. i. fasc. 1 : Prolegoinena 
in Edit. Vers. Syr. ex Te.vtn LXX., p. iii. ; Martin, Introd., 
p. 139, note. 



MONOPHYSITE VERSIONS. 15 

undertook a version of the hexaplar text of the 
LXX. at the request of the patriarch Athanasius 
I.^ Of parts of this many MSS. are extant in 
the British Museum and the Bibliothfeque Na- 
tionale at Paris, and the Biblioteca Ambrosiana 
at Milan possesses the second volume of a codex 
of the entire work, which has been reproduced by 
photo-lithography under the direction of Ceriani^. 
This version not only exhibits the asterisks and 
obeli of Origen's text of the LXX., but the mar- 
ginal notes contain many readings of the other 

1 B.O., ii. 333-334. 

^ Monumenta, vol. vii. : Codex 8yro-hexaplaris Am- 
brosianus, 1874. The first volume of this codex was in the 
possession of Andreas Masius, but has disappeared since 
his death in 1573. It contained part of Deuteronomy, 
Joshua, Judges, (four books of) Kings, Chronicles, Ezra 
(and Nehemiah), Judith, and part of Tobit. See Middel- 
dorpf. Codex Syriaco-hexaplaris, Berlin, 1835, who enume- 
rates in his preface the labours of previous editors. 
Since his time the books of Judges and Buth have been 
published by T. Skat Eordam {Lihri Judicv/m et Ruth 
secundum Vers. Syriaco-hexaplarem, Copenhagen, 1859-61), 
and Exodus, Numbers, Joshua, 1 and 2 Kings, by P. de 
Lagarde {Vet. Test, db Origene receiwiti Fragmenta apud 
Syros servata quinque, Gottingen, 1880, printed with 
Hebrew letters). Ceriani has commenced a critical edition 
in the Monumenta, vol. i. fasc. 1; vol. ii. fascc. 1^; vol. v. 
fascc. 1, 2. [Finally, De Lagarde's posthumous volume, 
Bihliothecce Syriacw (Gottingen, 1892), contains a fresh 
edition of Genesis, Exodus, Numbers, Joshua, Judges and 
Euth, 1 and 2 Kings.] 



16 SYEIAC LITEEATURE. 

Greek translators, which have been largely uti- 
lized by Field in his noble work Origenis Hexa- 
plorum qu€B supersunt (2 vols., Oxford, 1875). At 
the same time and place the New Testament of 
Philoxenus was thoroughly revised by Thomas of 
Harkel or Heraclea^ bishop of Mabbogh^, who, 
being driven from his diocese, betook himself to 
Alexandria and worked there in the convent of 
St Antony at the Enaton (or Nine-mile- village) ^ 
This version comprises not only all the books 
contained in the Peshitta but also the four shorter 
epistles*. The lapse of another century brings us 

1 See 5.0., ii. 90, 334; Bernstein, De Hharkhmi N.T. 
Trandatione Syriaca Commentatio, p. '4. 

^ Or Manbij ; according to others, of Germanicia, or 
Mar'ash. He must not be confounded with an older 
Thomas of Germanicia, a Monophysite of the earlier part 
of the 6th century; see B.O., ii. 92, 326; Kleyn, Jacobus 
Baradams, p. 43, note 1. 

3 See Wright, Catal., p. 34, note. 

* It has been edited by White at Oxford — the Gospels 
in 1778, the Acts and Apostolic epistles in 1799, the 
Pauline epistles in 1803. The epistle to the Hebrews is 
defective, ending in the middle of chap. xi. 27[, but this 
lacuna has been supplied, from the Cambridge MS., by 
Bensly's The HarUean Version of the Epistle to the Hebrews, 
Chap. xi. 28-xiii. 25, Cambridge, 1889]. The text of the 
shorter epistles, 2 Peter, 2 and 3 John, and Jude, has been 
recently reproduced by phototype from a manuscript dated 
1471 — Williams Manuscript. Tlie Syrian Antilegonwna 
Epistles . . . edited by Isaac E. Hall, 1886. Consult also 
Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. xxvii. No. 



MALKITE VERSION. 17 

to the last attempt at a revision of the Old Testa- 
ment in the Monophysite Church. Jacob, bishop 
of Edessa, undertook, when living in retirement 
in the convent of Tell-' Adda or Teleda^ in 704- 
705, to revise the text of the PSshitta with the 
help of the Greek versions at his disposal^, thus 
producing a curious eclectic or patchwork text. 
Of this work there are but five volumes extant in 
Europe, four of which came from the Nitrian 
Desert and form parts of a set which was written 
in the years 719-720. It would seem, therefore, 
never to have attained popularity''. 

One other version remains to be noticed, 
namely, that used'by the Christian population of 
the Malkite (Greek) Church in Palestine, written 
in an Aramaic dialect more akin to the language 

viii., "On a Syrian MS. belonging to the Collection of 
Archbishop Ussher," by the Eev. J. Gwynn, D.D. [On a 
possible revision by Barsallbl, see Hermathena vi. 417.] 
There is a fine MS. of this version, dated 1170, in the 
university library, Cambridge, Add. MS. 1700. Its pecuhar 
feature is that it has the two epistles of Clement inserted 
between the catholic epistles and those of St Paul. 

1 Probably the modern Tell'adi or Tell'ade ; see Socin, 
Palast. 11. Syrieii, p. 480 ; Sachau, Beise in Syrien u. Meso- 
potamien, p. 459. 

2 Wright, Catal, p. 38, col. 1. 

3 See Ceriani, Le Edizioni e i Manoscritti ddle Versioni 
Siriache del Vecchio Test, 1869, p. 27, and Monwrnenta, 
vol. ii. faso. 1, pp. xi., xii., vol. v. fasc. 1, pp. 1-40 ; Martin, 
Introd., pp. 230-232, 296 aq. 

S. L. 2 



18 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

of the Jewish Targums than to that of the 
Peshitta\ A lectionary containing large portions 
of the Gospels in this dialect was described by 
Assemani in the catalogue of the Vatican library^, 
studied by Adler^, and edited by Count Fr. 
Miniscalchi Erizzo under the title of Evange- 
liarium Hierosolymitanum (2 vols., Verona, 1861- 
64) [and again by De Lagarde in his posthumous 
work Bibliothecce Syriacce (Gottingen, 1892)]. It 
was written in a convent at a place called Abud^, 
not very far from Jerusalem, in the year 1030, 
and the scribe claims to have copied sundry other 
service-books for the use of his church (see Asse- 
mani, op. cit, p. 102). Fragments of other evan- 
geliaria have been published by Land, from MSS. 
at London and St Petersburg, in his Anecd. Syr., 
iv. pp. 114-162, 213-222; of the Acts of the 
Apostles, p. 168; and of the Old Testament 
(translated from the Greek), pp. 103-110, 165- 
167, 222-223. According to the same authority 
(p. 231), the calendar in the Vatican MS. must 

1 See Noldeke, in Z.D.M.O., xxii. (1868), p. 443 sq. 

2 MSS. Codd. Bihl. Apost. Vatic. Catalogm, ii. No. xix. 
p. 70 sq. 

^ N. Test. Verss. Syriacm Simplex, Philoxeniana, et 
Hierosolymitana, Copenhagen, 1789 ; see also Martin, 
Introd., p. 237 sq. 

* See Noldeke, loc. cit., pp. 521, 527; Land, Anecd. 
Syr., iv. pp. 227-229. 



NESTOEIAN VERSION. 19 

have been drawn up about the middle of the 9th 
century. Few, if any, of the extant fragments 
appear to be of older date. Noldeke places the 
origin of the version in the 4th or 5th century, 
certainly not later than 600 {loc. cit., p. 525)^ 

All the above revisions of the text of the 
Syriac Bible according to the Greek are, as we 
have seen, the work of Monophysites, with the 
single exception of the last, which proceeded from 
the Malkites. The Nestorian community obsti- 
nately adhered to the old Peshitta, and the 
solitary attempt made to introduce a revised text 
among them seems to have been an utter failure. 
Mar-abha I.^, a convert from Zoroastrianism, who 
was catholicus from .536 to 552, went to Edessa, 
studied Greek there under a teacher named 
Thomas '^j and with his help translated the whole 
of the Old Testament into Syriac, and perhaps 
also the New. This statement rests on the 
authority of the author of the Kitdh al-Majdal 



1 The remaining literature in this dialect (all of it 
published by Land) consists of a few hymns (pp. 111-113), 
lives of saints (pp. 169, 170), and theological fragments 
(pp. 171-210). One fragment (p. 177) contains the title 
of a homily of John Chrysostom. [Several additions to 
this list are promised from Sinai MSS.] 

2 Properly Mar(I)-abha. 

' B.O., iii. 1, 86; compare ii. 411. 

2—2 



20 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

(Marl ibn SulaimanS abont the middle of the 
12th century, supplemented and abridged by 
'Amr ibn Matta of Tirhan, who lived towards the 
middle of the 14th century)^ of ' Abhd-isho , 
bishop of Nisibis (died 1318), and of Bar-Hebrseus 
(died 1286); and there appears to be no reason 
to doubt their word^ 

Before quitting the subject of the versions of 
Holy Scripture we must devote a few words to 
the Massoretic MSS. of the Nestorians and Jaco- 
bites'*. In the year 1721 Assemani made mention 
in the Bibliotheca Orientalis (ii. 283), on the 
authority of Bar-Hebraeus in the Ausar Raze, of 
a " versio Karkaphensis, hoc est Montana, qua 
videlicet incolse montium utunturl" About the 
meaning of these words scholars disputed, and 
some searched for MSS. of the alleged version, 

^ See p. 255, note. 

2 See Hoffmann, Ausziige aus syrischen Alcten persischer 
Mdrtyrer, pp. 6, 7 [in Ahhandlungen fiir d. Kunde d. 
Morgenlandes vii. (Leipzig, 1880)]. 

3 See B.O., ii. 411-412, iii. 1, 75; Bar-Hebraeus, Chrmi. 
Eccles., ed. Abbeloos and Lamy, ii. 89; Martin, Introd., 
pp. 292-294. 

* See Martin, Tradition KarhapMenne oii la Maisore 
chez les Syriens, Pai-is, 1870 (from Journ. Asiat.), and 
Introd., pp. 276-291. 

s In the Vatican Catalogue (vol. iii. 287, No. clii.) he 
translates the words akh mashUmanUtha karl-(phaitCi by 
"juxta traditionem verticalem (!): hoc est, Montanorum 
in Phoenioe et Mesopotamia degentium." 



MASSORETIC MANUSCRIPTS. 21 

but in vain. At last, N. Wiseman (afterwards 
cardinal), guided by the light of another passage 
in the Bibliotheca Orientalis (ii. 499, 500, No. 
xxii.), recognized in Cod. Vat. cliii. a copy of 
what he believed to be the Karkaphensian ver- 
sion^ Later researches, more especially those of 
the Abbd Martin, have corrected these errors. 
The MSS. of the Karkaphensian tradition, of 
which there are ten in our European libraries, 
are now known to contain a philological and 
grammatical tradition of the pronunciation and 
punctuation of Holy Writ and sometimes of other 
writings^. Syria was rich in schools and colleges; 
most of its towns possessed institutions where 
instruction was given, more especially to students 
of theology, in the reading and exposition of the 
Greek and Syriac Scriptures and their commen- 
tators. Such were the great " Persian school " of 
Edessa, which was destroyed, on account of its 
Nestorian tendencies, in 489 ; the school of 

1 See his Horce Syriacm, Rome, 1828, p. 78; II. 
Symbolce Philologicce ad Mist. Versionum Syriac. vet. 
fmderis. Particula prima ; de versionibus generatim, deiiide 
de Peschito, p. 147; III. Particula secimda; recensionem 
Karkaphensem nwnc primum describens. We need not 
here indicate Wiseman's mistakes, but it is a pity to see 
them all reproduced even in the third edition of Scrivener's 
Plain Introduction, 1883. 

2 See Hoffmann, Opicsciila JVestoriaiia, 1880, p. v. sq. 



22 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Nisibis ; of Mahoze near Seleucia ; of the monas- 
tery of Dor-Koni or Dair-]iunna ; of the monas- 
tery of Ken-neshre or the Eagles' Nest, on the 
left bank of the Euphrates, opposite Jerabis ; of 
the Daira 'Ellaita, or monastery of St Gabriel and 
St Abraham, at Mosul ; and many others^. Every 
such school or college had its teachers of reading 
and elocution, mahgeydne and makreyane (or 
maker yarie), who taught their pupils to pronounce, 
add the vowel-points, and interpunctuate correct- 
ly^, before they were passed on to the higher 
classes of the eskolaye, bddhoke or mallephdne, 
that is, the professors of exegesis and doctors of 
theology^. The more difficult words and phrases 
of Scripture were gradually collected and written 
down so as to form " collectanea," lukkdte dha- 
shemdhe, or " fasciculi," kurrdse dha-sMmahe, and 
the union of these composed a kethdbhd dha- 
kerdydthd, or " book of readings," in which it was 

1 See, for example, B.O., iii. 1, 341, col. 2 at the foot, 
and iii. 2, cmxxiv. sq. 

2 Hoffoaann, Opusc. Westor.,-p. vii. ; Martin, Introd., p. 289. 

3 Hoffmann, op. cit., pp. xx., xxi. What the whole 
curriculum of such a student should be, according to the 
mind of Bar-HebrEeus in the 13th centm-y, may be seen 
from the B.O., iii. 2, 937-938 {Nomocanon, translated by 
J. A. Assemani, in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., x. cap. vii. 
§ 9, pp. 54-56). [See also Merx, Historia artis grammaticce 
apud Syros (in Ahkaiidlwigen fiir die Kvnde des Morgmi- 
landes, vol. ix.).] 



MASSORETIC MANUSCEIPTS. 23 

shown by means of vowel-points and other signs 
how each word was to be pronounced and ac- 
centuated ^ One such volume in the British 
Museum (Add. 12138, dated 899) represents the 
work of a Nestorian student in the convent of 
Mar Gabriel at Harran^; but the other MSS. 
extant in the different libraries of Europe^ are of 
Jacobite origin and have a common source, the 
scholastic tradition of the convent of Karkaphetha, 
or "the Skull," at the village of Maghdal or 
Mijdal near Resh-'aina or Ras-'ain^. Such are, 
for example, Cod. Vat., No. clii., now cliii., de- 
scribed by Assemani (Catal., iii. 287) and Wise- 
man (HorcB Syr., p. 161); Cod. Paris, Ancien 
fonds 142, described by Zotenberg (Catal., p. 30, 
No. 64) and Martin (Tradition Karhaphienne, 
p. 36) ; Cod. Brit. Mus. Add. 7183, described by 
Rosen (Catal, p. 64, No. xlii.)' and 12178, de- 
scribed by Wright (Catal., p. 108). From these 
and similar MSS., as well as from the words of 
Bar-Hebraeus^, it appears that the Karkgphaye 

1 Hoffmann, op. cit., pp. vi., vii. 

2 See Wright, Catal., p. 101, [Merx, op. cit. p. 30 sq., and 
a specimen in Studia Bihlica, iii. 93-95]. 

3 Martin, Introd., p. 291. 

* Hoffmann, in Z.D.M.G., xxxii. (1878), p. 745; and in 
Stade's Zeitsckrift filr d. Alttest. Wissenschafi, 1881, p. 159. 
5 .[A specimen in Studia Biblioa, iii. 96.] 
c Martin, op. cit., pp. 122, 129. 



24 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

were the monks of the convent of Karkaphetha ; 
that they were Westerns or Occidentals, therefore 
Jacobites ; and that one of their chief authorities, 
if not the actual originator of the compilation, 
was Jacob bishop of Edessa. Accordingly, the 
marginal notes indicate various readings from 
Syriac MSS., from the LXX., and from the 
Harklensian version, as well as from different 
fathers and teachers ^ To the collection of words 
and phrases from the Peshitta version is added in 
several of these MSS. a similar, though shorter, 
collection from the Harklensian version and from 
the principal works of the Greek fathers which 
were read in translations in the schools^, followed 

1 See Wiseman, op. cit,, p. 178; Martin, op. cit., pp.76, 
77, 133; Rosen, Catal, pp. 65, 66; Wright, Catal., p. 109. 

Among these occur Q_^ and |*~^rf). The investigations of 
Hoflfmann (in Stade's Zeitschrift, 1881, p. 159) and Duval 

{Journ. Asiat., 1884, p. 560) have made it certain that Q-^ 
designates not the PSshitta, nor Jacob of Edessa, but one 
Tubhana (perhaps surnamed "the Beardless"), an eminent 
teacher at Resh-'aina. His colleague Sabha was probably 
the famous scribe Sabha, who wrote Brit. Mus. Add. 
14428, 14430 (724), and 12135, ff. 1-43 (726). 

2 Namely, (Pseudo-)Dionysius Areopagita, Gregory 
Nazianzen (2 vols.), the works of Basil, the epistles of 
Gregory and Basil, John Philoponus (the Amn-rjTTjs), and 
Sevems of Antioch {Homilice Cathedrales and certain 
synodical letters relating to the council of Antioch). A 
fuller list is given by Assemani, B.O., iii. 2, cmxxsvii. so. 



APOCRYPHA. 25 

by tracts on different points of orthography, 
grammar and punctuation ^ 

We have spoken above (p. 5 sq.) of the deutero- 
canonical books of the Old Testament. Other 
apocrypha may now be noticed more briefly ; e.g., 
Ps. cli. (in the hexaplar version of Paul of Telia) ; 
the Parva Genesis, or Liber Juhilceorum, a frag- 
ment of which has been edited by Ceriani 
(Monumenta, vol. ii. fasc. 1, p. ix.); the Testament 
of Adam^; the History of Joseph and Asyath 
(Asenath), translated by Moses of Aggel ^ ; the 
History of Sanherib, his Vizir Ahikar or Hikar, 
and his Disciple Nadhan^. Many similar books 

1 See Phillips, A Letter of Mar Jacob, Bishop of JSdessa, 
on Syriao Orthography, &c., 1869 (Appendix iii. p. 85-96, 
issued separately in 1870) ; Martin, Jacohi epi Edesseni 
Epistola ad Oeorgium epum Sarugensem de OrthograpMa 
Syriaca, &c., 1869. [Compare also Merx, op. cit. chap, iii.] 

2 Wright, Catal., p. 1242; see Eenan, in the Journ. 
Asiat., November and December 1853, p. 427, and Wright, 
Contributions to the Apocryphal Literature of the New 
Testament, 1865, p. 61. [It is not given in the Syriao 
text of the Me'drath Oazze, but in the Arabic version, 
whence it has passed into the Ethiopia Clementines.] 

3 Wright, Catal., p. 1047 ; Land, Anecd. Syr., iii. 15-46. 
* Wright, Catal., p. 1207, col. 1 ; Hoffmann, AuszUge 

aus syrisohen Akten persischer Mdrtyrer, p. 182; see for 
the Syriao text Brit. Mus. Orient. 2313, and a MS. in 
the collection of the S.P.C.K. (now presented by the 
Society to the university of Cambridge). [An addition to 
the above list is furnished by some apocryphal psalms, 



26 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

exist in Arabic, some of them probably translated 
from lost Syriac originals. The names of Daniel 
and Ezra "the scribe" are prefixed to late 
apocalyptic works', and even to almanacs con- 
taining prognostications of the weather, &c. ' 
The list of apocrypha of the New Testament is 
also tolerably extensive. We may mention the 
Protevangelium Jacobi; the Gospel of Thomas 
the Israelite, or of the Infancy of our Lord ; the 
Letters of Abgar and our Lord; the Letters of 
Herod and Pilate ; prayers ascribed to St John 
the Baptist ; the Transitus, Assumptio, or Kot- 
fi7)(Ti,<; BeatcB Virginis, extant in four or five 
redactions"; Acts of the Apostles, such as St 
John, St Philip, St Matthew and St Andrew, 
St Paul and Thecla, and St Thomas*; the Doc- 
trine of St Peter °; and the Apocalypse of St 

published by Wright in Proc. Soc. Bibl. Arch. is. 
257-266.] 

1 Wright, Catal, pp. 9, 1065. 

2 Wright, Catal., p. 352, col. 2; Brit. Mus. Orient. 
2084, f. 1, KHhabhd dM-Shudhae dke-zabhm dhe-Dhanl'el 
nShhiya. 

3 Most of these are published in Wright's Contributions ; 
see also the Journal of Sacred Literature, 1865, vol. vi. 
417, vol. vii. 129 ; and B. H. Cowper, The Apocryphal 
Gospels, &o., 1867. 

* See Wright, Apocryphal Acts of the Apostles, 2 vols., 
1871 ; [(Bedjan), Acta Jkartyrum et Sanctorum, Paris, 
1890-94]. 

5 Cureton, Ancient Syriac Documents, pp. 35-41. 



SERVICE-BOOKS. 27 

Paul \ Others of these apocrypha are extant in 
Arabic, but the Syriac originals have not yet been 
recovered. To these may be added such works as 
the Didascalia Apostolorum, edited (anonymously) 
by P. de Lagarde in 1854; extracts from the 
Constitutioties Apostolorum, ascribed to Clement, 
in the same editor's Reliquice Juris Eccles. Antiq., 
pp. 2-32, 44-60 ; and the Doctrina Apostolorum, 
in Cureton's Ancie^it Syriac Documents, pp. 24-35, 
and in Reliquice Juris Eccles. Antiq. (under the 
title of Doctrina Addcei), pp. 32-44. 

Into a description of the service-books of the 
Syrian Church in its different sects — Nestorians, 
Jacobites, Maronites, and Malkites — we cannot 
here enter'^. The bare enumeration of the various 
psalters, lectionaries, missals, &c., would far exceed 

1 Translated by Zingerle in Heidenheim's Vierteljahrs- 
schrift, iv. p. 139 sq., and by Perkins, Journal of the 
American Oriental Society, viii. p. 182 sq. ; reprinted in the 
Journal of Sacred Literature, January 1865, p. 372 sq. 

2 The reader is referred to the following works : 
J. A. Assemani, Codex Liturg. JEcclesice Universce, 13 
vols., Rome, 1749-66; Renaudot, Liturgiarum Orient. 
Collectio, 2 vols., Paris, 1716; Etheridge, The Syrian 
Chv/rches, their Early History, Liturgies, and Literature, 
London, 1846; Badger, The Nestorians and their Rituals, 
2 vols., London, 1852; Howard, The Christians of St 
Thomas and their Liturgies, Oxford, 1864; Denzinger 
Ritus Orientalium, Goptorum, Syrorum, et Armenorum in 
administrandis sacramentis, 2 vols., Wiirzburg, 1863-64 ; 
J. Morinus, Comment, de Sacris Eccles. Ordinationihus, &o.. 



•28 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

our limits. The oldest Syriac psalter in our 
European collections is not earlier than 600 
(Brit. Mus. Add. 17110), and the series of lection- 
aries commences with the 9th century. Of ana- 
phorse or liturgies it would be easy to specify 
some sixty \ The oldest of all is a fragment 
of the anaphora of Diodorus of Tarsus (in the 
British Museum, Add. 14699, S. 20, 21), of the 
6th century, which has been edited and translated 
by Bickelll 

Besides the versions of Holy Writ and other 
works enumerated above, the literature of Syria 
comprises a vast amount of matter, interesting 
not merely to the Orientalist but also to the 
classical scholar, the theologian, and the historian. 
Some portions of this literature we must now 
endeavour to pass under review. 

The long series of Syrian writers is headed by 
the name of Bar-Daisan or Bardesanes, " the last 
of the Gnostics ^" He was born at Edessa -on 

Paris, 1655, Antwerp, 1695; Bickell, Co'iupectus Rei Si/ro- 
rum Literarice, chaps, vii.-x. 

1 See a complete list in Bickell's Conspectus, pp. 65-68 ; 
comp. also Neale and Littledale's Liturgies of SS. Marl; 
James, &o., 2d ed., 1869, p. 146, and Appendix i. ; [Maclean, 
Zitii.rgia Sanctorum Apostolorum Adaei et Claris, Urmi, 
1890]. 

2 See his Conspectits, pp. 63, 71-72. The Syriac text is 
given in Z.DJI.G., xxvii. (1873), pp. 608-613. 

^ See ^l&v\, Bardesanes von Edessa, 1863; Hilgenfeld, 



BARDESANES. 29 

11th July 154\ and seems to have been the son 
of heathen parents of rank. Of the manner of his 
conversion to Christianity, and how he came to 
deviate from orthodoxy, we are uninformed. Part 
of his life he spent at the court of Edessa ; then 
he betook himself as a missionary to the rude 
mountaineers of Armenia, and finally settled 
down in the fortress of Anium, where he probably 
remained till his death in 2221 He wrote, we 
are told, a History of Armenia, which Moses of 
Chorene used in a Greek translation ; Hypomne- 
mata Indica, compiled from the oral information 
which he obtained from an Indian embassy pass- 
ing through Edessa on its way to the Roman 
court ; and polemical treatises against the poly- 
theism of the heathens and the dualism of Marcion. 
He and his son Harmonius were poets, and their 
hymns were greatly admired and imitated. Even 
Ephraim could not help admitting their merits, 
whilst he reviled theml Of these works, however, 
only a few fragments have been preserved by 

Bardesanes, der letzte Onostiher, 1864; Hahn, Bardesanes 
Gnosticus Syrorum primus Hymnologus, 1819. 

1 So the Chronicon JSdessenwm, in Assemani, B.O., i. 
389, and Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Moles., i. 47 ; but Elias of 
Nisibis, as cited by Abbeloos in bis notes on Bar-Hebreeus, 
loc. cit., places his birth in 134. 

2 Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 47. 

3 E.g., Opera Syr., ii. 439 D, 553 F, last line. 



30 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

later writers^ The famous dialogue TJepl el/xap- 
/MevT]^ or Be Fato, which the voice of antiquity has 
unanimously ascribed to Bardesanes, was in reality 
composed by his disciple Philip, and doubtless 
presents us with an accurate account of his 
master's teaching. The Syriac title is Kethabha 
dhe-Ndmose dh' Athrawatha (The Book of the 
Laws of the Countries) =. 

Of Simeon bar Sabbae ("the Dyers' Son"), 
bishop of Seleucia and Ctesiphon, and Milles, 
bishop of Susa, we know little beyond the fact of 
their martyrdom in the great persecution of the 
Christians by Shabhor or Sapor II., which began 
in 339-3401 Simeon is said by 'Abhd-isho'^ to 
have written " epistles V' which seem to be no 

1 Compare the hymn in the Syriac Acts of St Thomas 
(Wright, Apocryphal Acts, p. 274) ; Lipsius, Die Apocryphen- 
Apostelgeschichten und -Apostellegenden, i. 292 sq. 

^ It was first edited by Cureton, with an English 
translation, in his Spicilegium Syriacmn ; see also T. & 
T. Clark's Ante-2^icene Christian Library, vol. xsii. p. 85 
sq., and Merx, op. cit., p. 25 sq. 

' See S. E. Assemani, Acta Sanctorum Martyrum, i. 
10 sq., 66 sq. ; [(Bedjan), Acta Mart, et Sanct., ii. 128 sq., 
260 sq.]. 

* Or 'Ebedh-yeshu', bishop of Nislbis, whose biblio- 
graphical Catalogue has been edited by Abraham Ecohell- 
ensis, Eome, 1653, and by J. S. Assemani in his B.O., 
iii. 1. There is an English translation of it by Badger, 
The JS'estorians, ii. 361-379. 

6 B.O., iii. 1, 51. 



JACOB OF NISIBIS. 81 

longer extant. To him are also ascribed sundry 
hymns \ and a work entitled Kethahha dh'Ahha- 
hdtha (The Book of the Fathers), which, according 
to Sachau, treats of the heavenly and earthly 
hierarchy'^. The writings of Milles are stated by 
'Abhd-isho' (loc. cit.) to have been " epistles and 
discourses (memre) on various subjects " ; but of 
these time has also robbed us. 

The name of Jacob (or St James) of Nisibis^ 
is far more widely known. As bishop of that city 
he was present at the council of Nicsea. He lived 
to witness the outbreak of war between the 
Romans and the Persians, and is said to have 
delivered the city by his prayers from the latter 
power. He died in the same year (338)*. To 
him has been ascribed, on the authority of Genna- 
dius of Marseilles" and of the ancient Armenian 

1 Assemani, Acta Sanctorum Martyrum, i. 5 ; Rosen, 
Catalogtw, p. 14, col. 2, aa; Overbeok, S. Ephraemi, &c., 
Opera Selecta, p. 424. 

2 Kurzes Verzeichniss der Saohau'scken Sammlung syr- 
ischer Handschriften, Berlin, 1885, p. x. and No. 108, 3. 

^ Koi Svplrjs nidou el8a Koi atrrea navra, NiVi/Sti', 'Ev<f>pa- 
Trjv Stands, Lightfoot, S. Ignatius, i. 480. 

* This date is given by the Chronic. Edess. {B.O., i. 395), 
by Dionysius of Tell-Mahre {ibid., p. 17), by the so-called 
Liber Chcdipharum (in Land, Anecd. Syr., i. 4), by Blias of 
Nislbis (see Abbeloos's note in Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Ecdes., 
ii. 31), and inferentially by Bphraim (Bickell, S. Ephraemi 
Syri Carmina Nisibena, p. 20). 

* In his Be Viris Illustribus, written before 496. 



32 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

version', a collection of homilies, the Syiiac text 
of which has only been recovered and published 
within the last few years. George, bishop of the 
Arab tribes, writing to a friend in the year 714, is 
aware that the author was a certain " Persian 
sage," hakkwia Pharsaya, and discusses his date 
and position in the church^, but does not think of 
identifying him with Jacob of Nisibis. Later 
writers are better informed. Bar-Hebraeus knows 
the name of Pharhadh as the author' ; 'Abhd- 
isho' gives the older form of Aphrahat or 'A^paa- 
tt;?*; and he is also cited by name by Elias of 
Nisibis (11th century) in his Chronicle^. The 
real author of the twenty-two alphabetical Homi- 
lies and the separate homily " On the Cluster " is 
now, therefore, known to have been Aphraates, a 
Persian Christian, who took the name of Jacob, 
and was subsequently famous as "the Persian 

1 Publislied by N. Antonelli (Eome, 1756) with a Latin 
translation, and reprinted in Gallandius, Bibl. Vet. Patrum, 
vol. V. The mistake has passed (no doubt through the 
Arabic) to the Bthiopic translation of the fifth homily ; 
see Zotenberg, Catal. des MSS. Ethiopiens de la Bibl. Nat., 
p. 248, col. 2, No. 17. 

2 See De Lagarde, Anal. Syr., p. 108 ; The Homilies 
of Aphraates, ed. Wright, p. 19 ; Eyssel, Ein Brief Georgs, 
Bischofs der Araber, 1883. 

3 Chron. Eccles., ii. 34. 

4 B.O., iii. 1, 85. 

^ See Wright, Aphraates, p. 38. 



APHKAATES. — EPHRAIM. 33 

sage." He was probably bishop of the convent of 
Mar Matthew near Mosul, and composed his works, 
as he himself tells us, in the years 337, 344, and 
345, during the great persecution under Sapor 11.^ 
A junior contemporary of Aphraates was Eph- 
raim^, commonly called Ephraem Syrus, " the 
prophet of the Syrians," the most celebrated 
father of the Syrian Church and certainly one of 
its most voluminous and widely read writers. He 
was born of heathen parents at Nislbis, but became 
the pupil of the bishop Jacob, and finished his 
education at Edessa. The incidents of his career 
are too well known to need recapitulation here^. 
His death took place in June 373^. His works 

1 Wright, Aphraates, pp. 440 and 507 ; comp. Sasse, 
Prolegomena in Aphr. Sap. Pers. Sermones Homileticos, 
1878; J. Forget, De Vita et Scriptis Aphr., Sap. Persce, 
1882 ; Biokell in Thalhofer, Bibliothek der Kirchenvtiter, 
102 and 103, where eight of the homihes are translated. 
[All the homilies have been translated by Bert, in Vou 
Gebhardt and Harnack's series of Texte und Untersuohun- 
gen, vol. iii., Leipzig, 1888.] 

2 More correctly Aphrem. 

3 See the Acta S. Ephraenxi in the Roman ed. of his 
works by Peter Mobarak (Petrus Benedictus) and the 
Assemanis, pp. xxiii-lxiii; and comp. Bickell, Conspectus, 
p. 26, note 11. 

* See the various authorities cited by Assemani, B.O., 
i. 54, note ; Bickell, Carmiiia Nisibena, p. 9, note ; Gabriel 
Cardahi, Liher Thesauri de Arte Poetica Syrorum, 1875, 
pp. 9-13. 

S. L. 3 



34 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

have been largely translated into Greek', Arme- 
nian, Coptic, Arabic, and Ethiopic^. They consist 
of commentaries on the Scriptures, expository 
sermons, and a vast mass of metrical homilies and 
hymns on every variety of theological subject". 
Many of these last are composed in his favourite 
seven-syllable metre, in stanzas of different length ; 
but he frequently used other metres and mixed 
strophic arrangements'- Of Ephraim's commen- 
taries on the Old Testament but little has reached 
us in the original Syriac^. Most of what has been 
published in Ephraemi Opera Syr., vols. i. and ii., 

1 Even Photius speaks with respect of the rhetorical 
talent of Ephraim, so far as he could judge of it from 
these imperfect translations (ed. Bekker, p. 160). 

2 See B.O., i. 149 sq. 

3 Ibid., i. 63-149; iii. 1, 61. 

* Compare, for instance, Bickell, Cann. Sisib., Introd., 
p. 31. The Syrian line consists of a certain fixed number 
of syllables, four, five, six, seven, eight, twelve, &c. In 
the older writers there is no intentional rime, which first 
appears, we believe, among the Westerns, in Antooius 
Rhetor (9th century). Real metres, like those of the 
Greeks and Arabs, coupled in the latter case with rime, 
were wholly unknown to the Syrians. Hebrew poetry 
barely rises, as regards outward foi-m, beyond the level of 
Arabic rimed prose ; the Syrians, whilst destitute of rime, 
at least imposed upon themselves the restraint of a limited 
but fixed number of syllables. 

^ Genesis and Exodus in Cod. Vat. ex., and five leaves 
of Genesis in Cod. Vat. cxx. (see Assemani, CataL, iii. 
p. 125). 



EPHRAIM. 35 

is derived from a large Catena Patrum, compiled 
by one Severus, a monk of Edessa, in 861*. Of 
his commentary on the Dia-tessaron, preserved 
only in an early Armenian translation, we have 
spoken above (p. 9). In the same language 
there is extant a translation of his commentary 
on the Pauline epistles I Vol. ii. of the Koman 
edition contains some exegetical discourses (pp. 
316—395), the number of which has been largely 
increased by Overbeck (S. Ephraemi 8yri, &c., 
Opera Selecta, pp. 74-104). In the same work 
will be found two of the discourses against early 
heresies addressed to Hypatius and Domnus (pp. 
21-73 ; comp. Wright, CataL, p. 766, col. 2), two 
tracts on the love of the Most High (pp. 103-112), 
and the epistle to the monks who dwelt in the 
mountains (pp. 113-131). Of metrical writings 
the same book contains (pp. 339-354) the hymns 
against Julian the Apostate (pp. 1-20), and the 
conclusion of the hymns on Paradise (wanting in 
the Eoman ed., vol. iii. 598) ^ Other metrical 

1 Cod. Vat. oiii., Brit. Mus. Add. 12144. Severus used 
for Genesis a commentary different from that in Cod. Vat. 
ex. ; see Bickell, Cmispectus, p. 19 ; comp. Pohlmann, 
S. Ephraemi Syri Commentariorum in s. scripturam textus 
in codd. vatt. mamiscriptus et in edit. Rom. impressus, 
2 parts, 1862-64. 

2 See Bickell, Conspectus, p. 20. 

3 The last hymn (p. 351) is genuine, as the very fact of 

3—2 



36 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

homilies were published by Zingerle'; but far 
more important, as having a real historical in- 
terest, are the Carmina Nisihena, or " Hymns 
relating to the City of Nisibis," edited by Bickell 
in 1866. These poems, which deal in great part 
with the history of Nisibis and its bishops and of 
adjacent cities (such as Anzit or Hanzit, Edessa, 
and Harran), were composed, according to Bickell 
(Introd., p. 6 sq.), between the years 350 and 370 
or thereabouts^. A large quantity of hitherto 
unpublished matter is also contained in Lamy, 

its being an acrostic shows (see Bickell, Conspectus, p. 19) ; 
whereas the metrical homily on the baptism of Constantine 
(pp. 355-361) is certainly spm-ious (Bickell, loe. cit). 

' S. P. Ephraemi Syri Sermones duo, Brixen, 1869 (see 
B.O., i. 149, col. 1, No. 31) ; Monmnenta Syriaca ex Ro- 
manis Codd. coUecta, i. 4 {B.O., loc. cit.. No. 30). Zingerle 
has rendered many of Ephraim's works into German, e.g., 
Die heilige Muse der Syrer: Oesange des h. Kirchem-aters 
Ephraem, 1833 ; Oesange gegen die Griihler iiher die 
Oeheimnisse Oottes, 1834 ; Festkrdnze avs Libanons Garten, 
1846 ; Des h. Kirchenvaters Ephraem aiisgewiihlte Schriften, 
aus d. Griechischen und Syrischen uehersetzt, 6 vols., 2d ed., 
1845-47 ; Die Reden des h. Ephraem gegen die Ketzer, 1850 ; 
Reden des h. Ephraem des Syrers iiher Selbstverlmgnimg 
imd eiiisame Lehensweise, mit einem Briefe desselben an 
Einsiedler, 1871. Translations into EngUsh have been 
attempted, though with less success, by Morris {Select 
Works of S. Ephraem the Syrian, 1847) and Burgess {Select 
Metrical Hymns and Homilies of Ephraem Syncs, 1853; 
The Repentance of Xiiieveh, &c., 1853). 

2 Comp. Bickell, Conspectus, p. 28, note 21. 



EPHRAIM. 37 

S. Ephraemi Syri Hymni et Sermones, vol. i., 1882, 
and vol. ii., 1886,— e.£r., fifteen hymns on the 
Epiphany, a discourse on our Lord, several 
metrical homilies (in particular for Passion week, 
the Resurrection, and New or Low Sunday), 
hymns on the Passover or unleavened bread (De 
Azymis) and on the Crucifixion, acts of Ephraim 
from the Paris MS. Ancien fonds 144, commen- 
taries on portions of the Old Testament, other 
metrical homilies, and hymns on the nativity, the 
Blessed Virgin Mary, Lent, &c. [Vol. iii., 1889, 
contains a few homilies' and many hymns, chiefly 
on martyrs, before unpublished. It also contains 
a re-edition of the poem on the history of Joseph 
in ten books (see below, p. 40).] The so-called 
Testament of Ephraim^ has been printed in the 
Opera Grceca, ii. pp. 395-410 (with various 
readings at p. 433), and again by Overbeck (op. 
cit, pp. 137-156)1 

Notwithstanding his vast fecundity and great 

1 [Noldeke has shown, in Wienei- Zeitschrift fiir die 
Kunde des Morgenlandes, iv. 245 sq., that the homily on 
Antichrist cannot be Ephraim's.] 

2 See B.O., i. 141, No. 8. 

2 That it has been interpolated by a later hand is 
shown by the long and purposeless digression on Moses 
and Pharaoh {Op. Or., ii. 405) and the story of Lamprotate 
at the end {ibid., p. 409), as also by the stanzas regarding 
the vine which Ephraim saw growing out of his mouth 
when he was an infant {ibid., p. 408). 



38 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

popularity as a theological writer, Ephraim seems 
not to have had any pupils worthy to take his 
place. In the Testament we find mentioned with 
high commendation the names of Abha, Abraham, 
Simeon, Mara of Aggel, and Zenobius of Gezirta', 
to whom we may add Isaac ^ and Jacob '. Two, 
on the other hand, are named with decided re- 
probation as heretics, namely, Paulonas (Uav- 
Xwj'a?) or Paulinus (IlauXti'o?) and Arwadh or 
Arwat^. Of these, Abha is cited by later writers 
and compilers as the author of a commentarj- on 
the Gospels, a discourse on Job, and an exposition 
of Ps. xlii. 9^^ Paulonas or Paulinus is probably 
the same who is mentioned by 'Abhd-isho'* as 
having written " madhrdshe or metrical homilies, 
discourses against inquirers, disputations against 
Marcion, and a treatise concerning believers and 
the creed." Zenobius, who was deacon of the 
church of Edessa, according to the same autho- 
rity', composed treatises against Marcion and 

1 B.O., i. 38, 144. 

2 Ibid., i. 165. 

3 See "Wright, Catal, p. 992, col. 2, Xo. 36. 

* Also written ..^CU31 =Ariiut and ^^-'''^l = Urit. 
See Overbeck's text, p. 147, and the variants, p. xxx. 
The name seems to have been hopelessly corrupted by the 
scribes. 

5 See Wright, Catal., pp. 831, col 1, and 1002, col. 1. 

£.0., iii. 1, 170. 

' Ibid., i. 168; iii. 1, 43. 



BALAI AND CYRILLONA. 39 

Pamphylius (?), besides sundry epistles. He was 
also the teacher of Isaac of Antioch, of whom we 
shall speak shortly. 

Better known than any of these disciples of 
Ephraim are two writers who belong to the close 
of this century and the beginning of the next, 
Balai and Cyrillona. The date of Balai or Balseus, 
chorepiscopus (as it seems) of the diocese of 
Aleppo, is fixed by his being mentioned by Bar- 
Hebrseus^ after Ephraim, but before the time of 
the council of Ephesus (431). Acacius, bishop of 
Aleppo, whom he celebrates in one of his poems, 
must therefore, as Bickell says^, be the same 
Acacius who had a share in converting Rabbula 
to Christianity^ and died at an extreme old age 
(it is said 110 years) in 432. His favourite metre 
was the pentasyllable, which is known by his 
name, as the heptasyllabic by that of Ephraim, 
and the twelve-syllable line by that of Jacob of 
Serugh. Some of his poems have been edited by 
Overbeck in the often cited collection S. Ephraemi 
Syri, &c.. Opera Selecta, pp. 251-336, namely, a 

1 In a passage cited by Assemani, B.O., i. 166. Cardahl 
(Liber Thes., pp. 25-27) places Balai's death in 460, but 
gives, as usual, no authority. This seems too late. 

2 Conspectus, p. 21 ; Thalhofer, Bihliothei der Kirchen- 
vater, 41, p. 68. 

3 Overbeck, S. Ephraemi Syri, &c.. Opera Seleeta, p. 162, 
1. 20. 



40 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

poem on the dedication of the newly built church 
in the town of Ken-neshrin (Kinnesrin), five poems 
in praise of Acacius, the late bishop of Aleppo, 
the first and eighth homilies on the history of 
Joseph, specimens of prayers, and a fragment on 
the death of Aaron ^ [The whole ten books on 
the history of Joseph were published at Paris in 
1887, Histoire de Joseph par Saint Ephrem (a 2nd 
edition in 1891), and also by Lamy in vol. iiL of 
Ephraim's works (see above).] Cyrillona com- 
posed a poem " on the locusts, and on (divine) 
chastisement, and on the invasion of the HunsV' 
in which he says : " The North is distressed and 
full of wars ; and if Thou be neglectful, Lord, 
they will again lay me waste. If the Huns, 
Lord, conquer me, why do I seek refuge with the 
martyrs ? If their swords lay me waste, why do I 
lay hold on Thy great Cross ? If Thou givest up 
my cities unto them, where is the glory of Thy 
holy Church ? A year is not yet at an end since 
they came forth and laid us waste and took my 
children captive ; and lo, a second time they 
threaten our land that they will humble it." 
Now the invasion of the Huns took place in 395^, 

' See also "Wenig, Scliola Syriaca, Chrestomathia, pp. 
160-162; Bickell, Compectus, p. 46, note 5; Thalhofer, 
Bibliothek, 41, p. 67, and 44. 

2 See Wright, Catal, p. 671, col. 1, Xo. 5, a. 

^ See Chroa. Edess. in B.O., i. 400, Xo. xl. ; Dionysius 



CYKILLONA. 41 

and this poem must have been written in the 
following year (396). The few remaining writings 
of Cyrillona, composed in various metres, have 
been edited by Bickell in the Z.D.M.G., xxvii. 
p. 566 sq., and translated by him in Thalhofer's 
Bibliothek, 41, pp. 9-63=. BickelP is inclined to 
identify this Cyrillona with another writer of the 
same period, 'Abhsamya, a priest of Edessa, 
Ephraim's sister's son and a pupil of Zenobius; 
but his reasons do not seem to us sufficient. The 
Chron. Edess. (B.O., i. 401) states that 'Abhsamya 
composed his hymns and discourses on the in- 
vasion of the Huns in 404; and Dionysius of 
Tell-Mahre (B.O., i.- 169) speaks of him in the 
year 397. Bar-Hebrseus is less precise as to the 
date : after mentioning the death of Chrysostom 
(in 407), he adds that about this time Theodore 
of Mopsuestia died (429) and ' Abhsamya flourished, 
who " composed many discourses in the (hepta- 
syllabic) metre of Mar Ephraim " on the invasion 

of Tell-Mahre, ibid., note 1 ; and an anonymous oontinuer 
of Eusebius in Land's Anecd. Syr., i. 8, 1. 2. Joshua 
Stylites (ed. Wright, p. 10, 1. 1) specifies A. Gr. 707, which 
began with October 395. 

1 See also Wright, Catal., pp. 670-671 ; Overbeok, 
S. Ephraemi, &c., Opera Selecta, pp. 379-381 ; Bickell, 
Coiupectus, p. 34; Cardahi, Liber Thes., pp. 27-29, who 
places his death in 400. 

2 See his Conspectus, p. 21 ; Thalhofer, Bihl., 41, pp. 13, 
16 (in, the note). 



42 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

of the Huns\ That 'Abhsamya may have taken 
the name of Cyrillona at his ordination is of 
course possible, but it seems strange that none of 
these three writers should have mentioned it, if 
such were the case. On Bar-Hebrseus's statement 
regarding the metre which he used in his dis- 
courses we do not insist ; he might easily make a 
mistake in such a matter. 

During the latter part of the 4th century, too, 
there lived in the island of Cyprus the abbot 
Gregory, who appears to have been sent thither 
from some monastery in Palestine as the spiritual 
head of the Syriac-speaking monks in the islands 
He cherished friendly relations with Epiphanius, 
afterwards bishop of Salamis or Constantia (367- 
403), and a monk named Theodore. To these are 
addressed several of his discourses and letters ; 
others are general exhortations to the monks 
under his charge^ The discourses seem to be 
only portions of a work on the monastic life, 
which has not come down to us in a complete 
form, the " book " mentioned by 'Abhd-isho' in 
B.O., iii. 1, 191. In the letters he addresses 
Epiphanius as an older man speaking with autho- 
rity to a younger ; it is to be presumed, therefore, 

1 Bar-Hebra3us, Chron. Eccles., i. 133. 

2 See B.O., i. 170-171. 

3 Ibid., i. 172. 



MARTYKOLOGIES. 43 

that they were written before Epiphanius became 
bishop. 

With the 5th century commences the native 
historical literature of Syria. Previous to this 
time there existed martyrologies and lives of 
saints, martyrs, and other holy men, drawn up, in 
part at least, to meet the requirements of the 
services of the church. Such are, for example, 
the ancient martyrology in a manuscript of 411 1; 
the Doctrine of Addai, in its present shape a 
product of the latter half of the 4th century- ; 
the Hypomnemata of Sharhel ; and the Martyr- 
doms of Bar-samyd, Bishop of Edessa, and the 
Deacon Habbibh, which all belong to about the 
same period'. This sort of legendary writing 

1 Brit. Mus. Add. 12150, f. 252, edited by Wright in 
the Journal of Sacred Literature, 1865-66, viii. 45, 423; 
see the Acta Sanctorum, October, vol. xii. 183-185. It can 
hardly be later than the middle of the 4th century. 

^ Edited in part by Cureton, in his A7icient Syriac 
Documents, from MSS. of the 5th and 6th centuries in the 
British Museum ; and in full by Phillips from a MS. of the 
6th oentiiry at St Petersburg, 1876. See also Lettre 
d'Abgar ou Histoire de la Conversion des Edess^ens, trans- 
lated from the Armenian version, Venice, 1868 ; Lipsius, 
Die Edessenische Ahgar-Sage, 1880; Matthes, Die Edesse- 
nisohe Ahgar-Sage, 1882; Mosinger, Acta SS. Martyrum 
Edeisenorum Sarbelii, &c., No. 1, 1874; [Tixeront, Les 
Origines de I'Eglise d'Edesse, Paris, 1888]. 

' See Cureton, Anc. Syr. Doc, and Lipsius, Die Edess. 
Ahgar-Sage, p. 41 sq. 



44 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

was carried on to a much later date^ The 
History of Beth Selokh and its Martyrs, for 
instance, can hardly have been composed before 
the 6th century, if so early '■'; and the Acts of 
Marl must be still later'' No larger collection of 
such documents had, however, been attempted 
before the time of Marutha, bishop of Maiperkat*, 
a man of much weight and authority, who was 
twice sent by the emperor Theodosius II. on 
embassies to the Persian monarch Yazdegerd I., 
and presided at the councils of Seleucia or 
Ctesiphon, under the catholics Isaac and Yabh- 

1 See Hoffmann, Ausmge aits syr. Aktenpers. 2Iartyrer. 
[A large collection of martyrdoms of different dates is con- 
tained in (Bedjan's) Acta Martyrum et Sanctorum, of which 
vols, i.-iv., Paris, 1890-94, have thus far appeared. Other 
Syriac martyrdoms are to be found in Analecta Bollandiana. 
See also Budge, The Martyrdom of Isaac of Tiphre (in 
Trans. Soc. Bibl. Archceo. ix. 74^111) ; Amiaud, La 
Legende Syriaque de Saint Alexis, Paris, 1889; Feige, Die 
Oeschichte des Mdr 'AhhdlsS, &o., Kiel, 1890 ; and Xoldeke's 
paper on Some Syriaii Saints in Sketches fi-om Eastern 
History (Eng. trans, published by A. & C. Black, 1892).] 

2 See Jlosinger, 2Ionximenta Syr., ii. 63, and Hoffmann, 
op. cit., p. 45. 

2 See Abbeloos, Acta S. Maris, 1885, p. 47, where, as 
Noldeke has pointed out, the writer confounds Ardasher, 
the first king of the Sasanian dynasty, with the last king 
of that line, Yazdegerd III., who was overthrown by the 
Arabs in the battle of Xihawand, a.h. 21 (642 a.d.). 

■* Called by the Greeks Martyropolis, in Syriac Mgdhi- 
nath Sahde, and by the Arabs ilaiyafarikln. 



MARUTHA OF MAIPERKAT. 45 

alaha respectively'. He is said, too, to have been 
a skilful physician^. To him 'Abhd-isho' assigns 
the following works^ — "A book of martyrdoms, 
anthems and hymns on the martyrs, and a trans- 
lation of the canons of the council of Nicsea, with 
a history of that council." The last named of 
these he undertook at the request of Isaac, 
catholicus of Seleucia, who died in 41 6 ^ The 
canons which pass under his name are those of 
the council of Seleucia in 410''. But his great 
work was the Book of Martyrs, containing ac- 
counts of those who suffered for the Christian 
faith under Sapor TI., Yazdegerd I., and Bahram 
v., to which he prefixed two discourses on the 
glory of the martyrs and on their torments. One 
of these narratives claims to have been recorded 
by an eye-witness, Isaiah, the son of Hadhbo (or 
Hadhabh€i), of Arzan (Ap^avrjvrj), one of the 
Persian king's horsemen". Portions of this work 
survive in the British Museum in MSS. of the 

1 See B.O., i. 174 sq. ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecoles., 
i. 121, ii. 45, 49. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 73, and note 4. 

3 Ibid., loo. cit. 
■* Ibid., i. 195. 

5 See Lamy, Cmicilium Seleucice et Ctesiphonti kabitum 
anno 410 ; comp. S. E. Assemani, Codd. MSS. Orient. Bibl. 
Palat. Medic., p. 94. 

e B.O., i. 15. 



46 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

5th and 6th centuries, as well as in some of later 
date both there and in the Vatican. They have 
been edited by S. E. Assemani in the first volume 
of the Acta Sanctorum Martyrum, 1748\ The 
commentary on the Gospels mentioned by Asse- 
mani is really by Maratha, the maphrian of 
Taghrith (Tekrit), who is also the author of the 
anaphora or liturgy^. Of him we shall have 
occasion to speak afterwards (see p. 136 infra). 
It is possible too that some of the above-men- 
tioned Acts may belong not to the work of 
Marutha but to that of Aha, the successor of 
Isaac in the see of Seleucia, who likewise wrote a 
history of the Persian martyrs and a life of his 
teacher 'Abhda, the head of the school in the 
monastery of Dor-Koni or Dair-Kunna (where the 
apostle Mari was buried)^. 

About this time evil days came upon the 
Christian church in Syria. Paul of Samosata, 
Diodore of Tarsus, and Theodore of Mopsuestia 
had paved the way for Nestorius. The doctrines 
of these writers were warmly espoused by many 
of the Syrian theologians ; and the warfare raged 

1 See also B.O., i. 181-194. There is a German trans- 
lation by Zingerle, Echte A cten der h. J/iirti/rer des Morge7i- 
landes, 2 vols., 1836. 

2 B.O., i. 179. 

3 Ibid., ii. 401, iii. 1, 369 ; also Abbeloos, Acta S. Maris, 
pp. 72 sq., 88. 



NESTOEIAN SCHISM. — RABBULA. 47 

for many years in and around Edessa, till it ended 
in the total destruction of the great Persian 
school by the order of the emperor Zeno (488- 
489)^- Rabbula, a native of Ken-neshrin (Kin- 
nesrin), whose father was a heathen priest but his 
mother a Christian, was converted to Christianity 
by Eusebius, bishop of Ken-neshrin, and Acacius, 
bishop of Aleppo. He voluntarily gave up all his 
property, forsook his wife, and became a monk in 
the convent of Abraham near his native city. 
On the death of Diogenes, bishop of Edessa, he 
was appointed his successor (411-412). His 
admiring biographer depicts him as a model 
bishop, and he certainly appears to have been 
active and energetic in teaching and preaching 
and attending to the needs of the poor^. In the 
theological disputes of the day he seems at first 
to have sided, if not with Nestorius, at least 
with those who were averse to extreme measures, 
such as John, patriarch of Antioch, and his 
partisans ; but afterwards he joined the opposite 
party, and became a warm champion of the doc- 
trines of Cyril, which he supported at the council 
of Edessa (431). From this time onward he was 

1 B.O., i. 353, 406. 

2 See his biography in Overbeok, S. Ephraemi, &c., 
Opera Selecta, p. 159 sq., especially pp. 170-181 ; translated 
by Bickell, in Thalhofer's BMiotkek, Nos. 102-104. 



48 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

a staunch opponent of Nestorianism, and even 
resorted to such an extreme measure as burning 
the writings of Theodore of Mopsuestia. Hence 
Ibas in his letter to Mari speaks of him as " the 
tyrant of Edessa," and Andrew of Samosata, 
writing to Alexander of Hierapolis in 432, com- 
plains bitterly of his persecution of the orthodox 
{i.e., the Nestorians). He died in August 435 ^ 
Of the writings of Rabbiila but little has come 
down to us. There is a sermon extant in manu- 
script^, enjoining the bestowing of alms oil behalf 
of the souls of the dead and prohibiting all 
feasting on the occasion of their commemoration. 
Another sermon, preached at Constantinople, is 
directed against the errors of Nestorius'- There 
are also extant canons and orders addressed to the 
monks and clergy of his diocese'', and a number of 
hymns, of which Overbeck has printed some 
specimens''. He also rendered into Syriac Cyril's 
treatise De Recta in Dominum nostmm J. C. Fide 
ad Theodosium Imperatorem^ from a copy which 



1 B.O., i. 403. 

2 Codd. 3ISS. Orient. Bill. Palat. Medic, p. 107. 

3 See Overbeck, S. Ephraemi, &c., Opera Selecta, pp. 
239-244 ; translated by Bickell. 

« Ibid., pp. 210-221. 

5 Ibid., pp. 245-248, 362-378. 

e See Wright, Gated., p. 719. 



RABBtJLA. — IBAS. 49 

was sent to him by the author^ His biographer 
intended to translate into Syriac a collection of 
forty-six of his letters, written in Greek " to 
priests and emperors and nobles and monks^"; 
but of these only a few remain, e.g., to Andrew of 
Samosata, condemning his treatise against the 
twelve anathemas of CyriP; to Cyril, regarding 
Theodore of Mopsuestia" ; and to Gemellinus of 
Perrhe, about certain monks and other persons 
who misused the sacred elements as ordinary 
food". 

Rabbula was succeeded in the see of Edessa 
(435) by Ihibha or Hibha (Grsecized Ibas)^, who 
in his younger days had been one of the trans- 
lators of Theodore's works in the Persian school'. 
This, with his letter to Mari the Persian^ and 
other utterances, led to his being charged with 
Nestorianism. He was acquitted by the two 
synods of Tyre and Beirut, but condemned by 

' Comp. the letter of Cyril to Eabbula, Overbeck, op. 
cit, pp. 228-229. 

2 See Overbeck, op. cit., p. 200. 

3 lUd., p. 222. 

* Ibid., p. 223, a fragment. 

6 Ibid., pp. 230-238. The shorter fragment should 
follow the longer one. 

6 B.O., i. 199. 

f Ibid., iii. 1, 85 ; Wright, Catal, pp. 107, col. 2, 644, 
col. 1. 

8 See Labbe, Condi., is. 51 ; Mansi, vii. 241. 

S. L. 4 



50 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

the second council of Ephesus (449)', and Nonnus 
was substituted in his room. He was restored, 
however, at the end of two years by the council 
of Chalcedon, and sat till October 457, when he 
was succeeded by Nonnus^ who in his turn was 
followed by Cjtus in 471. Besides the writings 
above-mentioned, 'Abhd-isho' attributes to Ibas^ 

1 The so-called Xi/orpi/t^ crvvoSos or latroci'/iium Epheai- 
num. Of tlie first session of this council a portion is 
extant in Syriac in Brit. Mus. Add. 12156, fi". 51b-61a 
(written before 562), containing the acta in the cases of 
Flavian of Antioch and Eusebius of Dorylseum. Add. 
14530 (dated 535) contains the second session, comprising 
the acta in the cases of Ibas, his nephew Daniel of Harran, 
Irenseus of Tyre, Aquilinus of Byblus, Sophronius of TeUa 
or Constantina, Theodoret of Cyrrhus, and Domnus of 
Antioch. These documents have been translated into 
German by Hoffmann, Verhandlungen der Kirchenver- 
sammlung zu Epliesus am xxii. August CDXLIX., &c., 1873; 
into French by ^Martin, Actes du Briga-iidage d^Ephhe, 1874 ; 
and into English (with the assistance of a Gterman scholar) 
by the Rev. S. G. F. Perry, The Second Synod of Ephesus, 
1881. See also Martin, Le Pseudo-Synode connu datis 
I'Ristoire sous le nam de Brigandage d^Ephhe, &c., 1875 ; 
and Perry, An Ancient Syri/xc Document purporting to be the 
record in its chief features of the Second Synod of Ephesus, 
&c., part i., 1867. Mr Perry printed a complete edition of 
the Syriac text at the Clarendon Press, Oxford, but no one 
seems to know what has become of the copies. The copies 
of the English translation were purchased at the sale of 
Jlr Perry's library by Mr Quaritch. 

2 B.O., i. 257. 

3 Ibid., iii. 1, 86. These are of course vitterly ignored 
by Asseniani in vol. i. 



ACACIUS OF AMID. 51 

"a commentary on Proverbs, sermons and metrical 
homilies (madhrashe), and a disputation with a 
heretic " ; but none of these appear to have come 
down to us. 

During this stormy period the name of Acacius, 
bishop of Amid, is mentioned as the author of 
certain epistles^. The great event of his life, 
which is referred by Socrates (bk. vii. 21) to the 
year 422, is thus briefly recorded in the Martyro- 
logi'um Romanum Gregorii XIII. (Malines, 1859), 
9th April : " Amidse in Mesopotamia sancti Acatii 
episcopi, qui pro redimendis captivis etiam ecclesise 
vasa conflavit ac vendidit." The said captives 
were Persian subjects, who were thus ransomed 
and sent back to their king and country^ Acacius 
was doubtless a favourer of Nestorianism, for his 
letters were thought worthy of a commentary by 
Mari, bishop of Beth Hardasher^, the corre- 
spondent of Ibas*. 

Aboiit the same time rose one of the stars of 
Syriac literature, Isaac, commonly called the 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 51. 

2 Ibid., i. 195-196. 

3 Beth Hardasher or Beth Hartasher, in Persian Weh- 
Ardasher or Beh-Ardasher, Arabicized Bahurasir, close by 
Seleticia, on the right bank of the Tigris. See Hoffmann, 
Verhandlungen der Kirchenversammlung zu Ephesui, &c., 
p. 93, note 160. 

« B.O., iii. 1, 172. 

4—2 



62 SVEIAC LITERATURE. 

Great, of Antioch^ He was a native of Amid, 
but went as a young man to Edessa, where he 
enjoyed the teaching of Zenobius, the disciple of 
Ephraim=. Thence he removed to Antioch, where 
he lived as priest and abbot of one of the many 
convents in its immediate neighbourhood. In his 
younger days he would seem to have travelled 
farther than most of his countrymen, as it is 
stated that he visited Rome and other cities I 
With this agrees what is recorded by Dionysius of 
Tell-Mahre* as to his having composed poems on 
the secular games celebrated at Rome in 404, and 
on the capture of the city by Alaric in 410, which 
shows that he took a more than ordinary interest 
in the Western capital. Isaac died in or about 

1 B.O., i. 207-234; Biokell, in Thalhofer's Bihliotliek, 
No. 44, and Conspectus, p. 22. 

2 That he is identical with Isaac, the disciple of 
Ephraim (as some have supposed), seems wholly unUkely. 
He may possibly have seen Ephraim in the flesh, but this 
is very doubtful, considering the date of his own death. 
Even Jacob of Edessa appears to have got into some 
confusion on this subject (see Wright, CataL, p. 603, 
col. 2). 

s Land, Anecd. Syr., iii. 84. 

* 5. 0., i. 208-209; s^Q Dionysii Telmahharen^is Chronid 
liber I., ed. Tullberg, 1850, p. 52, and Eusebii Canonum 
Epitome ex Dionysii Telm. Chronica petita, by C. Siegfried 
and H. Gelzer, 1884, p. 29. The difficulty was first cleared 
\ip by Scaligei", who in his Thesaurus Temporion, Animadv. 
No. MDLXIV., proposed <rqKKapia>v. 



ISAAC OF ANTIOCH. 53 

460, soon after the destruction of Antioch by the 
earthquake of 459, on which he wrote a poem^ 
Isaac's works are nearly as voluminous and varied 
as those of Ephraim, with which indeed they are 
often confounded in MSS. and in the Roman 
edition I They were gathered into one corpus 
by the Jacobite patriarch John bar Shushan or 
Susanna, who began in his old age to transcribe 
and annotate them, but was hindered from com- 
pleting his task by death (1073)^. Assemani has 
given a list of considerably more than a hundred 
metrical homilies from MSS. in the Vatican^ Of 
these part of one on the Crucifixion was edited 
by Overbeck", and another on the love of learning 
by Zingerle^ But it has been left to Bickell to 
collect and translate all the extant writings of 
this Syrian father and to commence the publi- 
cation of them. Out of nearly 200 metrical 

1 B.O., i. 211. ^ See Bickell, Co7ispectus, p. 23, note. 

3 B.O., i. 214-215, ii. 355; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Scales., 
i. 447. 

* B.O., i. 214-234. 

5 S. Ephraemi Syri, &c., Opera Selecta, pp. 379-381. 
[This homily may be Cyrillona's or Balai's : see above, 
p. 41, n. 1, and Bickell in Z.D.M.O., sxvii. p. 571, n. 1.] 

'^ Monumenta Syriaca, i. 13-20; see also some extracts 
in Zingerle's Chrestom, Syr., pp. 299 sq., 387 sq. Zingerle has 
translated large portions of the homilies on the Crucifixion 
into German in the Tiibinger Theolog. Quartalschrift, 
1870, 1. Further, Cardahl, Liber Thes., pp. 21-25. 



54 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

homilies his first volume contains in 307 pages 
only fifteen, and his second brings us in 353 pages 
only as far as No. 37^. Some of these poems 
have a certain historical value, such as the second 
homily on fasting, probably written soon after 
420^ the two homilies on the destruction of the 
town of Beth Hur by the Arabs (c. 457)^ and the 
two against persons who resort to soothsayers^. 
Others possess some interest as bearing on the 
theological views of the author, who combats the 
errors of Nestorius and Eutyches". One of the 
longest and most wearisome is a stupendous poem 
of 2137 verses on a parrot which proclaimed 07409 
©eo? in the streets of Antioch^. Another on 
repentance runs to the length of 1929 verses. In 
prose Isaac seems to have written very little ; at 
least Bickell'' mentions only " various questions 
and answers, an ascetic narrative and ascetic rules." 
Concerning Isaac's contemporary Dadha we 
know but little" He was a monk from the 

' S. Isaad Aniiocheni, Dooioris Syronmi, Opera Omnia, 
ed. G. Bickell, part i., 18*73; part ii., 1877. We hope soon 
to receive the remaining parts at his hands. 

2 B.O.,i. 227; Bickell, i. 280. 

3 B.O., i. 225; Bickell, i. 207, 227. 
* Bickell, ii. 205 sq. 

^ See Bickell's translations in Thalhofer's Bihliotheh, 44. 
" Bickell, i. 85. '' Opera, i. p. \\\\. 

^ See Land, Aneod. Syr., iii. 84. 



SIMEON THE STYLITE. 55 

neighbourhood of Amid, who was sent by the 
people of that city to Constantinople on account 
of the ravages of war and famine, to obtain 
remission of the taxes or some similar relief, and 
was well received by the emperor. He is said 
to have written about three hundred tracts on 
various topics connected with the Scriptures and 
on the saints, besides poems (madhrashe). 

Here, too, we may record the name of Simeon 
the Sty lite, who died in 459 or soon after ^ 
The Monophysites contend that he held their 
theological views, and accordingly we find in a 
MS. of the 8th century a letter of his to the 
emperor Leo regarding Theodoret of Cyrrhus, 
who had come to him and tried to pervert him 
to the opinions of the Dyophysites^ and in 
another MS., of about the same age, three letters 
to the emperor Leo, to the abbot Jacob of 
Kaphra RShima, and to John I., patriarch of 
Antioch, all tending to prove that he rejected 
the council of Chalcedony A third MS., of the 
6th century, contains certain "precepts and 
admonitions " addressed by him to the brethren'. 

1 See Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 142, 181, and note 
2; B.0.,\. 252, 405. 

2 Wright, Catal, p. 951, No. xxix. 

3 Ibid., p. 986, No. 33. 
1 Ibid., p. 1153, col. 1. 



56 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

There is extant in very old MSS.^ a Life of 
Simeon, full of absurd stories, which has been 
edited by S. E. Assemani in the Acta Sanctorum 
Martyrum, vol. ii. 268 sq.; [and again (from 
Brit. Mus. Add. 14484) in (Bedjan's) Acta 
Martyrum et Sanctorum, vol. iv. 507 sq.]. At 
the end of it there is a letter by one Cosmas^, 
priest of the village of Panir, written in the name 
of his congregation to the Stylite, promising im- 
plicit obedience to all his precepts and orders, 
and requesting his prayers on their behalf; but 
there is nothing whatever to show that this Cosmas 
was the author of the Life or had any share in 
writing it^. 

About this time we find Dadh-isho', the 
catholicus of Seleucia (421-456)^ composing his 
commentaries on the books of Daniel, Kings, 
and Bar-Sira or Ecclesiasticus^. But the chief 
seat of Nestorian scholarship and literary activity 
was still the Persian school of Edessa, where 

1 B.ff., Cod. Vat. clx., transcribed 473 ; Brit. Mus. Add. 
14484, of the 6tli century. 

2 B.O., i. 237. 

3 Assemani is also mistaken in supposing that the Life 
was composed at the request of Simeon, the son of Apol- 
lonius, and Bar-Hatar (?), the son of Udhan (Uranius?). 
These are merely the persons who paid for the writing of 
this portion of Cod. Vat. clx. 

■* See Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 57, note 1. 
6 B.O., iii. 1, 214. 



BAR-SAUMA OF NISIBIS. 57 

Bar-sauma and other teachers were actively 
engaged in defending and propagating their 
peculiar tenets. Bar-sauma, if we may believe the 
scurrilous Monophysite Simeon of Beth Arsham^ 
was originally the slave of one Mara of Beth 
Kardu^, and bore at Edessa the nickname of 
Sdhe beth Mnaiyd^. He was at Edessa in 449, 
when his expulsion was called for by the rabble^. 
In what year it actually took place we do not 
know, but we afterwards find him busy in the 
East under the catholicus Babhoyah or Babuseus 
(from about 457 to 483)' and his successor 
Acacius (from about 484 to 496), during which 
period he Avas bishop of Nisibis^. Of his personal 
character and work this is not the place to 
attempt to form a judgment ; but the reader 

1 B.O., i. 351. 

2 On the left bank of the Tigi-is, over against Jazirat 
Ibn 'Omar. 

3 " The Swimmer, or Bather, among the Reeds," mean- 
ing "the wild boar." See Hoffmann, Verhmidl. d. Kirchen- 
versam. zu Ephesus, &o., p. 91, note 114. 

* Hoffmann, op. a'i., p. 14; Bar-Hebreeus, CArora. .fi'ocfe., 
ii. 55, note 1. 

* Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 57, note 1. 

^ See B.O., iii. 1, 66, note 7, compared with i. 351, 
note 4, and ii. 407, note 2. [Guidi has shown from the 
Syriac Synodicxim that Bar-sauma was bishop of Nislbis in 
485 but that his successor Hosea was in ofSce in 496 
{Z.D.M.O., xliii. 412; Gli statuti della Scuola di Nisihi, 
Rome, 1890, p. 3).] 



58 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

should beware of placing implicit trust in the 
statements of bitter and unscrupulous theological 
opponents like Simeon of Beth Arsham, Bar- 
Hebrseus, and Assemani. Bar-sauma, does not 
appear to have written much, as 'Abhd-isho'^ 
mentions only parsenetic and funeral sermons, 
hymns of the class called turgdnie^, metrical 
homilies (madhrdshe), letters, and an anaphora 
or liturgy. 

A fellow-worker with him both at Edessa 
and Nisibis was Narsai (or Narse), of Ma'alletha 
or Ma'althaya^ whom Simeon of Beth Arsham 
calls " the Leper"*," whereas his co-sectarians style 
him "the Harp of the Holy Spirit." He was 
especially famous as a writer of hymns and other 
metrical compositions, his favourite metre being 
that of six syllables ^ He fled from Edessa to 
escape the wrath of the bishop Cyrus (471-498), 
probably in the year 489, and died at Nisibis 
early in the next century ^ Narsai's works, as 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 66. 

2 See Badger, The JS'estorians, ii. 19. 

3 HoflFmann, Auszuge, p. 208; Badger, The Nestorians, 
i. 174. 

* Perhaps in a spiritual sense only, though Assemani 
thinks otherwise; see B.O., i. 352 and note 5, 354 ; iii. 1, 63. 

6 B.O., iii. 1, 65, note 6. 

8 See Bar-Hebrajus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 77; B.O., ii. 
407. 



NARSAI AND OTHER NESTORIANS. 59 

enumerated by 'Abhd-isho'\ consist of commen- 
taries OB the first four books of the Pentateuch, 
Joshua, Judges, and Ecclesiastes, Isaiah and the 
twelve minor prophets, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, and 
Daniel, twelve volumes of metrical discourses (360 
in number/, a liturgy, expositions of the order 
of celebrating the Eucharist and of baptism, 
parsenetic and funeral sermons, hymns of several 
sorts', and a book entitled On the Corruption of 
Morals. 

Mari the Persian has been already mentioned 
as the correspondent of Ibas. Besides the com- 
mentary on the epistles of Acacius (see above, 
p. 51), he wrote a commentary on the book of 
Daniel and a controversial treatise against the 
magi^ of Nisibis^. Acacius, catholicus of Seleucia 

1 B.O.,w.. 1, 65, 66. 

2 Some of these are probably contained in the Berlin 
MSS. Sachau 174-176 {memre dha-med/iabbgrdnuthd, on 
the life of our Lord) and 219 (two poems on Joseph, and 
two others). 

3 Two of them are often found in the Nestorian Psalter. 
See, for example, Brit. Mus. Add. 7156 (Rosen, Catal., 
p. 12, col. 2, No. 3a, c) and Add. 17219 (Wright, Catal., 
p. 134, col. 2, No. 3 a, c). 

* Meghushe, from niagu, mag, the Persian priesthood, 
the head of whom in each district was the magupat, 
mogpet, or mohedh. See Noldeke, Oeschiohte der Perser 
und Araher zur Zeit der Sasaniden, p. 450. 

6 B.O., iii. 1, 171. 



60 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

(c. 484-496), composed discourses on fasting and 
on the faith, as also against the Monophysites, 
and translated into Persian for the king Kawadh 
a treatise on the faith by Elisha, bishop of Nisibis, 
the successor of Bar-sauma'. Assemani tries hard 
to cleanse Acacius from the stain of Nestorianism, 
but, as Abbeloos remarks^, " vereor ne iEthiopem 
dealbare voluerit ; nam omnia tum Jacobitarum 
tum Nestorianorum monumenta, quse ipse recitat, 
contrarium testantur." Mikha or Micah, another 
member of the band of exiled Edessenes^ became 
bishop of Lashom*. He wrote a commentary on 
the books of Kings, a discourse on his predecessor 
Sabhr-isho', another on a person whose name is 
written Kntropos^ and a tract entitled The Five 
Reasons of the Mautebhe^. To these writers may 

' B.O., iii. 1, 389. Elisha is called by some authorities 
Hosea ; ibid., ii. 407, iii. 1, 429. [So the Syriac Synodicon 
as cited by Guidi in Z.D.M.O., xliii. 412, and Oli statuti 
della Scuola di Xisihi, p. 3.] 

2 Bar-Hebrceus, Ghron. Eccles., ii. 74, note 2. 

3 B.O., i. 352-353. His enemies gave him the nickname 
of Dagon. 

* Now Lasim, a short distance south-west of Dakuk or 
Ta'uk, in Beth Garmai ; see Hoffmann, A iisziige, p. 274. 

^ Vocalized Kentropos or Kantropos; B.O., iii. 1, 
170, 1. 2. 

<• Meaning probably the division of the Psalter into 
three kathismata (Bickell, Conspectus, p. 92); see B.O., iii. 
1, 71, note 2. 



TRANSLATIONS FROM GREEK. 61 

be added two others, — Yazidadh\ who is also 
said to have belonged to the Edessene school and 
to have compiled "a book of collectanea (lukJcdte)'," 
and Ara, who wrote a treatise against the magi 
or Persian priesthood, and another against the 
followers of Bardesanes with the contemptuous 
title of Habhshoshyatha or " the Beetles ^" 

The Persian school at Edessa was, as we have 
already hinted, the chief seat of the study of 
Greek during the early days of the Syrian litera- 
ture. Of the most ancient translators we know 
nothing; but the oldest MSS. are Edessene, viz., 
the famous MS. in the British Museum, Add. 
12150, dated towards the end of 411, and the 
equally well known codex at St Petersburg, 
written in 462. The former contains the Recog- 
nitiones of Clement, the discourses of Titus of 
Bostra against the Manichees, the Theophania of 
Eusebius, and his history of the confessors in 
Palestine ; the latter, the Ecclesiastical History 
of Eusebius. Now, as the text presented by 
these MSS. has evidently passed through the 
hands of several successive scribes, it seems to 

1 For Yazed-dadh or Izad-dadh, like Yazed-panah, 
Yazed-bozedh ; see Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 88, note 796. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 226. 

5 Of Ara we seem to know absolutely nothing; his 
very floruit is uncertain, and he may have belonged to the 
previous century; B.O., iii. 1, 230. 



62 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

follow that these books were translated into Syriac 
in the lifetime of the authors themselves, or very 
soon after, for Eusebius died in 340 and Titus 
in 371. Very likely the one or the other may have 
had a friend at the chief seat of Syriac learning 
who was willing to perform for him the same kind 
office that Rabbula undertook for Cyrils A little 
later on our information becomes fuller and more 
exact. Ma'na^ a Persian by race'', from the town 
of Beth Hardasher, was resident at Edessa in the 
earlier part of the 5th century, and is mentioned 
by Simeon of Beth Arsham among the distin- 
guished Nestorian scholars whom he holds up to 
ridicule^. His nickname was Shathe ketma, " the 

1 See above, p. 48, and compare Merx, " De Eusebianse 
Historiae Eocles. Versionibus, Syriaca et Armeniaca," in 
Atti del IV. Congresso Internazionale degli Orientcdisti, 
Florence, 1880, i. 199 sq., especially pp. 201-202. It may 
here be mentioned that the literature of Armenia is largely 
indebted in its earliest days to that of Syria, not only for 
the translation of Eusebius's Ecdes. History, but for such 
works as the Doctrine of Addai and the Homilies of 
Aphraates, wrongly ascribed to Jacob of Nisibis. 

2 So the name is written by Marl bar ShSlemon, whom 
Assemani follows, B.O., iii. 1, 376, pronouncing it, however, 
Ma'ne or Maanes. Eliaa of Nisibis also gives Ma'na (Bar- 
HebrcBus, Chron. Ecdes., ii. 53, note 2); but Bar-Hebrceus 
himself {loo. cit.) has Maghna, which Abbeloos latinizes 
Magnes. 

^ His Persian name is unknown to us. 
1 B.O., i. 352. 



MA'NA. 63 

Drinker of Ashes." Ma'na devoted himself to the 
task of translating into Syriac the commentaries 
of Theodore of Mopsuestia during the lifetime 
of that great theologian, who did not die till 
429. He must, however, have withdrawn from 
Edessa at a comparatively early period, as he 
was bishop of Persis' prior to 420, in which year 
(the last of his reign) Yazdegerd I. made him 
catholicus of Seleucia, in succession to Yabh- 
alaha^. He had, it appears, translated a number 
of books from Syriac into Persian (Pahlavi), and 
thus probably ingratiated himself with the king". 
However, he soon fell under the royal displeasure, 
was degraded from his office, and ordered to retire 
to Persis, where he resumed his former duties*, 
and so incurred the anger of Yazdegerd's successor, 
Peroz^ Ma'na's work, the exact extent of which 
is not known to us, was carried on and completed 
by other members of the Persian school, — such as 
Acacius the catholicus and Yazidadh ; John of 
Beth Garmai, afterwards bishop of Beth Sari (or 
Serai ?), and Abraham the Mede, disciples of 
Narsai; Mikha, afterwards bishop of Lashom in 
Beth Garmai; Paul bar Kakai (or Kaki), after- 

1 Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 55, 63. 

2 B.O., ii. 401. 3 i})i^_^ iii. i^ 376. 
•• Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., ii. 63. 

5 B.O., ii. 402 ; iii. 1, 377. 



64 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

wards bishop of Ladhan in al-Ahwaz ; 'Abhshota (?) 
of Nineveh, and others^ — who are expressly 
said to " have taken away with them " {appek 
'ammehon) from Edessa, and disseminated through- 
out the East, the writings of Theodore and 
Nestorius^. Ibas himself was one of these 
translators in his younger days (see above, p. 49). 
About the same time with Ma'na's translations 
began the Aristotelian studies of the Sjrrian 
Nestorians. To understand and translate the 
writings of their favourite Greek theologians, 
Paul of Samosata, Diodore of Tarsus, Theodore 
of Mopsuestia, and Nestorius himself, not to 
mention Theodoret' of Cyrrhus, required a con- 
siderable knowledge of the Aristotelian logic. 
Hence the labours of Probus (IIpo/So?, in Syriac 
Probhos, Probha, or Probhe), who translated and 
commented on the Hepl ipfiT]veia<;^, and probably 
treated in a similar manner other parts of the 

1 B.O., i. 351-354. 

2 Ibid., i. 350; iii. 1, 226, note 8. 

3 His Eranistei (of which the foiirth book is a demmi- 
stratio per syllogismos of the incarnation) appears as the 
name of an author in 'Abhd-ish6"s Catalogue {B.O., iii. 1, 
41), under the form of Eranistatheos, or something similar. 

* See Hoffmann, De Hermeiieuticis apiid Syros Aris- 
toteleis, 1869. MSS.,— Berhn, Alt. Best. 36, 9, 10; Brit. 
Mus. Add. 14660. The translation may possibly be even 
anterior to Probus. 



MONOPHTSITE SCHISM. 65 

Organon^. It is not easy to fix his date precisely. 
' Abhd-isho' ^ makes him contemporary with Ibas 
and another translator named Kumi [or Kumai]. 
If the Berlin MS. Sachau 226 can be trusted, 
he was archdeacon and archiater at Antioch. 
Hoffmann^ has assigned reasons for supposing 
him not to be anterior to the Athenian expositor 
Syrianus (433-450 ?). 

Whilst the Nestorians were thus making rapid 
progress all over the East, another heresy was 
spreading in the West. Eutyches had found 
followers in Syria, among others Bar-sauma the 
archimandrite, a man famous for his piety and 
asceticism*, who represented the abbots of Syria 

1 Berlin, Sachau 226, 1, is described as " Isagoge des 
Porphyrius, von Probus, Presbyter, Archidiacon, und 
Archiater in Antiochien"; and in the same MS., No 8, is 
"Erklarung der Analytica von Probus," with an "Einlei- 
tung in d. Erkl. d. Anal, von Probus," No. 7. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 85. 

3 Op. cit, pp. 144-145. The name of PubrI or Phubrius, 
which appears as a variation of Probus in Hettinger's Bibl. 
Orient., in Assemani {B.O., iii. 1, 85, note 5), in Renan {De 
PhilosopMa Peripatetica apud Syros, p. 14), and in other 
books on this subject, has nothing to do with that of 
Probus, but is an error for Kuwairl, Abu Ishak Ibrahim, a 
Syro-Arabian Aristotelian who lived about the beginning 
of the 10th century. See the Fihrut, p. 262 ; Ibn Abl 
Osaibi'ah, i. 234 ; Wiistenfeld, Oesch. d. Arab. Aerzte, p. 24, 
No. 62, " Futherl oder Fubrl." 

* All "hypocrisy" in the eyes of Assemani, B.O., ii. 2; 
" scelestissimus pseudo-monaohus," p. 9. 

S. L. 5 



66 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

at the second council of Ephesus^ and was after- 
wards condemned by the council of Chalcedon'-'. 
He died in 458^ His life was written by his 
disciple Samuel, in much the same style as that 
of Simon Stylites, and is extant in several MSS. 
in the British Museum^ His memory has always 
been held in the greatest reverence by the Jaco- 
bites. The Armenians, according to Assemani^, 
keep his commemoration on the 1st of February, 
the Syrians and Copts on the 3rd. The decisions 
of the council of Chalcedon produced an imme- 
diate and irreparable breach in the Eastern 
Church ; and the struggle of the rival factions 
was carried on with desperate fury alike at 
Constantinople, Antioch, and Alexandria. In 
Syria the persecution of the Monophysites was 
violent during the years 518-521, under the 
emperor Justin, and again in 535 and the fol- 
lowing years, under Justinian, when they seemed 
in a fair way of being completely crushed by 
brute force. 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Ohron. Eccles., i. 161-165; Hofiinann, 
Verhandl. d. Kirchenversarmnlung zu Bpfiesits, &c., p. 4, 

1. 39. 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, loc. cit., 179. ^ Ibid., 181. 

1 B.O., ii. 296, also p. cxlviii. No. 3 ; Wright, Catal., 
p. 1123. 

6 B.O., ii. 9 ; comp. Wright, CataL, p. 175, col. 2, No. 3, 
and p. 311, No. coclxsxvii. 



JACOB OF sErugh. 67 

The first name to be mentioned here, as 
belonging to both the 5th and 6th centuries, is 
that of Jacob of SSriigh, one of the most cele- 
brated writers of the Syrian Church', " the flute 
of the Holy Spirit and the harp of the believing 
church." There are no less than three biographies 
of him extant in Syriac, — the first, by his name- 
sake Jacob of Edessa' ; the second, anonymous^; 
the third, a lengthy metrical panegyric, said 
to have been written for his commemoration* 
by a disciple of his named George'. This, how- 
ever, seems, from the whole tone of the composition, 
to be unlikely, and Bickell is probably right in 
supposing the author to be George, bishop of 
SSrugh, a contemporary of Jacob of Edessa". 

' B. 0., i. 28Z sq. ; i/lsitngae, in Acta Sanctorum, Ootoher, 
vol. xii. 824, 927; Abbeloos, De Vita et Scriptis S. Jacohi 
Batnarum Sarugi in Mesopotamia epi, 1867; Bickell, 
Conspectiis, p. 25; BickeU in Thalhofer, Bihl. d. Kirchen- 
vater, 58; Martin, "Lettres de Jacques de Saroug aux 
Moines du Couvent de Mar Bassus, et k Paul d'Edesse," in 
Z.D.M.a., XXX. (1876), p. 217. 

2 B.O., i. 286, 299; Martin, in Z.D.M.O., xxx. p. 217, 
note 3. 

3 Abbeloos, op. cit., p. 311. 

* See Wright, Catal., p. 311, No. occlxxxix. The 
Armenians hold it on 25th September, the Jacobites on 
29th June, 29th July, and 29th October. 

5 Abbeloos, op. cit., p. 24; B.O., i. 286, 340. 

6 See Bickell in Thalhofer, Bibl, 58, p. 198. 

5—2 



68 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

Jacob was bom at Kurtam, "a village on the river 
Euphrates," probably in the district of Serugh, in 
451. His father was a priest, and, as his parents 
had been childless for many years, his birth was 
regarded as a reward for their alms, prayers, and 
vows. Whether he was educated at Edessa or 
not, he soon acquired a great reputation for 
learning and eloquence. He appears to have led 
a life of quiet work and study, and to have 
devoted himself in particular to literary composi- 
tion. He became periodeutes of Haura in Serugh, 
whence we find him writing to the Christians of 
Najran, and to the city of Edessa when threatened 
by the Persians ^ As periodeutes he is mentioned 
in eulogistic terms by Joshua the Stylite^ (503). 
In 519, when sixty-eight years old, he was made 
bishop of Batnan, the chief town of Serugh, 
where he died on 29th November 521. Jacob's 
prose writings are not numerous^. A liturgy is 
ascribed to him, and an order of baptism, the 
former of which has been translated by Renaudot* 
the latter edited by J. A. Assemani^ Further, 
he composed six festal homilies, one of which has 

1 Wright, CataL, p. 520, Nos. 15, 16. 

^ Chronicle, ed. "Wright, ch. liv. Joshua wrote in 507. 

^ B.O., i. 300-305. 

* Litiirgg. Orientt. Collectio, ii. 356. 

^ Cod. Liturg. Ecd. Univers., ii. 309, iii. 184. 



JACOB OF sErugh. 69 

been published by Zingerle^ who has also trans- 
lated the whole of them into German^; a discourse 
showing that we should not neglect or despise our 
sins^ ; another for the night of Wednesday in the 
third week of Lent^ ; and some short funeral 
sermons I To him we also owe a life of Mar 
Hannina (died in 500), addressed to one Philo- 
theus". Of his letters a considerable number 
have been preserved, particularly in two MSS. in 
the British Museum, Add. 14587 and 17163, S. 
1-48'. Of these Martin has edited and translated 
the three epistles to the monks of the convent of 
Mar Bassus at Harim^ with a reply by the 
monks, and another letter to Paul, bishop of 
Edessa, from all of which it is evident that Jacob 
always was a Monophysite, and continued such to 
his deaths The letter to Stephen bar Sudh-aile 
is given, with an English version, by Frothing- 



t, Syr., i. 91. 

2 Sechs Homilien des h. Jacob von Sarug, 1867. 

3 Wright, Catal, p. 826, No. 16; comp. the Index, 
1293, col. 1. 

4 aid., p. 844, No. 32. 

6 Ibid., p. 364, col. 2. 

e Ibid., p. 1113, No. 14; p. 1126, No. 16. 

7 Ibid., Nos. dclixii., dclxxiii., and comp. the Index, 
1293, col. 1. 

8 Rid., p. 602, col. 2. 

3 See Martin, Z.D.M.G., xxx. (1876), pp. 217-219. 



70 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

ham'; and that to the Himyarite Christians of 
Najran has been edited and translated by Schroter 
in the Z.D.M.G., xxxi. (1877), p. 360 sq. It 
belongs to the year 519 or 520^. According to 
Bar-Hebrseus^ he also wrote "a commentary on 
the six centuries of Evagrius, at the request of 
Mar George, bishop of the (Arab) tribes, who was 
his disciple." As George, bishop of the Arab 
tribes, was a contemporary of Jacob of Edessa, 
this statement seems to rest on some misappre- 
hension ; at all events no such work now exists. 
The paucity of Jacob's prose writings is more 
than compensated by a flood of metrical compo- 
sitions, mostly in dodecasyllabic verse, or the 
four-syllable line thrice repeated. "He had," says 
Bar-Hebrseus*, " seventy amanuenses to copy out 
his metrical homilies, which were 760^ in number, 
besides commentaries and letters and odes {ma- 
dhrashe) and hymns (sughyatha)." Of these 

1 See his Stephen bar Sudaili the Syrian Mystic and 
the Book of Hierotheos, Leyden, 1886, p. 10 sq. 

2 See Guidi, La Lettera di Simeone Vescovo di BHh- 
Arsdm sopra i Martiri Omenti, 1881, p. 11. 

s Chron. Eccles., i. 191. 

^ Loc. cit. 

^ Jacob of Edessa says 763, of which that on the chariot 
of Ezekiel was the first, and that on Mary and Golgotha 
the last, which he left unfinished; see B.O., i. 299; 
Abbeloos, De Vita, &o., p. 312. 



JACOB OF S^RtiGH. 71 

homilies more than the half have perished, but 
nearly 300 are still preserved in European 
collections \ Very few of them have as yet been 
published, though many of them are by no means 
devoid of interest^. Indeed Jacob is on the whole 

' Comp. B.O., i. 305-339; Abbeloos, op. cit., pp. 
106-113. 

^ Zingerle has given extracts in the Z.D.M.O., xii., xiii., 
xiv., XV., and xx., and in his Chrest. Syr., pp. 360-386. 
The homily on Simeon Stylites has been published by 
Assemani in the Acta S. Martyrum, ii. 230 sq., [and has 
anew appeared in vol. iv. 650 sq. of (Bedjan's) Acta 
Martyrwm et Sa7iotorum']; that on virginity, fornication, 
&c., by Overbeck, S. Ephraemi Syri, &c.. Opera Selecta, 
p. 385 sq. ; that on Alexander the Great (perhaps spurious) 
by Knos, Chrest. Syr., 1807, p. 66 sj. [and (a better edition) 
by Budge, Zeitschrift f. Assyriologie, vi. 359-404], (there is 
a German translation by A. Weber, Bes M&r Yakuh 
Oedicht iiher den glduhigen Konig Alexsandnls, 1852); on 
Habblbh and on Gurya and Shamuna, Edessene martyrs, 
with a sughitha on Edessa, by Ciireton, Ancient Syriac 
Documents, pp. 86-98 [and in Acta Martyrum et Sanctorum,, 
vol. i. 131 S2'., 160^2'.]; on Sharbel by Mosinger, Mon. Syr., 
ii. 52, and on the chariot of Ezekiel, with an Arabic 
translation, ihid., p. 76 ; two on the Blessed Virgin Mary 
by Abbeloos, Be Vita, &c., pp. 203-301 ; on Jacob at 
Bethel, on our Lord and Jacob, the church and Rachel, 
Leah and the synagogue, on the two birds (Lev. xiv. 4), on 
the two goats (Lev. xvi. 7), and on Moses' vail (Exod. 
xxxiv. 33) by Zingerle, Mon. Syr., i. 21-90; on Tamar by 
J. Zingerle, 1871 ; on the palace which St Thomas built 
for the king of India in Heaven (perhaps spurious) by 
Schroter, in Z.D.M.O., xxv. 321, xxviii. 584; on the fall of 
the idols by Martin, in Z.D.M.O., xxix. 107 ; on the baptism 



72 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

far more readable than Ephraim or Isaac of 
Antioch. 

Very different from the gentle and studious 
bishop of Serugh was his contemporary and 
neighbour, the energetic and fiery Philoxenus 
of Mabbogh. AksSnaya or Philoxenus was a 
native of Tahal, somewhere in Beth Garmai, and 
studied at Edessa in the time of Ibas^ ■ He was 
ordained bishop of Hierapolis or Mabbogh (Manbij) 
by Peter the Fuller, patriarch of Antioch, in 485, 
and devoted his life to the advocacy of Monophy- 
site doctrine. Twice he visited Constantinople in 
the service of his party, and suffered much (as 
was to be expected) at the hands of its enemies, 
for thus he writes in later years to the monks of 
the convent of Seniin near Edessa ; " What I 
endured from Flavian and Macedonius, who were 
archbishops of Antioch and of the capital, and 
previously from Calendion, is known and spoken 
of everywhere. I keep silence both as to what 

of Gonstantine (perhaps spurious) by Frothingham, in the 
Atii della Accademia dei Lincei for 1881-82 (Rome, 1882). 
Bickell has translated into German (in Thalhofer, Bihl., 
58) the first homily on the Blessed Virgin Mary, that on 
Jacob at Bethel, on Moses' vail, and on Gurya and 
Shamuna. Some of Jacob's homilies are extant in Arabic, 
and even in Ethiopia. His prayer as a child see in Over- 
beck, op. cit.-i p. 382. 
1 B.O., i. 3.53. 



^ PHILOXENUS OF MABBOGH. 73 

was plotted against me in the time of the Persian 
war among the nobles by the care of the aforesaid 
Flavian the heretic, and also as to what befell me 
in Edessa, and in the district of the Apameans, 
and in that of the Antiochians, when I was in the 
convent of the blessed Mar Bassus, and again in 
Antioch itself; and when I went up on two 
occasions to the capital, like things were done to 
me by the Nestorian heretics ^" He succeeded at 
last in getting rid of his enemy Flavian in 512, 
and in the same year he presided at a synod in 
which his friend Severus was ordained patriarch 
of Antioch ^ His triumph, however, was but 
short-lived, for Justin, the successor of Anastasius, 
sentenced to banishment in 519 fifty-four bishops 
who refused to accept the decrees of the council 
of Chalcedon, among whom were Severus, Philo- 
xenus, Peter of Apamea, John of Telia, Julian of 
Halicarnassus, and Mara of Amid. Philoxenus 
was exiled to Philippopolis in Thrace^, and 
afterwards to Gangra in Paphlagonia, where he 
was murdered about the year 523. The Jacobite 
Church commemorates him on 10th December, 

1 B.O., ii. 15; oomp. the mention of him at Edessa by 
Joshua the Stylite in 498, Chronicle, ed. Wright, chap. xsx. 

2 Ihid., pp. 17, 18. 

5 He "wa.s living there when he wrote to the monks of 
Sgnrmin522; ^.tt, ii. 20. 



74 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

18th February, and 1st April. Philoxenus, 
however, was something more than a man of 
action and of strife: he was a scholar and an 
elegant writer. Even Assemani, who never misses 
an opportunity of reviling him^ is obliged to 
ovm {B.O., ii. 20) " scripsit Syriace, si quis alius, 
elegantissime, atque adeo inter optimos hujusce 
linguEe scriptores a Jacobo Edesseno collocari 
meruit." [Until the recent edition of his homilies 
by Budge] scarcely any of his numerous works 
had been printed I To him the Syriac Church 
owed its first revised translation of the Scriptures 
(see above, p. 13); and he also drew up an 
anaphora^ and an order of baptism^ Portions of 
his commentaries on the Gospels are contained 
in two MSS. in the British Museum ^ Besides 
sundry sermons, he composed thirteen homilies on 
the Christian life and character, of which there 
are several ancient copies in the British Museum. 
[Of these homilies a fine edition by Budge has 
now appeared, based on the Brit. Mus. MSS. of 

1 "Soelestissimushsereticiis'' (5.O., ii. 11); "flagitiosis- 
simus homo " (p. 12) ; " ecclesiam Dei tanquam ferus aper 
devastaverit" (p. 18). 

2 B.O., ii. 23 sj. ; Wright, Caial, Index, p. 1315. 

3 Eenaudot, ii. 310 ; B.O., ii. 24. 

4 B.O., ii. 24. 

5 Add. 17126, dated 511, and Add. 14534, probably of 
equal age. 



PHILOXENUS OF MABBOGH. 75 

the 6th and 7th centuries ^] Of his controversial 
works the two most important are a treatise On 
the Trinity and the Incarnation in three discourses ^ 
and another, in ten discourses, showing " that one 
(Person) of the Trinity became incarnate and 
suffered^ " ; but there are many smaller tracts 
against the Nestorians and Dyophysites''. His 
letters are numerous and may be of some value 
for the ecclesiastical history of his time. Asse- 
mani enumerates and gives extracts from several 
of them^ but none of them have as yet been 
printed in full, with the exception of that to Abu 
Nafir of Herta (al-Hirah)^, to the monks of 
Tell-'Adda^ and to the priests Abraham and 

1 [The Discourses of Philoxenus, Bishop of Mahhogh, 
A.D. 485-519, vol. i., London, 1894. Vol. ii., which is still 
in course of preparation, is to contain an English transla- 
tion, with illustrative extracts from the unpublished works 
of Philoxenus.] 

2 The Vatican MS. (Assemani, Catal., iii. p. 217, No. 
cxxxvii.) is dated 564; see B.O., ii. %5sq. 

3 B.O., ii. 27 «y. The Vatican MS. is dated 581; that 
in the British Museum Add. 12164 is at least as old. 

4 See B.O., ii. 45, Nos. 15-17, and Wright, Catal, p. 
1315. 

^ B.O., ii. 30-46. Others may be found in Wright, 
Catal, p. 1315. 

^ See Martin, Qrammatica Chrestomathia et Olossarium 
Linguw Syriacce, p. 71. 

' Ign. Guidi, La Lettera di Filosseno ai Monad di Tell 
^Addd {Teleda), Reale Accademia dei Lincei, anno cclxxxii., 



76 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

Orestes of Edessa regarding Stephen bar Stidh- 
aile^ 

Contemporary with Jacob of SSrugh and 
Philoxenus of Mabbogh was the pantheist Stephen 
bar Sudh-aile^, with whom both of these writers 
corresponded ^ and regarding whom the latter 
wrote the above-mentioned letter to the priests 
Abraham and Orestes. This man was the author 
of the work entitled The Book of Hierotheus, 
which he published under the name of Hiero- 
theus, the teacher of St Dionysius of Athens ^ and 

1884-85, Rome, 1886. In the Ethiopic literature there is 
extant a book entitled FlUksSyus, i.e., Philoxenus, from 
the name of its author, "Philoxenus the Syrian, bishop of 
Manbag" (see, for example, Wright, Catal., p. 177). It is 
a series of questions and answers on the Paradise of 
Palladius, like the Syriac work described in Wright, Catal., 
p. 1078. 

1 See B.O., ii. 30; Frothingham, Stephen bar Svdaili, 
p. 28 sq. 

2 So in a MS. of the 7th oentiiry (Brit. Mus. Add. 
17163; see Wright, Catal., p. 524). The MSS. of Bar- 
Hebraeus {Chron. Eccles., i. 221) have . . \ . mjn. or 
■ ■ \ .i-n -^"t Assemani writes - - \ - y^x {Sudaili). 

" Hunt the deer " can of course be only a nickname of the 
father. See Frothingham, op. cit., p. 56 sq. 

^ B.O., i. 303, ii. 32 ; comp. Bar-Hebrjeus, Chron. Eccles., 
i. 221. 

1 B.O., ii. 120, 290, 302 ; Frothingham, op. cit., p. 63 sj. 
The existence of any Greek text seems to be very 
doubtful, see Frothingham, p. 70. 



JOSHUA THE STYLITE. 77 

exercised a strong influence on the whole pseudo- 
Dionysian literature^ Theodosius, patriarch of 
Antioch (887-896), wrote a commentary on the 
Hierotheus^. Bar-Hebreeus too made copious ex- 
tracts from it, which he arranged and illustrated 
with a commentary chiefly derived from that of 
Theodosius^. 

At the same time with Jacob of SSrugh and 
Philoxenus, and in the same neighbourhood, lived 
one of the earliest and best of the Syrian histor- 
ians, the Stylite monk Yeshu' or Joshua. Of him 
we know nothing but that he originally belonged 
to the great convent of Zuknin near Amid, that 
at the beginning of the 6th century he was 
residing at Edessa, and that he dedicated his 
Chronicle of the Persian War * to an abbot named 
Sergius. His approving mention of Jacob' and 
Philoxenus* shows that he was a Monophysite. 
Joshua's Chronicle would have been entirely lost 
to us, had it not been for the thoughtfulness of a 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 13; Frothingham, op. cit., pp. 2 and 81. 

2 See MS. Brit. Mus. Add. 7189 (apparently the very 
copy used by Bar-Hebr8sus) ; Rosen, Gatal., p. 74 sq. ; 
Frothingham, op. cit., p. 84. 

3 Brit. Mus. Or. 1017 (Wright, Catal, pp. 893-895) ; 
Bibl. Nation., Anc. fonds 138 (Zotenberg, Gatal., pp. 175- 
176); Frothingham, op. cit., p. 87. 

* Ed. Wright, p. ix. * Ihid., chap. hv. 

" Ihid., chap. xxx. 



78 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

later writer, Dionysius of Tell-Mahre (d. 845), 
who incorporated it with his account of the reign 
of Anastasius in the smaller redaction of his own 
History. It was first made known to us by 
Assemani {Bihl. Orient., i. 260-283), who gave a 
copious analysis with some extracts ; and it is 
now generally acknowledged to be one of the 
best, if not actually the best, account of the great 
war between the Persian and Byzantine empires 
during the reigns of Kawadh and Anastasius 
(502-506)\ To the indefatigable Abb^ Martin 
belongs the credit of publishing the editio prin- 
ceps of the Syriac text^. The work was wi-itten 
in the year 507, immediately after the conclusion 
of the war, as is shown by the whole tone of the 
last chapter ; and it is much to be regretted that 
the author did not carry out his intention of 
continuing it, or, if he did, that the continuation 
has perished. 

The interest which Jacob of SSrugh took in 
every branch of literature was the means of 
bringing into notice a hymn-writer of humble 

1 See, for example, the use that has been made of it in 
De Saint-Martin's notes to Lebeau's Hist, du Bas-empire, 
vol. vii. 

2 Chroniquede JosvA le Stylite, 1876, in vol. vi. of the 
Ahhaoidlungen fur d. Kmide d. Morgeidandes. Another 
edition was published by Wright, The Chronicle, of Joshua 
the Stylite, 1882. 



SIMEON OF BETH ARSHAM. 79 

rank, the deacon Simeon Kukaya, a potter by 
trade, as his name denotes. This man lived in 
the village of Geshir^, not far from the convent 
of Mar Bassus, and while he worked at his wheel 
composed hymns, which he wrote down on a 
tablet or a scroll, as might be convenient. Jacob 
heard of him from the monks, paid him a visit, 
admired his hymns, and took away some of them 
with him, at the same time urging the author to 
continue his labours^. A specimen of these 
Kuhdyatha has been preserved in the shape 
of nine hymns on the nativity of our Lord, 
Brit. Mus. Add. 14520, a MS. of the 8th or 9th 
century'. 

About the sanae time flourished Simeon, bishop 
of Beth Arsham^ commonly called Ddrosha Phdr- 
sdyd or " the Persian Disputant." This keen 
Monophysite'' was one of the few representatives 

2 See the narrative by Jacob of Edessa in Wrigbt, 
Catal, p. 602; and comp. B.O., i. 121, ii. 322; Bar- 
Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 191. 

3 Wright, Catal, p. 363. 

* A village near Seleuoia and Ctesiphon ; Bar-Hebreeus, 
Chron. Eccles., ii. 85. 

6 Assemani has tried to whitewash him, but with little 
success; B.O., i. 342 sj. If he had had before him the 
account of Simeon by John of Ephesus (Land, Anead. Syr., 
ii. 76-88), he would probably have abandoned the attempt 



80 SYKIAC LITERATUEE. 

of his creed in the Persian territory, and exhibited 
a wonderful activity, mental and bodily, on behalf 
of his co-religionists, traversing the Babylonian 
and Persian districts in all directions, and disput- 
ing with Manichees, Daisanites, Eutychians, and 
Nestorians'. After one of these disputations, at 
which the Nestorian catholicus Babhai (498-503) 
was present '^j Simeon was made bishop, a dignity 
which he had declined on several previous occa- 
sions. He visited Herta (al-Hirah) more than 
once, and died during his third residence at 
Constantinople, whither he had come to see the 
empress Theodora ^ Assemani states, on the 
authority of Dionysius of Tell-Mahre, that he was 
bishop of Beth Arsham from 510 to 515, but the 
Syriac passage which he quotes merely gives the 
floruit of 510. If, however, the statements of 
John of Ephesus, who knew him personally, be 
coiTect, he was probably made bishop before 503, 
the date of Babhai's decease*. His death must 
have taken place before 548, in which year Theo- 
dora departed this life. Besides an anaphora ^ we 

in disgust. See Guidi, La Lettera di Simeoiie Vescovo di 
Beth-Ar^dm sopra i Martin Omeriti, 1881, pp. 4-7. 

1 See Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eecles., ii. 85, i. 189 ; comp. 
B.O., i. 341, ii. 409, iii. 1, 403. 

'^ Land, Aiiecd. Syr., ii. 82, 1. 12. 

3 Ibid., ii. 87, last line. 

^ B.O., iii. 1, 427. ^ /j,v?., i. 345. 



JOHN BAE CURSUS. 81 

possess only two letters of Simeon, which are both 
of considerable interest. The one is entitled On 
Bar-saunm and the Sect of the Nestorians'-; it 
deals with the origin and spread of Nestorianism 
in the East, but from the bitterest and narrowest 
sectarian point of view^- The other, which is 
much more valuable, is addressed to Simeon, 
abbot of Gabbula', and treats of the persecution 
of the Christians at Najran by Dhu Nuwas, king 
of al-Yaman, in the year 523*. It is dated 524, 
in which year the writer was himself at Herta 
(al-Hirah). 

To the same age and sect as Simeon belonged 
John bar Cursus {Kovpaosiy, bishop of Telia or 

1 B.O., i. 346. 

2 First printed in B.O., i. 346 sq., from the Vatican 
MS. cxxxv. {Catal., iii. 214). 

5 Al-Jabbul. Or is it Jabbul, on the east bank of the 
Tigris, between an-Nu'manlyah and Wasit ? 

* First printed in B.O., i. 364 sj., according to the text 
offered by John of Ephesus in his History, There is, 
however, a longer and better text in a MS. of the Museo 
Borgiano and in Brit. Mus. Add. 14650, from which it has 
been reedited (with an excellent introduction, translation, 
and notes) by Guidi, La Lettera di Simeone, &c., Reale 
Accademia dei Lincei, 1881. To this work the reader is 
referred for all the documents bearing on the subject. 
[Another edition of the text, following Guidi's, in (Bedjan's) 
Acta Martyrv/m el Sanctorum, i. 372 sq.1 

5 The name of the father is also given as Curcus and 
Cyriacus. Assemani's Barsus {B.O., ii. 54) is a mis- 
reading. 

S. L. 6 



82 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Constantina. He was a native of Callinicus (ar- 
Rakkah), of good family, and was carefully educated 
by his widowed mother, who put him into the 
army at the age of twenty. He would not, however, 
be hindered from quitting the service after a few 
years and becoming a monk. Subsequently, in 
519, he was raised to the dignity of bishop of 
Telia, whence he was expelled by Justin in 521. 
In 533 he visited Constantinople, and on his 
return to the East was seized by his enemies in 
the mountains of Sinjar, and dragged to Nisibis, 
Ras'ain, and Antioch, where he died in 538, at 
the age of fifty-five, having been for a year and 
six days a close prisoner in the convent of the 
Comes Manasse by order of the cruel persecutor 
Ephraim, patriarch of Antioch (529-544). His 
life was written by his disciple Elias (of Dara ?)\ 
The Jacobite Church commemorates him on the 
6th of February. Canons by John of Telia are 
extant in several MSS. in the British Museum 
and elsewhere ^ The questions put to him by 
Sergius with his replies have been published by 
Lamy". His creed or confession of faith, addressed 

I There are two copies in the British Museum, edited 
by Kleyn, Het Leven van Johannes van Telia door Elias, 
1882 ; see also the Life by John of Asia in Land, Anecd. 
<SV'-., ii. 169. 2^.0., ii. 54. 

' Dissert, de Syrorum Fide et Disciplina in Re Eucha- 
ristica, 1859, pp. 62-97. 



MARA OF AMID. — JOHN BAR APHTONYA. 83 

to the convents in and around Telia, is found in 
Brit. Mus. Add. 14549 {Catal, p. 431), and an 
exposition of the Trisagion in Cod. Vat. clix. 
(Catal, iii. 314) and Bodl. Marsh. 101 (Payne 
Smith, Catal, p. 463, No. 20). 

Another of the unfortunate Monophysite 
bishops whom Justin expelled from their sees 
(in 519) was Mara of Amid, the third bishop of 
the name. He was banished, with his syncelli 
and with Isidore, bishop of Ken-neshrin (Kinnes- 
rin), in the first instance to Petra, but was 
afterwards allowed to go to Alexandria^, where 
he died in about eight years I According to 
Assemani (Bibl Orient, ii. 52 ; comp. p. 169), 
Mara wrote a commentary on the Gospels. It 
would seem, however, from a passage of Zacharias 
Rhetor', that Mara merely prefixed a short pro- 
logue in Greek to a copy of the Gospels which 
he had procured at Alexandria^, and that this 
MS. contained (as might be expected) the pericope 
on the woman taken in adultery (John viii. 2-11). 
That the Syriac translations of the prologue and 
pericope were made by himself is nowhere stated. 

Yet another sufferer at the hands of Justin 

1 See Land, Anecd. Syr., ii. 105. 

2 Ibid., p. 108. 3 Tjj^.^ iii. 2b0sq. 

* Compare what is said of his fine library and of its 
ultimate deposition at Amid, ibid., p. 245. 

6—2 



84 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

was John bar Aphtonya (Aphtonia, his mother's 
name)\ He was abbot of the convent of St 
Thomas at Seleucia (apparently in Pieria, on the 
Orontes), which was famous as a school for the 
study of Greek literature. Being expelled thence, 
he removed with his whole brotherhood to Ken- 
neshre (the Eagles' Nest) on the Euphrates, 
opposite Europus (Jerabis), where he founded a 
new convent and school that more than rivalled 
the parent establishment, for here Thomas of 
Heraclea, Jacob of Edessa, and others received 
their training in Greek letters''. His Life, writ- 
ten by a disciple, is extant in Brit. Mus. Add. 
121741 According to Dionysius of Tell-Mahre, 
as quoted by Assemani {loc. cit), he died in 538. 
He wrote a commentary on the Song of Songs, 
some extracts from which are preserved in a 
Catena Patrum in the British Museum (Add. 
12168, f. 138a), a considerable number of hymns*, 
and a biography of Severus of Antioch^ which 

1 B.O., ii. 54. 

2 See Bar-HebrEeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 267, 289, and 
comp. pp. 258, 295, 321 ; Hoflmann, Ausziige, p. 162, note 
1260. 

3 Wright, Catal, p. 1124, No. 5. 

^ See for example, Brit. Mus. Add. 17134 (Wright, 
Catal, p. 330). 

6 Cited in Brit. Mus. Add. 14731 (Wright, Catal., 
p. 855). 



JACOB burdk'ana. 85 

must have been his last work, as he survived 
Severus only about nine months. 

We now come to the man who was the real 
founder of the Jacobite Church in Asia, and from 
whom the Jacobites took their name, Jacob bar 
Theophilus, sumamed " Burde'ana\" because his 
dress consisted of a bardatfiM or coarse horse-cloth, 
which he never changed till it became quite 
ragged I What Assemani could learn regarding 
him he has put together in the Bibl. Orient, ii. 
62-69'; since then our sources of information 
have been largely increased, especially by the 
publication of the Ecclesiastical History of John 
of Ephesus by Cureton and of the same writer's 
Lives in Land's Anecd. Syr., ii.^ On a careful 
study of these is based Kleyn's excellent book 
Jacobus BaradcBils, de Stickler der Syrische Mono- 
physietische Kerk, 1882. Jacob was the son of 
Theophilus bar Ma'nu, a priest of Telia or Con- 
stantina, and the child of his old age. After 

1 Usually corrupted into Baradeeus ; the form Burdg'aya 
seems to be incorrect; see Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., 
ii. 97. 

2 See Land, Anecd. Syr., ii. 375. 

3 Comp. also ii. 326, 331. 

* The life at p. 249 is of course by John of Asia ; that 
at p. 364 can hardly be called his in its present form, 
though he may have collected most of the materials ; see 
Kleyn, op. cit., p. 34, 105 sq. 



86 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

receiving a good education, he was entered at the 
monastery of PSsilta (or the Quarry)', close by 
the village of Gummetha in Mount Izala (or 
Izla)', not far from Telia. About 527-528 he 
and another monk of Telia, named Sergius, were 
sent to Constantinople in defence of their faith, 
and, being favourably received by the empress 
Theodora, they remained there fifteen years. 
Meantime the persecutions of the Monophysites, 
more especially that of 536-537 by Ephraim of 
Antioch, seemed to have crushed their party, 
despite all the efforts of the devoted John of 
Telia and John of Hephaestus'. This state of 
matters excited the religious zeal of al-Harith ibn 
Jabalah, the Arab king of Ghassan, who came to 
Constantinople in 542-543, and urged Theodora 
to send two or three bishops to Syria. Accord- 
ingly two were consecrated by Theodosius, the 
exiled patriarch of Alexandria, namely, Theodore 
as bishop of Bostra, with jurisdiction over the 
provinces of Palestine and Arabia, and Jacob as 
bishop of Edessa, with jurisdiction over all Syria 
and Asia. From this time forward Jacob's life 
was one of ceaseless toil and hardship. He visited 
in person and on foot almost every part of his 

1 Land, op. cit., p. 365, 11. 6, 7. 

2 Ibid., p. 372, 1. 2. 

3 Ibid., p. 176. 



JACOB burde'ana. 87 

vast diocese, consecrating deacons and priests, 
strengthening the weak, and bringing back those 
who had erred from the true faith. But to restore 
the Monophysite Church bishops were necessary, 
and the consecration of a bishop required the 
presence of at least three others. Selecting a 
priest named Conon from Cilicia and another 
named Eugenius from Isauria, he travelled with 
them to Constantinople and thence to Alexandria 
with letters of recommendation from the patriarch 
Theodosius. At Alexandria Conon was ordained 
bishop of Tarsus in Cilicia and Eugenius bishop 
of Seleucia in Isauria, whilst Antoninus and 
Antonius were consecrated for dioceses in Syria. 
On his return to Syria other bishops were ap- 
pointed to sees there and in Asia, among the 
latter the historian John of Ephesus ; and so the 
work progressed, till at last Jacob's efforts were 
crowned by the enthroning of his old friend 
Sergius as patriarch of Antioch (in 544). Sergius 
died in 547, and the see remained vacant for 
three years, after which, by the advice of Theo- 
dosius, Jacob and his bishops chose Paul, an abbot 
of Alexandi'ia, to be their patriarch. Of the 
subsequent internal strifes among the Monophy- 
sites themselves we cannot here speak. The 
aged Jacob set out once more in the year 578 
to visit Damian, patriarch of Alexandria, but 



88 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

died on the Egyptian frontier in the convent of 
Mar Romanus or of Casion. Here his remains 
rested in peace till 622, when they were stolen 
by the emissaries of Zacchseus, bishop of Telia, 
and buried with much pomp in the monastery of 
Pgsilta\ His commemoration takes place on 
28th November, 21st March, and 31st July. 
Jacob's life was too active and busy to admit of 
his writing much. We may mention an anaphora^, 
sundry letters ^ a creed or confession of faith, 
preserved in Arabic and a secondary Ethiopic 
translation^, and a homily for the feast of the 
Annunciation, also extant only in an Arabic trans- 
lation'. 

Conspicuous among the scholars of this age 
for his knowledge of Greek, and more especially 
of the Aristotelian philosophy, was Sergius, priest 
and archiater of Ras'ain. He was, however, if 
Zacharias Rhetor may be trusted, a man of loose 

' See the account of this "translation" by Cyriacus, 
bishop of Marde (Maridin), in Brit. Mus. Add. 12174 
(Wright, Catal, p. 1131). 

2 Translated by Renaudot, ii. 333. 

3 Translated from the Oreek originals in Brit. Mus. 
Add. 14602; see Wright, Catal, p. 701; Kleyn, op. cit, 
pp. 164-194. 

■* See the Arabic test in Kleyn, op. cit., p. 121 sq. ; the 
Ethiopic version has been edited by Cornill in Z.D.M.G., 
xxK. ill sq. 

« Bodl. Hunt. 199 (Payne Smith, Catal, p. 448, No. 5). 



SERGIUS OF RAS'aIN. 89 

morals and avaricious'. He journeyed in 535 
from Ras'ain to Antioch to lodge a complaint 
before the patriarch Ephraim against his bishop 
Asylus'. Just at this time the exiled Severus of 
Antioch and Theodosius of Alexandria, as well 
as the Stylite monk ZS'ora, were living with 
Anthimus of Constantinople under the protection 
of the empress Theodora. This alarmed Ephraim, 
who seems to have found a willing tool in Sergius. 
At any rate he sent him to Rome with letters to 
Agapetus, who travelled with him to Constanti- 
nople in the spring of 536, and procured the 
deposition and banishment of the Monophysites. 
Sergius died at Constantinople almost immedi- 
ately afterwards, and Agapetus followed him in a 
few days, wherein John of Ephesus and Zacharias 
Rhetor clearly see the judgment of Heaven'. As 
a man of letters Sergius was to the Monophysites 
what Probus was to the Nestorians : he was the 
iirst^ to make them acquainted with the works of 

1 Land, Aiiecd. Syr., iii. 289, 11. 13-15 ; comp. Bar- 
Hebreeus, Ghron. Eccles., i. 207. 

2 Bar-Hebraeus {Chron. Eccles., i. 205) has Ascoliiis (see 
also B.O., ii. 323), but Asylus is correct; see Anecd. Syr., 
iii. 289, 1. 6, and Kleyn, Johannes van Telia, p. 59, 1. 
penult. 

3 Land, Anecd. Syr., ii. 19; iii. 290. 

* Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Syr., 62 (trans., p. 59) [ed. 
Bedjan, p. 57] ; see also the Hist. Dynast., 150 (trans., 
p. 94) and 264 (trans., p. 172). 



90 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

Aristotle by means of translations and coram en- 
taries. 'Abhd-isho', it is true, gives Sergius a 
place in his catalogue of Nestorian writers', and 
states that he composed " expositions of logic " or 
"dialectics"; but he merely does so in the same 
way and on the same grounds that he registers 
the name of Jacob of Edessa as the author of 
"annals and a chronicle ^" The books were too 
valuable for him to insist on the heresy of the 
writers. In the case of Sergius there was an 
additional reason. The man was well known in 
the East', many of his works being dedicated to 
his friend and pupil Theodore, afterwards Nestor- 
ian bishop of Maru or Merv (see p. 119 infray. 
What remains of Sergius's labours is mostly 
contained in a single MS. of the 7th century 
(Brit. Mus. Add. 14658)°. Of translations from 
the Greek we find in this volume the Isagoge of 
Porphyry, followed by the so-called Tabula Por- 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 87. 

2 Ibid., 229. 

3 He may even be identical with the Sergius mentioned 
by Agathias as residing at the Persian com-t, where he 
translated into Greek a history of the kings of Persia ; see 
B.O., iii. 1, 87, note 3; Renan, De Philosophia Peripatetica 
apud Syros, 1852, pp. 24-25. 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 147 ; Renan, op. cit., p. 29. 
6 "Wright, CataL, p. 1154 sq. ; comp. Renan, op. cit., 
p. 25 sq. ; Journ. Asiat., 1852, 4th series, vol. xis. p. 319 sq. 



91 

phyrip, the Categories of Aristotle', the Hepl 
K6(7fiov 7r/309 'AXe^avSpov^, and a treatise on the 
soul, — not the well-known Uepl ->|fv%»7?, but a 
wholly different tractate in five short sections. 
It also contains Sergius's own treatise on logic, 
addressed to Theodore, which is unfortunately 

1 There is a fragment of the Isagoge also in Brit. Mus. 
Add. 1618 (Wright, Gatal., p. 738). 

2 In the Vatican MS. clviii. {Catal., iii. 306, No. vi.) 
this translation is wrongly ascribed to Jacob of Edessa, 
who could hardly have been more than a boy at the time 
when the MS. in the British Museum was transcribed. 
Besides, the -version is not in his style. The Paris MS. 
Anoien fonds 161 naturally repeats this mistake (Zoten- 
berg, Gatal., p. 202). In Gatal. Bibl. Palat. Medic, cod. 
cxcvi., it is likewise erroneously attributed to Honain ibn 
Ishak (comp. Renan, De Philos. Peripat. ap. Syros, p. 34, 
note 3). The Berlin MS. Alt. Best. 36 contains as No. 7 a 
treatise of Sergius on the Categories addressed to Phi- 
lotheus. 

2 Edited by Lagarde, Anal. Syr., p. 134 sq. ■ see V. 
Ryssel, Ueher den textkritischen Werth d. syr. Uebersetz- 
imgen griechischer Klassiker, part i. 1880, part ii. 1881. 
In part i. p. 4 Professor Eyssel speaks of this version as 
" ein Meisterwerk der Uebersetzungskunst" ; and in part ii. 
p. 10 he says : " Die Uebersetzung der Schrift n-cpl koo-^iou 
schliesst sich aufs engste an den Text des griechischen 
Originales an. Dass wir deshalb diese Uebersetzung als 
eine im besten Sinne wortgetreue bezeichnen konnen, zeigt 
schon eine Vergleichung mit der lateinischen Bearbeitung 
des Apulejus von Madaura." This opinion serves to 
rectify the judgment of Ibn Abi Osaibi'ah (i. 204) that 
Sergius was only a mediocre translator, and that his work 
needed revision by the later Honain ibn Ishak. 



92 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

imperfect ; a tract on negation and affirmation ; 
a treatise, likewise addressed to Theodore, On the 
Causes of the Universe, according to the views of 
Aristotle, showing how it is a circle; a tract On 
Genus, Species, and Individuality; and a third 
tract addressed to Theodore, On tlie Action and 
Influence of the Moon, explanatory and illustrative 
of Galen's Yiepl Kpia-iixwv r^p.epwv, bk. iii.', with a 
short appendix "On the Motion of the Sun." 
Here too we find part (sections 11, 12) of his 
version of the Ars Grammatica of Dionysius 
Thrax, a larger portion (sections 11-20) being 
contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 14620 (Wright, 
Catal, p. 802)^ There is a scholion of Sergius 
on the term axvf^C' in the Brit. Mus. Add. 14660 
(see Wright, Catal., p. 1162). In his capacity of 
physician, Sergius translated part of the works 
of Galen. Brit. Mus. Add. 14661 contains books 
vi.-viii. of the treatise De Simplicium Medicamen- 
torum Temper amentis ac Facultatihus (Wright, 

1 See Sachau, Inedita Syr., pp. 101-126. 

^ This identification is due to Merx; see Dionydi 
Thracis Ars Orarmnatica, ed. Uhlig, p. xliv. sq. ilerx has 
treated of an old, but independent, Armenian version in 
the same book, p. Ivii. sq. [The Syriac text is given in the 
appendix to Merx's Historia artis granmiaticae apiid Syros. 
Merx however maintains that the work was not translated 
by Sergius, and that several other of the contents of Brit. 
Mus. Add. 14658 are not his {op. cit., p. 7 sq.).'] 



SERGIUS OF RAS'aIN. 93 

Gatal., p. 1187)', addressed to Theodore; and in 
Brit. Mus. Add. 17156 there are three leaves, two 
of whioh contain fragments of the Ars Medica, 
and one of the treatise Be Alimentorum Facidtat- 
ibus (Wright, Gatal., p. 1188)^ As one of the 
clergy, he wasted his time in making a translation 
of the works which passed under the name of 
Dionysius the Areopagite'- Brit. Mus. Add. 
12151'' contains this version with the introduction 
and notes of Phocas bar Sergius of Edessa^ a 
writer of the 8th century, as appears from his 
citing Athanasius II. and Jacob of Edessa. In 
Brit. Mus. Add. 22370" we find Sergius's own 
introduction and the commentary of a later writer, 
Theodore bar Zarudil 

1 See Merx's article in Z.D.M.O., xxxix. (1885), p. 
237 sq. 

2 See Sachau, Ined. Syr., pp. 88-94. 

' See Frothingham, Stephen bar Sudaili, p. 3. 
1 See Wright, Catal., p. 493. 

5 B.O., i. 468. Assemani erroneously places him before 
Jacob of Edessa. 

6 See "Wright, Catal., p. 500. 

' There are also old MSS. of Sergitis's version in the 
Vatican; Catal., iii. Nos. cvii. (p. 56), ocliv. (p. 542). 
Bar-Hebreeus states {Hist. Dynast., p. 158; transL, p. 99) 
that Sergius translated into Syriac the Syntagma of the 
Alexandrian priest and physician Aaron, and added to it 
two books; but Steinschneider {Al-Fdratn, p. 166, note 2) 
says that this is a mistake, and that the real author of the 
two additional books was the Arabic translator Masarja- 



M SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

If Sergius was the Probus of the Monophysites, 
their Ma'na was Paul, bishop of Callinicus (ar- 
Rakkah)', who, being expelled from his see in 
519, betook himself to Edessa and there devoted 
himself to the task of translating the works of 
Severus into Syriac. We know for certain^ that 
he edited versions of the correspondence of Severus 
and Julian of Halicarnassus on the corruptibility 
or incorruptibility of the body of Christ, with a 
discourse of Severus against Julian"; of the 
treatise against the Additions or Appendices of 
Julian^, and against the last apology of Julian^; 

waihi or Masarjis. The translator of the Geoponioa, 
Al-Faldhah ar Humiyah (Leyden, cod. 414 Warn. ; Catal., 
iii. 211) and joint translator of the VleyoK-q a-vvra^is of 
Ptolemy (Leyden, cod. 680 Warn. ; Catal., iii. 80), by 
name Serjis or Serjun (Sergius or Sergona) ibn ar-Roml, 
seems to be a quite different person of later date. 

1 B.O., ii. 46. He is to be distinguished from his 
namesake and contemporary, Paul, bishop of Edessa, who 
■was banished to Euchaita in 522 {B.O., i. 409-411), restored 
to his see in 526 {ihid., p. 413), and died in the following 
year ; whereas Paul of Callinicus was working at Edessa in 
528 (see p. 135, infra). 

2 Thanks in part to a note at the end of Cod. Vat. cxl. 
{Catal., iii. 223; comp. B.O., loc. cit.). 

3 Completed in 528 ; Cod. Vat. cxl. ; Brit. Mus. Add. 
17200 (Wright, Catal, p. 554). 

•> Cod. Vat. cxl. ; Brit. Mus. Add. 12158 (Wright, Catal., 
p. 556), dated 588. 

6 Brit. Mus. Add. 12158. 



PAUL OF CALLINiCUS— L^ W8 OF TBE EMPER0R8. 95 

of that against the Manichees ; and of the Phila- 
letlies^. Probably by him are the older translation 
of the Homilice Cathedrales'' and that of the 
correspondence of Sergius Grammaticus and 
Severus regarding the doctrine of the two natures 
in Christ', possibly, too, the translation of the 
treatise against John Grammaticus of Csesarea* 
and of some other works which are known to us 
only by a few scattered citations'. Hence he is 
called by the Jacobites Mephashshekand dhakhS- 
thabhe, " the Translator of Books*." 

This seems the proper place to make mention 
of a most important though anonymous work, 
the translation of the so-called Civil Laws of the 
Emperors Oonstantine, Theodosius and Leo, which 
lies at the root of all subsequent Christian Oriental 
legislation in ecclesiastical, judicial, and private 

' There is a long extract from this work in Cod. Vat. 
cxl. (Caial., iii. 232). 

2 Brit. Mus. Add. 14599, dated 569; Cod. Vat. cxlii., 
dated 576; oxliii., dated 563; colvi. 

s Brit. Mus. Add. 17154. 

4 Brit. Mus. Add. 17210-11, 12157. 

5 Compare, for example, Wright, Catal., p. 1323. The 
translation of the Octoechus is the work, not of Paul of 
Callinlcus, but of an abbot Paul, who executed it in the 
island of Cyprus (see p. 135 i?ifra). 

8 The passage quoted by Assemani (B.O.,i. 409, note 2) 
seems, however, to confound him with his namesake of 
Edessa. 



96 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

matters'. The Syriac version, made from a Greek 
original, exists in two manuscripts^ the older of 
which undeniably belongs to the earlier part of 
the 6th century. The work itself appears, 
according to the researches of Bruns (op. cit., pp. 
318-319), to date from the time of the emperor 
Basilicus (a.d. 475-477), who was a favourer of 
the Monophysites ; the Syriac translation is 
ascribed to a Monophysite monk of Mabbogh or 
Hierapolis (ibid., p. 155). The Paris MS. probably 
represents a Nestorian revision of the 9th or 10th 
century at (Baghdad) Baghdadh (ibid., p. 166). 
[A third Syriac recension, which must have 
differed very considerably from the other two, 
is known from an imperfect Cambridge MS.^] 
The oldest MS. of the secondary Arabic version 
is dated 1352 (ibid., p. 164), but it has been 
traced back to the time of the Nestorian lawyer 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 267, note 6, 278, 338-339, 351, col. 2; 
comp. Bruns and Sachau, Syrisoh-Romisches Rechtshuch, 
1880, pp. 175-180. 

2 Brit. Mus. Add. 14528 (Wright, Catal., p. 177), and 
Paris, Suppl. 38 (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 75, col. 1, No. 46). 
The text of the former was first published by Land [A-mcd. 
Syr., i. 30-64), with a Latin translation. Both have been 
edited and translated, along with the Arabic and Armenian 
versions, with translations and a learned apparatus, by 
Bruns and Sachau, op. cit. 

2 [Only the last four sections remain; printed (for 
private circulation) in Wright's Notuloe Syriacce, 1887.] 



ahu-dh'emmeh. 97 

Abu 'l-Faraj 'Abdallah ibn at-Taiyib (who died 
1043), whether made by him or not (ibid., p. 177). 
It belongs to the same class as the London Syriac, 
but is based on a better text, such as that of the 
fragment in Brit. Mus. Add. 18295 (ibid., p. 172)\ 
Of the secondaiy Armenian translation the same 
is to be said as of the Arabic. The oldest MS. of 
it dates from 1328, but it probably goes as far 
back as the end of the 12th century (ibid., p. 164). 
The Georgian version, of which there is a MS. at 
St Petersburg, is most likely an offshoot of the 
Armenian. 

Another scholar, besides Sergius, whom 
'Abhd-isho' wrongly claims as a Nestorian, is 
Ahii-dh'emmeh, metropolitan of Taghrith (Tekrit). 
He appears, on the contrary, to have been the 
head of the Monophysites in the Persian territory. 
According to Bar-Hebraeus", he was appointed by 
Christopher, catholicus of the Armenians, to be 
bishop of Beth 'Arbaye^ but was promoted by 
Jacob Burde'ana in 559 to the see of Taghrith, 
where he ordained many priests and founded two 
monasteries. Among his numerous converts 
from heathenism was a youthful member of the 

1 Wright, CataL, p. 1184. 

2 Chron. Eoeles., ii. 99; comp. B.O., ii. 414, iii. 1, 192, 
note 3. 

3 Ba-'arbaya, the district between Nislbis and the 
Tigris. 

S. L. 7 



98 SYRIAG LITERATURE. 

royal family of Persia, whom he baptized by the 
name of George. This excited the anger of 
Khosrau I. Anosharwan, who ordered the bishop 
to be beheaded (2d August 575). As a writer 
Ahu-dh'emmeh seems to have been more of a 
philosopher than a theologian ^ He wrote against 
the Persian priesthood and against the Greek 
philosophers, a book of definitions, a treatise on 
logic, on freewill in two discourses, on the soul 
and on man as the microcosm, and a treatise on 
the composition of man as consisting of soul and 
body^. He is also mentioned by later authors as 
a writer on grammar^ 

[Here may be mentioned the MS'drath Gazze 
(' Cave of Treasures'), an original Syriac work, 
which, according to Bezold^ and Nbldeke", dates 
in all probability from the 6th century. It 
consists of an expansion of the early biblical 
history, somewhat after the manner of the Book 
of Jubilees. The substance of it has passed into 
the Ethiopic Book of Adam, the second and third 
parts of which agree with it in matter, though 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 192. 

2 Of this last part is extant in Brit. Mus. Add. 14620 
(Wright, Catal., p. 802). 

3 See B.O., iii. 1, 256, note 2; [cf. Merx, Rist. artis 
gramm. ap. Syros, p. 33 sq.\ 

* [i)ie SchaUhShle, vol. i. p. s. 

5 In Literarisches Centralblatt for 1888, col. 234. 



ROMANCE OF JULIAN. 99 

not verbally. The Syriac text has been edited by 
Bezold from four MSS.^ and accompanied by the 
old Arabic version^.] 

Early in the 6th century a monk of Edessa, 
whose name is unknown to us, tried his hand at 
the composition of a tripartite historical romance', 
— a history of Constantino and his three sons ; an 
account of Eusebius, bishop of Rome, and his 
sufferings at the hands of Julian the Apostate; 
and a history of Jovian or, as the Orientals usually 
call him, Jovinian, under Julian and during his 
own reign. The whole purports to be written by 
one Aploris or Aplolaris (Apollinarius ?), an 
official at the court of Jovian, at the request of 
'Abhdel, abbot of Sndrun (?) Mahoza, with a view 
to the conversion of the heathens. All three 
parts contain but a very small quantity of histo- 
rical facts or dates, and deal in the grossest 
exaggerations and inventions. Yet the Syriac 
style is pure, and we gain from the book a good 

1 Brit. Mus. Add. 25875 and 7199, Sachau MSS. 131, 
Cod. Vat. Syn. 164. 

2 Die SchaUhohle,vol.u.,'Leipzig, 1888. Vol. i., published 
in 1882, contains a German translation from the Syriac : 
vol. iii., which has not yet appeared, is to furnish a general 
introduction. A review by Noldeke in Ziterar. Centralhl. 
for 1888, coll. 233-236.] 

3 Contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 14641, ff. 1-131, a MS. 
of the 6th century. 

7—2 



100 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

idea of the way in which the author's countrymen 
thought and spoke and acted. This romance has 
been published by Hoffmann \ and Ndldeke has 
given a full account of it, with an abridged 
translation, in Z.D.M.G., xxviii. p. 263 sq. He 
places the time of composition between 502 and 
532. It is curious to find that this romance must 
have been known in an Arabic translation to the 
historian at-Tabari, who treats it as a genuine 
historical document^ From him it has passed to 
the Kdmil of Ibn al-Athir i. 283 sq., and the 
Akhbar al-Bashar of Abu 1-Fida {Hist. Anteis- 
laniica, ed. Fleischer, p. 84). Ibn Wadih 
al-Ya'kubi seems in his Amials^ to have drawn 
from the same source, though independently of 
at-Tabari, and so also al-Mas'udi, Muruj adh- 
Dhaliah, ii. 323. Bar-Hebrseus has also made 
some use of it in his Chronicon, ed. Bruns and 
Kirsch, pp. 68-69 ; [ed. Bedjan, pp. 63-64]. No 
doubt, too, it is the work attributed by 'Abhd-isho' 
to the grave ecclesiastical historian Socrates, who, 
as he says*, wrote "a history of the emperors 
Constantine and Jovinian." 

1 Julianas der Abtriinnige, 1880. 

2 At-Tabarl, Annales, i. 840 sq. ; see Noldeke, in 
Z.D.M.G., xxviii. 291-292, and Oeschichte der Perser und 
Araher zur Zeit der Sasaniden, p. 59 sq. 

3 Ed. Houtsma, i. 182-183. 
* B.O., iii. 1, 41. 



CHRONICON EDESSENUM. 101 

Another, but much inferior, romance, of which 
Julian is the hero, is contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 
7192, a manuscript of the 7th century. It has 
been edited by Hoffmann, op. cit, pp. 242-259, and 
translated by Nbldeke, Z.D.M.G., xxviii. 660-674. 
We shall not be far wrong in assigning it likewise 
to the 6th century, though it is probably rather 
later than that just noticed. 

Of real historical value, on the contrary, is 
the anonymous Ghronicon Edessenum, fortunately 
preserved to us in the Vatican MS. clxiii.', and 
edited by Assemani in B.O., i. 388-417. [It has 
also been edited and translated into German by 
Hallier in Untersuchungen ilber die edessenische 
Chronik (Von Gebhardt and Harnack's Tewte und 
Untersuchungen, ix. 1, Leipzig, 1892).] There is 
an English translation of it in the Journ. of Sacred 
Lit, 1864, vol. V. (new ser.), p. 28 sq. It begins 
with A.Gr. 180, but the entries are very sparse 
till we reach A.Gr. 513 (202 A.D.). The last of 
them refers to the year 540, about which time the 
little book must have been compiled. The author 
made use of the archives of Edessa and other 
documents now lost to us, as well as of the 
Chronicle of Joshua the Stylite (see above, p. 77). 
In religious matters he is not a violent partisan, 

1 See Catal., iii. 329. 



102 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

nor given to the use of harsh words, a thing to be 
noted in the age in which he lived. 

Another writer of first-rate importance as a 
historian is John, bishop of Asia or Ephesus, " the 
teacher of the heathen," "the overseer of the 
heathen," and "the idol-breaker," as he loves to 
style himself^. He was a native of Amid-, and 
must have beeu born early in the 6th century, 
according to Land about 505. He was ordained 
deacon in the convent of St John in 529, when he 
must have been at least twenty years of age ^ In 
584 the terrible pestilence of the reign of Justi- 
nian broke out, and at that time John was in 
Palestine*, having, doubtless, fled from Amid to 
avoid the persecution of the Monophysites by 
Abraham bar Kill (?) of Telia, bishop of Amid 
(from about 520 to 546), and Ephraim bar Appian 
of Amid, patriarch of Antioch (529-544), "a much 
worse persecutor than Paul or Euphrasius^" In 
535 we find him at Constantinople, where in the 
following year, according to Bar-Hebraeus*, he 

' See Eccles. Hist, ed. Cureton, bk. ii. oh. 4, and bk iii. 
ch. 36 ; Land, Anecd. Syr., ii. 256, 1. 25. 

2 B.O., ii. 83; Bar-Hebr»us, Chron. Eccles., i. 195. 

5 B.O., ii.. Dissert, de Monophysitis, p. cxxv. ; Land, 
Anecd. Syr., 174, 11. 8, 9. 

^ B.O., ii. 85-86. 

"" E.H., ed. Cureton, bk. i. ch. 41, comp. B.O., ii. 51. 

Chron. Eccles., i. 195. 



JOHN OF ASIA OR EPHESUS. 103 

became bishop of the Monophysites in succession 
to the deposed Anthimus. Be this as it may, he 
was certainly received with great favour by 
Justinian, whose friendship and confidence he 
enjoyed for thirty years, and "had the admini- 
stration of the entire revenues of all the congre- 
gations of the believers {i.e., the Monophysites) in 
Constantinople and everywhere else'." Wishing 
to root out heathenism in Asia Minor, obviously 
for political as well as religious reasons, the 
emperor appointed John to be his missionary 
bishop I In this task he had great success, to 
which his faithful friend and fellow-labourer for 
thirty -five years, Deuterius, largely contributed'. 
He interested himself, too, in the missionary 
efforts of Julian, Theodore, and Longinus among 
the Nubians and Alodsei^. In 546 the emperor 

1 E.H., ed. Cureton, bk. v. ch. 1. 

2 Ibid., bk. ii. ch. 44; bk. iii. oh. 36, 37; comp. B.O., 
ii. 85. 

3 E.H., ed. Cureton, bk. ii. ch. 44. 

* Ibid., bk. iv. ch. 6-8, 49-53 ; comp. Bar-Hebraeus, 
Chron. Eocles., i. 229. How just his views were as a 
missionary may be seen from bk. iv. oh. 50, where he says 
"that it was not right that to an erring and heathen 
people, who asked to be converted to Christianity and to 
learn the fear of God, there should be sent by letter, before 
everything that was necessary for their edification, con- 
fusion and offence and the revilings of Christians against 
Christians." 



104 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

employed him in searching out and putting down 
the secret practice of idolatry in Constantinople 
and its neighbourhood'. After the death of his 
patron the fortunes of John soon underwent a 
change. Bk. i. of the third part of his History 
commences with the persecution under Justin in 
571, in which he suffered imprisonment^. His 
friend Deuterius, whom he had made bishop of 
Caria, was also pei-secuted, and died at Constan- 
tinople^. From this time forward John's story is 
that of his party, and the evidently confused and 
disordered state of his History is fully explained 
and excused by his own words in bk. ii. 50, where 
he tells us^ " that most of these histories were 
written at the very time when the persecution 
was going on, and under the difiSculties caused by 
its pressure ; and it was even necessary that 
friends should remove the leaves on which these 
chapters were inscribed, and every other particle 
of writing, and conceal them in various places, 
where they sometimes remained for two or three 
years. When therefore matters occurred which 

1 B.O., ii. 85. 

2 E.H., ed. Cureton, bk. i. oh. 17; bk. ii. ch..4-7. Of 
unjust legal proceedings he complains in bk. ii. ch. 41, 
where he loses his Trpoaa^eiov, &c, 

' E.H., ed. Cureton, bk. ii. ch. 44. 
* Payne Smith's translation, p. 163. 



JOHN OF ASIA OR EPHESUS. 105 

the writer wished to record, it was possible that 
he might have partly spoken of them before, but 
he had no papers or notes by which to read and 
know whether they had been described or not. 
If therefore he did not remember that he had 
recorded them, at some subsequent time he 
probably again proceeded to their detail ; and 
therefore occasionally the same subject is recorded 
in more chapters than one ; nor afterwards did he 
ever find a fitting time for plainly and clearly 
arranging them in an orderly narrative." Some 
of the chapters are actually dated at various times 
from A.Gr. 886 (575 A.D.) to 896 (585). The 
time and place of his death are unknown, but he 
cannot have lived long after 685, being then 
about eighty years of age'. His greatest literary 
work is his Ecclesiastical History in three parts, 
the first two of which, as he himself tells us^ 
embraced, in six books each, the period from 
Julius Caesar to the seventh year of Justin II., 
whilst the third, also in six books, carried on the 
tale to the end of the author's life. The first part 
is entirely lost. Of the second we have copious 
excerpts in the Chronicle of Dionysius of Tell- 



1 See Land, Joannes Bisckof von Ephesos, der erste 
Syrische Kirchenhistoriker, 1856. A very useful book. 

2 E.H... ed. Cureton, bk. i. ch. 3. 



106 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Mahre* and in two MSS. in the British Museum^. 
The third has fortunately come down to us, though 
with considerable lacunas, in Brit. Mus. Add. 
14640 (of the 7th century)'. This book is worthy 
of all praise for the fulness and accuracy of its 
information and the evident striving of the author 
after impartiality. The Syriac style, however, is 
very awkward and involved, and abounds in Greek 
words and phrases. Of scarcely less value for the 
history of his own time is another work entitled 
Biographies of Eastern Saints, men and women, 
contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 14647, S. 1-135*. 
These lives were gathered into one corpus about 
569, as appears from the account of the combi- 
nation of the monasteries of Amid during the 
persecution of 521, which was put on paper in 



1 B.O., ii. 100; comp. pp. 85-90. 

2 Add. 14647 (dated 688), ff. 136-139 : Add. 146.50 
(dated 875), ff. 189-206. Edited by Land, Anecd. Sp:, ii. 
289-329 and 385-391. See also a small fragment, ibid., 
363, from Add. 12154, f. 201b. 

3 Edited by Cureton, 1853. There is an English trans- 
lation by R. Payne Smith, 1860, and a German one by 
Schonfelder, 1862. 

^ Edited by Land, Anecd. Syr., ii. 1-288. [These and 
the fragments of E.H. printed in Anecd. Syr. have also 
been translated into Latin by van Douwen and Land, Cmn- 
mentarii de heatis orientalibics et historiae eccles. froymmita, 
Amsterdam, 1889.] 



ZACHARIAS RHETOR. lOT 

567\ and from the history of the convent of St 
John, extending from its foundation in 389 to 
568^ To these lives Land has added three more, 
which are ascribed in MSS. to John, but do not 
seem to have been included in this collection'. 

The name of Zacharias Rhetor or Scholasticus, 
bishop of Mitylene in Lesbos*, must next be 
mentioned, for, though a Greek author, his work 
has entered into the Syriac literature as part of a 
compilation by a Syrian monk. The Ecclesiastical 
History of Zacharias seems to have terminated 
about the year 518, whereas his Syriac translator 
was writing as late as 569 ^ and even later. The 
MS. in the British Museum, Add. 17202°, cannot 
be younger than the beginning of the 7th century, 
and is clearly the compilation of a Monophysite, 
who used Zacharias as his chief authority in books 
iii.-vi.; whereas books i., ii., and vii.-xii. were 

1 Anecd. Syr., ii. 212, 1. 17; see also p. 191, last two 
lines. 

2 Ihid., ii. 288, 11. 2, 3. 

3 Ihid., ii. 343-362. That of Jacob BurdS'ana {ibid., 
p. 364) is not his, at least in its present shape (see above, 
p. 85). There is a slightly different redaction of it in the 
Bibl. Nation, at Paris, Anc. fonds 144 (Zotenberg, Catal., 
p. 187). 

* See Land, Joannes Bischof von Ephesos, p. Zbsq., and 
Anecd. Syr., iii.. Preface. 

6 Land, Anecd. Syr., iii. pp. xi., xii., and p. 5, 1. 21 sq. 
See Wright, Catal, p. 1046 sq. 



108 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

gathered from different sources, such as Moses of 
Aggel (about 550-570), Simeon of Beth Arsham 
(see above, p. 79 sq.), Mara of Amid (see above, p. 
83), the correspondence of Julian of Halicamassus 
and Severus of Antioch (see above, p. 94), the 
history of John of Ephesus^ &c. In a Syriac MS. 
in the Vatican (No. cxlv.)^ we find a series of 
extracts from this Syriac work (f. 78 sq.) as 
a continuation of copious excerpts from the Greek 
histories of Socrates and Theodoret. The last of 
these, on the public buildings, statues, and other 
decorations of the city of Rome, has been carefully 
re-edited and annotated by Guidi'. [The Syriac 
version of the life of Severus of Antioch, by 
Zacharias Rhetor, has been edited by Spanuth 
from Sachau MS. 321 (Gottingen, 1893).] 

'■ Not a few chapters in books vii.-x. seem to be derived, 
in part at any rate, from the second part of the Ecclesiastical 
History. 

2 Catal., iii. 253; B.O., ii. 54 sj.; Mai, Soriptorum 
Veterum Nova CoUectio, x. pp. xi.-xiv., 332-388. The MS.! 
which Assemani calls " pervetustus, Syriacis literis strong- 
hylis exaratus " (p. 253), is not likely to be earlier than the 
middle of the 8th centmy, as it contains a work of the 
patriarch Elias, who sat from 708 to 728. 

3 11 Testa Siriaco della Descridone di Roma, &c., from 
the Bullettino della Co^nmissione Archeologica di Roma, 
fasc. iv. anno 1884 (Rome, 1885). It is also extant in a 
shorter form in Brit. Mus. Add. 12154, f. 158a (see Wright, 
Catal, p. 984; Guidi, p. 235 sj.). 



JOHN SABHA. 109 

We turn from the historians to the ascetic 
writers of this century, who seem to have been 
more prized by their countrymen, though far 
less valuable to us. And first we mention the 
author who is commonly called John Sabha^ or 
" the- Aged," placing him here on the authority of 
Assemani {B.O., i. 433), for 'Abhd-isho' claims 
him as a Nestorian {B.O., iii. 1, 103). His floruit 
is given as about 550. His writings consist of 
short sermons or tracts, exclusively intended for 
the training and study of monks and coenobites, 
and a number of letters. 'Abhd-isho' Hoc. cit.) 
says : "he composed two volumes, besides mourn- 
ful epistles, on the monastic life." They were 

1 There is some uncertainty about his name. In B.O., 

i. 434, Assemani gives \t i \-»» 001 _J_kjQ_i, John 
of Dilaita, which, he says (p. 433), is a convent at Nineveh, 
on the opposite bank of the Tigris from Mosul. In vol. iii. 

1, 103 he prints aiAj_i.J> 001 ,_l_»jQ_., which he renders 
Joannes Daliathensis, i.e., from ad-Daliyah, AJtjJt, prob- 
ably meaning Daliyat Malik ibn Tauk, on the right bank 
of the Euphrates below ar-Rakkah and Rahbat Malik ibn 
Tauk. In the Vatican Catalogue he calls him Daliathensis, 
writing, however, in Syriac 1Aj_^jJ>. But how can 

OiAj^JJ mean " of ad-Daliyah " (] i i \>)? Following 

the analogy of i-iOlClilADJ u^l^D, ■.^OlOTrCQ? _-J-»oaj, 
and the like, it ought rather to mean " John of the Vine- 
Branches,'' or "John with the Varicose Veins," or (as in 
Arabic) "John of the Buckets." 



110 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

collected^ by his brother, who has prefixed a brief 
apology, at the end of which the reader may find 
a curious example of affected humility {B.O., i. 
435)1 Two short specimens of the style of "the 
spiritual old man," ash-Shaikh ar-ruham, are 
printed in Zingerle's Monumenta Syr., i. 102-104. 
A little junior to John Sabha was the even 
more widely known Isaac of Nineveh^ to whom 
the Nestorians also lay claim^ His date is fixed, 
as Assemani points out, by the facts of his citing 
Jacob of Serugh and corresponding with Simeon 
Stylites the younger or Thaumastorites, who died 
in 593. According to the Arabic biography, 
printed in B.O., i. 444, he was a monk of the 
convent of Mar Matthew at Mosul, and afterwards 
became bishop of that city, but soon resigned his 
office and retired to the desert of Skete in Egypt, 
where he composed his ascetic works. According 
to 'Abhd-isho' (B.O., iii. 1, 104), Isaac "wrote 

1 See Wright, Catal., p. 863, J. In the B.O., i. 434, 
Assemani gives an Arabic version of it from a Vatican 
MS. 

2 For a list of them in Syriac and Arabic, see B.O., 
i. 435-444, and comp. Wright, Catal., pp. 582, 584, 860, 
870 (No. 16). There is also an Ethiopic version, Aracfdm 
ManfasCni'i, made from the Arabic ; see Zotenberg, Catal. 
des MSS. Mhiopiens de la Bibl. Xation., Xo. 115, p. 134. 

3 B.O., i. 444. 

< Ihid., iii. 1, 104. 



ISAAC OF NINEVEH. — ABRAHAM OF NEPHTAR. Ill 

seven volumes on the guidance of the Spirit, and 
on the Divine mysteries and judgements and 
dispensation." Many of his discourses and epistles 
have been catalogued by Assemani, B.O., i. 446- 
460. The MS. Vat. cxxiv. contains the first half 
of his writings (Catal., iii. 143), and similarly 
MSS. Brit. Mus. Add. 14632 and 14633^ The 
Arabic translation is divided into four books ; the 
Ethiopic is naturally derived from the Arabic. A 
Greek version was made from the original Syriac 
by two monks of St Saba, near Jerusalem, named 
Patricius and Abraamius, on which see Assemani, 
B.O., i. 445, and Bickell, Conspectus, p. 26. The 
only printed specimens of his discourses are two 
in Zingerle's Monumenta Syr., i. 97-101 ; [and 
three which have been edited and translated into 
Latin by Chabot as an appendix to his essay De 
S. Isaaci Ninivitae Vita, Scriptis et Boctrina, 
Paris, 1892]. 

Another author of this class, but of less mark, 
is Abraham of Nephtar^, who flourished towards 
the end of the 6th century and in the early part 
of the 7th^ Him too the Nestorians claim as 

1 Wright, Catca., pp. 569, 576. 

2 Also written Nethpar and Nephrath ; see Assemani, 
Catal. Vat., iii. 138. But, as we can find no trace of any 
such town as Nephtar, the name of fjJAsu may have 
some other origin. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 191, note 1. 



112 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

theirs ^ 'Abhd-isho' speaks of "various works" of 
his^ but our libraries seem to contain only eight 
short discourses, the titles of which are given by 
Assemani, B.O., i. 464^. They have been trans- 
lated into Arabic, and there was also a Persian 
version of them by Job the monk (B.O., iii. 1, 
431). 

We record here the name of Moses of Aggel 
as being one of those who, after Rabbula, under- 
took the translation of the writings of Cyril of 
Alexandria into Syriac. He made a version of 
the Glaphyra, at the request of a monk named 
Paphnutius, from whose letter* we learn that the 
treatise On Worship in Spirit and in Truth had 
been already translated ^ whilst from the reply of 
Moses, as quoted in B.O., ii. 82-83, it is obvious 
that he was writing after the death of Philoxenus 
and the chorepiscopus Polycarp. Hence we may 
place him soon after the middle of the century, 
say from 550 to 570. Much later he cannot be, 

1 Compare "Wright, CataL, p. 187, No. 154. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 191. 

3 There seem to bo ten in Cod. Vat. ccccxix. ; see Mai, 
Smptt. Vet. Nova Coll., v. 65. 

* Cod. Vat. cvii. {CataL, iii. 53); Quidi, Bendiconti 
della R. Aocademia dei Lincei, May and June, 1886, 
p. 399 sg. 

6 Brit. Mus. Add. 12166, fF. 155-258, bears date 553 
(Wright, Catal, p. 491). 



PETER OF CALLINiCUS. 113 

because his translation of the History of Joseph 
and Asyath (see above, p. 25) has been admitted 
into the Syriac compilation that passes under the 
name of Zacharias Khetor (see above, p. 107)^ 

Peter of Callinlcus (ar-Rakkah), Jacobite 
patriarch of Antioch, 578-591 ^ deserves mention 
on account of his huge controversial treatise 
against Damian, patriarch of Alexandria, manu- 
scripts of parts of which, of the 7th and 8th 
centuries, are extant in the Vatican and the 
British Museum^. Other writings of his are an 
anaphora^ a short treatise against the Tritheists', 
sundry letters", and a metrical homily on the 
Crucifixion of our Lord'. In the dispute between 
him and Damian was involved his syncellus and 
successor Julian, who defended Peter against an 



1 Of the Vatican MS. of the Olaphyra only five leaves 
remain {Catal., iii. 54), and the MS. in the British 
Museum, Add. 14555, is very imperfect (Wright, Catal., 
p. 483). As Guidi has shown, these two MSS. are merely 
the disjecta membra of one codex. 

2 B.O., ii. 69, 332 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eocles., i. 250. 

5 B.O., ii. 77-82; comp. Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Secies., 
i. 257. 

« B.O., ii. 77. 

6 Brit. Mus. Add. 12155, f. 231b (Wright, Catal., 
p. 951). 

6 Wright, Catal, p. 1314. 

'' Brit. Mus. Add. 14591 (Wright, Catal., p. 671). 

S. L. 8 



114 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

attack made upon him by Sergius the Armenian, 
bishop of Edessa, and his brother John*. 

Of the numerous Nestorian writers of the 6th 
century we unfortunately know but little more 
than can be learned from the catalogue of 'Abhd- 
isho'. Their works have either been lost, or else 
very few of them have as yet reached our 
European libraries. 

The successor of Narsai (above, p. 58) in the 
school of Nisibis was his sister's son Abraham-, 
who must have fled from Edessa with his uncle^. 
His principal writings are commentaries on 
Joshua, Judges, Kings, Ecclesiasticus, Isaiah, the 
twelve minor prophets, Daniel, and the Song of 
Songs^ 

To him succeeded as teacher John, also a 
disciple of Narsai^ He wrote commentaries on 

1 B.O., ii. 333; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. jEcdes., i. 259. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 71. Assemani would seem to have 
confounded him with a later Abraham of Beth Rabban; 
see his note, B.O., iii. 1, 631. 

2 There seems to be no reason for identifying him with 
Abraham "the Mede," whom Simeon of Beth Arsham 
nicknames "the Heater of Baths" {B.O., i. 352). 

* The hymn appended to Nestorian copies of the 
Psalter probably pertains to this Abraham and not to 
the later Abraham of Beth Rabban (see, for example, 
Brit. Mus. Add. 7156, f 157 b); comp. Bickell, Conspectm, 
p. 37, and Hoffmann, Opusc. Nestor., xi., note 2. 

^ B.O., iii. 1, 72. Here again Assemani seems to have 
mixed up this John with a later John of Beth Rabban and 



JOHN OF NISlBIS. — JOSEPH HtJZAYA. 115 

Exodus, Leviticus, and Numbers, Job, Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel, and Proverbs ; also controversial treatises 
against the Magi or Persian priesthood, the Jews, 
and (Christian) heretics ; a book of questions on 
the Old and New Testaments ; and various hymns. 
If the discourses on the plague at Nisibis^ and 
the death of Khosrau I. Anosharwan be really by 
him, he was alive as late as 579, in the spring of 
which year that monarch died°. 

John was followed by Joseph Huzaya', another 
disciple of Narsai^ and the first Syriac grammar- 



with John Sabha of Beth Garmai ; see his additional notes 
in B.O., iii. 1, 631, 708. 

^ During the time of the catholics Joseph and Ezekiel, 
from 552 to 578; see B.O., ii. 413, 433, note 2. 

2 The hymn in the Nestorian MSS. of the Psalter 
(mentioned in note 4, p. 114) is probably by this John and 
not by the later John of Beth Rabban ; comp. Hoffmann's 
note referred to above. The monastery of Rabban ZSkha- 
Isho' (or isho'-zSkha) in Dasen was not founded till about 
590, and Zgkha-Isho' himself did not die tiU the thirteenth 
year of Khosrau II. Parwez, 603; see B.O., iii. 1, 472. 

^ I.e., of al-Ahwaz or Khuzistan. He must not be 
confounded with Joseph Hazzaya, of whom we shall speak 
hereafter (see p. 128 infra). 

" Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eoeles., ii. 78, says that Joseph 
Huzaya was the immediate successor of Narsai ; but the 
Nestorian writer cited by Assemani {B.O., iii. 1, 64) is 
likely to be better informed. The passage quoted ibid., 
p. 82, points in the same direction; comp. also B.O., iii. 2, 
cmxxvii. 

8—2 



116 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

ian. Of him Bar-Hebraeus observes^ that "he 
changed the Edessene (or Western) mode of 
reading into the Eastern mode which the Nesto- 
rians employ ; otherwise during the whole time 
of Narsai they used to read like us Westerns.'' 
He was the inventor of some of the Syriac signs 
of interpunction^, and wrote a treatise on 
grammar^ and another on words that are spelled 
with the same letters but have different mean- 
ings ^ 

Of Mar-abha'^ the Elder, catholicus from 536 
to 552, we have already spoken above as a 
translator of the Scriptures (p. 19). He was a 
convert from the Zoroastrian religion, and seems 
to have been a man of great talent and versatility, 
as he mastered both the Greek and Syriac 
languages. Receiving baptism at Herta (al-Hii-ah) 
from a teacher named Joseph, he went for the 
purposes of study to Nisibis, and afterwards to 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 78 ; comp. B.O., ii. 407. 

2 See Wright, Catal., p. 107, col. 2. Assemani {B.O., 
iii. 1, 64, ool. 2) has mistranslated the words ^^ 
hJu >> x... Z> >»lakUJI ky.«^Uc Comp. Hofl&Qann, Opitsc. 
Nestor., viii., xi.; [Merx, Hist, artis gramm. ap. Syros, 
p. 28, sq.l 

3 Berlin, Royal Library, Sachau 226, 4. 

* Bar-Hebr£eus, (Euvres grammatic ales, ed. Martin, 
ii. 77. 

"> Properly Mar(l)-abha, but we shall write Mar-abha. 



MAR-ABHA I. 117 

Edessa, where he and his teacher Thomas' 
translated into Syriac the liturgy of Nestorius^ 
They visited Constantinople together, and, escap- 
ing thence at some risk of their lives, betook 
themselves to Nisibis, where Mar-abha became 
eminent as a teacher. On being chosen catholicus 
he opened a college at Seleucia and lectured 
there. Unluckily, he got into controversy, it is 
said, with the Persian monarch Khosrau I. 
Anosharwan (531-579), who banished him to 
Adharbaigan (Azerbijan) and destroyed the 
Nestorian church beside his palace at Seleucia. 
Mar-abha, however, had the temerity to return to 
Seleucia, was thrown by the king into prison, and 
died there ^. His dead body was carried by one 
of his disciples to Herta, where it was buried and 
a monastery erected over the grave. He wrote ■' 
commentaries on Genesis, the Psalms, and Pro- 
verbs, and the epistles of St Paul to the Romans, 
Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, 

1 Probably the same who is mentioned among his 
disciples in B.O., ii. 412, and some of whose writings are 
envimerated by 'Abhd-Isho" in B.O., iii. 1, 86-7. 

2 So 'Abhd-Isho' in B.O., iii. 1, 36; but in Brit. Mus. 
Add. 7181 the same remark is made as to the litm'gy of 
Theodore of Mopsuestia (see Rosen, Catal, p. 59). 

3 B.O., ii. 411-412, iii. 1, 75, notes 1, 2; Bar-Hebraeus, 
Chroii. Eccles., ii. 89-95. 

* 5.0, iii. 1, 75. 



118 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

and Hebrews ; various homilies ; synodical epi- 
stles^; and ecclesiastical canons I In these last 
he opposed the practice of marriage at least 
among the higher orders of the clergy, the bishops 
and catholics. What is meant by his " canones in 
totum Davidem " may be seen from such MSS. of 
the Psalter as Brit. Mus. Add. 7156' and Munich, 
cod. Syr. 4 (Orient. 147)*. Hymns of his are also 
extant^ 

Under Mar-abha flourished Abraham of Kash- 
kar (al-Wasit), distinguished for his acquaintance 
with philosophy and for his ascetic virtues. He 
introduced certain reforms into the Persian 
monasteries. After living for some time in a 
cave at Hazzah", he betook himself to Jerusalem 
and thence to Egypt. Returning to his old 
haunt, he led the life of a hermit for thirty years, 
travelling into the far north as a missionary. He 
died at Hazzah, but his body was secretly 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 76, note 4. 

2 Ihid., iii. 1, 81, and note 1 ; comp. Cod. Vat. occvi. in 
Mai, Sa-iptt. Vett. Nova Coll., v. 21. 

5 Kosen, Catal., p. 12. 

^ Verseichniss d. orient. HMidschriften d. k. Hof- u. 
Staats-Bibl., &c., p. 111. 

^ See Bickell, Conspectus, p. 37, and comp. Brit. Mus. 
Add. 17219, f. 165b (beg., Gloiy to Thee, Lord; how good 
Thou art!). 

'^ A village near Arbel or Irbil, in Hgdhaiyabh. 



ABRAHAM OF KASHKAR. — THEODORE OF MERV. 119 

removed to his native place Kashkar. He wrote 
a treatise on the monastic life, which was trans- 
lated into Persian by his disciple Job the monk\ 

He must, it would seem, be distinguished 
from another Abraham of Kashkar, who lived 
about the same time, and with whom Assemani 
has confounded him I This Abraham was a 
student at Nisibis under Abraham the nephew of 
Narsai. Thence he went to Herta (al-Hirah), 
where he converted some of the heathen inhabit- 
ants, visited Egypt and Mount Sinai, and finally 
settled down as a hermit in a cave on Mount Izla, 
near Nisibis, where a great number of followers 
soon gathered about him and a large monastery 
was built. He introduced stricter rules than 
heretofore among the coenobites'. His death did 
not take place till towards the end of the century^. 

Theodore, bishop of Maru or Merv, was 
appointed to this see by Mar-abha in place of 
David, whom he had deposed, about 540. He 
seems to have been much addicted to the study of 
the Aristotelian dialectics, since several of the 
translations and treatises of Sergius of Ras'aio 

' B.O., iii. 1, 155, col. 1, 431 ; iii. 2, docclsxiii. 
^ Comp. B.O., iii. 1, 154, note 4, with Hoffmann, 
Auszilge, p. 172. 
3 B.O., iii. 1, 93. 
* See Hofiinann, loc. oit. 



120 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

are dedicated to him^. Among his own works^ 
there is mentioned "a solution of the ten questions 
of Sergius." He also composed a commentary on 
the Psalms and a metrical history of Mar 
Eugenius and his companions^ who came from 
Klysma and introduced asceticism into Mesopo- 
tamia about the beginning of the 4th century. 
What may have been the contents of the "liber 
varii argumenti" which he wrote at the request 
of Mar-abha himself it is hard to guess, in the 
default of any copy of it. 

Theodore's brother Gabriel, bishop of Hor- 
mizdsher^ is stated by 'Abhd-isho'^ to have 
written two controversial books against the 

1 See Brit. Mus. Add. 14658 (Wright, CataZ., p. 1154); 
Eenan, De Philosophia Peripat. ap. Syros, p. 29. 

2 B.O., \ii. 1, 147. 

2 See B.O., iii. 1, 147, note 4, and 633; iii. 2, dccolxii. ; 
Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Ecoles., i. 85, with note 5 ; Hoffmann, 
Auszilge, p. 167. If the poem mentioned by Assemani 
{B.O., iii. 1, 147, note 4) really speaks of Abraham of 
Kashkar and still more of Babhai of Nislbis, it must be of 
later date, and Hoffmann is inclined to ascribe it to 
George Warda, a writer of the 13th century (see Ausziige, 
p. 171, note 1327). 

* A corruption of Hormizd-Ardasher, still further 
shortened by the Arabs into Hormushlr. It is identical 
with Suk al-Ahwaz, or simply al-Ahwaz, on the river 
Karun. See Noldeke, Gesch. d. Perser u. Araher, p. 19, 
with note 5. 

5 B.O., iii. 1, 147. 



JOSEPH OF SELEUCIA. 121 

Manichees and the Chaldseans (astrologers), as 
also about 300 chapters on various passages of 
Scripture which needed elucidation and expla- 
nation. 

The successor of Mar-abha in the see of 
Seleucia was Joseph, in 552. He studied 
medicine in the West and practised in Nisibis, 
where he lived in one of the convents. Having been 
introduced by a Persian noble to the notice of 
Khosrau I., he cured that monarch of an illness, 
and ingratiated himself with him so much that 
he favoured his appointment to the office of 
catholicus. Of his strange pranks and cruelties 
as archbishop some account, doubtless highly 
coloured, may be read in B.O., iii. 1, 432-433, and 
Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 95-97. He was 
deposed after he had sat for three years, but he 
lived twelve years longer, during which time 
no successor was appointed. He promulgated 
twenty-three canons^ and, according to Elias, 
bishop of Damascus (893)^, after his deposition 
drew up a list of his predecessors in the dignity 
of catholicus, wherein he would seem to have paid 
special attention to those who had shared the 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 435. Elias bar Shinaya cites his "synod"; 
see Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 96, note 1. 

2 In his Nomocanon, quoted by Assemani, B.O., iii. 1, 
434. 



122 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

same fate with himself. At least Bar-Hebraeus^ 
(perhaps not a quite trustworthy witness in this 
case) gives currency to the charge of his having 
forged the consolatory epistles of Jacob of Nisibis 
and Mar Ephraim to Papa of Seleucia on his 
deposition. 

A little later in the century, under the sway 
of his successor Ezekiel (a disciple of Mar-abha 
and the son-in-law of his predecessor Paul), 567- 
580 ^ there flourished Paul the Persian', of 
Dershar or Dershahr*, a courtier of Khosrau I. 
Anosharwan'^- He is said by Bar-Hebreeus" to 
have been distinguished alike in ecclesiastical and 
philosophical lore, and to have aspired to the post 
of metropolitan bishop of Persis, but, being 
disappointed, to have gone over to the Zoroastrian 
religion. This may or may not be true ; but it is 
certain that Paul thought more of knowledge 
than faith, for thus he speaks': "Scientia enim 

1 Chron. Eccles., ii. 31. 

2 See B.O., iii. 1, 435-439; Bar-Hebrajus, Chron. Eccles., 
ii. 97, 103. 

' B.O., iii. 1, 439 ; Renan, i)e Philos. Peripat. ap. Syros, 
pp. 16-22. 

' r->r->?! A place not known to the present writer. 

^ See Noldeke, Oesch. d. Perser u. Araber, p. 160, 
note 3. 

" Chron. Eccles., ii. 97. 

' In the Preface to his Logic, as translated by Land 
(see note 3, p. 123). 



PAUL THE PERSIAN. — BODH. 123 

agit de rebus proximis et manifestis et quae sciri 
possunt, fides autem de omnibus materiis qu.-e 
remotse sunt, neque conspiciuntur neque certa 
ratione cognoscuntur. Hsec quidem cum dubio 
est, ilia autem sine dubio. Omne dubium 
dissensionera parit, dubii absentia autem unani- 
mitatem. Scientia igitur potior est fide, et illam 
prae hac eligendum est." Bar-Hebraeus speaks of 
Paul's "admirable introduction to the dialectics 
(of Aristotle)^" by which he no doubt means the 
treatise on logic extant in a single MS. in the 
Brit. Mus.^ It has been edited, with a Latin 
translation and notes, by Land I 

About this same time Assemani^ places the 
periodeutes Bodh, who is said to have had the 
charge of the Christians in the remoter districts 
of the Persian empire as far as India. Among 
his writings are specified " discourses on the faith 
and against the Manichees and Marcionites," as 
well as a book of "Greek questions," probably 
philosophical, bearing the strange title of Aleph 
Migin^. All these have perished, but his name 

1 Chron. Eccles., ii. 97. 

2 Add. 14660, f. 55 b; see "Wright, Catal., p. 1161. 

3 Anecd. Syr., iv., Syr. text, pp. 1-32 ; transl., pp. 1-30 ; 
notes, pp. 99-113. 

* B.O., iii. 1, 219. 

^ Assemani, loo. cit., note 1, proposes to read Aleph 
Mellin, "the Thousand Words" ; but Aleph 3Iigln is more 



124 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

will go down to remote posterity as the translator 
into Syriac of the collection of Indian tales 
commonly called Kalllah and Dimnah^. Of this 
work a single copy has come down to our time, 
preserved in an Oriental library. A transcript of 
it was first procured by BickelP, who, in conjunc- 
tion with Benfey, edited the book (Leipsic, 1876); 
and since then three additional copies of the same 
original have been got by Sachau'. That Bodh 
made his Syriac translation from an Indian 
(Sanskrit) original, as 'Abhd-isho' asserts, is 
wholly unlikely ; he no doubt had before him a 
Pahlavi or Persian version*. 

Just at this period the Nestorian Church ran 
a great risk of disruption from an internal schism. 
Hannana of HSdhaiyabh, the successor of Joseph 
Huzaya in the school of Nisibis [and the author 
of a revision of its statutes published in 590 
under the metropolitan Simeon]', who had, it is 

likely to be a corruption of some Greek word. [According 
to Steinschneider it is to aX(\>a jxiyav, i.e., Book A of the 
Metaphysics of Aristotle.] 

1 The Syriac title keeps the older forms Kalilagh and 



2 Gottingen, university library, MS. Orient. 18d. 

3 Berlin, Royal Library, Sachau 139, 149, 150. 

* See Keith-Falconer, Kalllah and Dimnah, Introd., 
xlii. sq. 

^ [See Guidi, Sauola di Xisibi, p. 4. Earlier writers, who 
had access only to an imperfect Arabic redaction of the 



H ANN ANA OF hEdHAIYABH. 125 

said, a following of 800 pupils ^ had dared to assail 
the doctrines and exegesis of Theodore of Mop- 
suestia and to follow in some points those of 
Chrysostom^ During the time of the catholicus 
Ezekiel (567-580)'' he brought forward his theo- 
logical views, which were condemned at a synod 
held under the next catholicus, Isho'-yabh of 
Arzon (581-595)^, and at another synod presided 
over by his successor, Sabhr-isho' (596-604) ^ 
On the death of this latter a struggle took place 
between the rival factions, the orthodox Nestor- 
ians putting forward as their candidate Gregory 
of Tell-Besme', bishop of Nisibis, whilst the 
others supported Gregory of Kashkar, a teacher 
in the school of Mahoze or SSlik (Seleucia)'. 
The inflvience of the Persian court decided the 



statutes have confused this revision with the later and 
final edition of the statutes published under the metro- 
politan Aha-dh'abt3.(hi), a.d. 602. Guidi's documents 
have made it necessary to omit or change a few words 
in this paragraph.] 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 81, note 2, 437. 

2 lUd., iii. 1, 84, note 3. 

8 Ibid., a. 413; iii. 1,435. 

* Ihid., ii. 415, iii. 1, 108; Bar-Hebrseus, C7m-o?i. ^ec^es., 
ii. 105, note 3. 

5 B.O.,u. 415; iii. 1,82, 441. 

8 Not aromatarius, as Assemani translates Besmdyd. 

' B.O., ii. 416; iii. 1, 449. We need not believe the 
statements of Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 107. 



126 SYRIAC LITERATUEK. 

matter in favour of the latter, who was a persona 
grata in the eyes of the queen Shirin and her 
physician Gabriel of Shiggar (Sinjar)^ a keen 
Monophysite, who naturally availed himself of this 
opportunity to harm the rival sect of Christians^. 
Gregory was not, however, a partisan of Hannana, 
but an orthodox Nestorian, as appears from the 
account given of the synod over which he pre- 
sided ^ by which the Nicene creed was confirmed, 
the commentaries of Theodore of Mopsuestia 
approved, and the memory and writings of Bar- 
sauma vindicated against his assailants. He died 
at the end of three years (607), and the archiepis- 
copal see remained vacant till after the murder 
of Khosrau II. Parwez in 628, during which 
time of persecution Babhai the archimandrite 
distinguished himself as the leader and guide of 
the Nestorian Church. In the overthrow of 

1 See B.O., ii. 404-406, 416, 472; Bar-Hebraeus, Ch,-on. 
Secies., ii. 109; Noldeke, Oesch. d. Perser u. Araber, 
p. 358, in the note; Hoffmann, Amziige, pp. 118-121. 

^ [But according to the Syriao chronicle published by 
Oiiidi at the Stockholm Congress, the court favourite, 
who was elected catholicus, was Gregory of Pordth (a 
place near Basra), whereas Gregory of Kaskkar was the 
unsuccessful candidate of the orthodox Nestorians. See 
Xoldeke, Die von Guidi herausgegebene syrische Chroaik 
(Vienna, 1893), pp. 18, 19 (in Sitzungsber. d. hauerlichen 
Akad. der Wtssenschaften).'] 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 452. 



HANNANA. — JOSEPH HAZZAYA. 127 

Khosrau the oppressed Nestorians bore a part, 
more especially Shamta^ and Kurta, the sons of 
the noble Yazdin, who had been the director of 
the land-tax of the whole kingdom and had 
amassed an enormous fortune, which the king 
confiscated''. To return to Hannana, his works, 
as enumerated by ' Abhd-isho' ^ are — commentaries 
on Genesis, Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, 
the Song of Songs, the twelve minor prophets, 
the Gospel of St Mark, and the epistles of St 
Paul; expositions of the (Nicene) creed and the 
liturgy ; on the occasions of the celebration of 
Palm Sunday, Golden Friday*, rogations ^ and the 
invention of the cross ; a discourse on Palm 
Sunday ; and various other writings in which he 
attacked the teaching of Theodore of Mopsuestia, 
and which the church therefore placed on its 
index expurgatorius^. 

The doctrines of Hannana found a warm 



1 See B.O., iii. 1, 471. 

2 See Hoffmann, AuszUge, pp. 115-121 ; Noldeke, Gesch. 
d. Perser u. Araher, p. 383. To Yazdin is ascribed a hymn 
which appears in Neatorian Psalters, e.g., Wright, Catal., 
p. 135 ; Zotenberg, Catal., p. 9. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 83-84. 

* The first Friday after Pentecost or Whitsunday, with 
reference to Acts iii. 6. 

5 See B.O., ii. 413. 

6 Ibid., iii. 1, 84, note 3. 



128 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

champion in Joseph of Hazza (Arbel or Irbil)^ 
with whom Babhai the archimandrite entered 
into controversy^- He is said to have composed 
some 1900 tracts, of which 'Abhd-isho' mentions 
about a dozen as "profitable," whence we may 
conjecture that the rest were more or less deeply 
tinged with heresy. The chief of them are — on 
theory (or speculation) and practice ; the book of 
the treasurer, containing the solution of abstruse 
questions ; on misfortunes and chastisements ; on 
the reasons of the principal feasts of the church ; 
the book of the histories of the Paradise of the 
Orientals, containing many notices of ecclesiastical 
history; an exposition of the vision of Ezekiel 
and of the vision of St Gregory; of the book of 
the merchant'; of (pseudo-)Dionysius (the Areo- 
pagite); and of the capita scientiw or heads of 
knowledge (of Evagrius) ; besides epistles on the 
exalted character of the monastic life. Joseph 
appears to have been made a bishop in his latter 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 100 ; Hoflfmann, Aiiszuge, p. 117. Asse- 
mani confounds Joseph Hazzaya with the older Joseph 
Huzaya, and translates Hazzaya by "videns" instead of 
"Hazzseus." 

^ E.g., his letters to Joseph of IJazza, B.O., iii. 1, 97, 
and the tract De Unione, ib., 95. 

3 According to Assemani, B.O., iii. 1, 102, note 4, of 
Isaiah of Scete, who, according to Palladius, was originally 
a merchant. 



iSHO'-TABH I. OF ARZON. 129 

days, and to have taken the name of 'Abhd-isho' ; 
at least a MS. in the India Office (No. 9) contains 
a tract on Zech. iv. 10 (f. 241 b), and three series 
of questions addressed by a pupil to his teacher, 
by "Mar 'Abhd-isho', who is Joseph Hazzaya" 
(f 293 a)'. 

The successor of Ezekiel as catholicus of the 
Nestorians was Isho'-yabh of Arzon, 581-595^. 
He was a native of Beth 'Arbaye, educated at 
Nisibis under Abraham (see above, p. 114), and 
subsequently made bishop of Arzon {' Ap^avrjvij). 
He managed to ingratiate himself with the 
Persian monarch Hormizd IV. (579-590), by 
whose influence he was raised to the archiepisco- 
pate ; and he continued to stand in favour with 
his son and successor Khosrau II. Parwez, as well 
as with the Greek emperor Maurice. Doubtless 
both found the Christian archbishop a convenient 
ambassador and agent in public and private 
affairs, for Maurice had given his daughter Maria 
in marriage to Khosrau'. He was also a friend of 
the Arab king of Herta (al-Hirah), Abii ^^'b^s 
Nu'man ibn al-Mundhir, who had been converted 

1 See Hofiinann, Ausziige, p. 117, note 1057. 

2 B.O., ii. 415, ill. 1, 108 ; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Ecdes., ii. 
105, note 3 ; Noldeke, Oesch. d. Perser u. Araber, p. 347, 
note 1. 

3 See Noldeke, op. cit., p. 283, note 2, and comp. p. 287, 
note 2. 

S. L. 9 



180 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

to Christianity, with his sons, by Simeon, bishop 
of Herta, Sabhr-isho', bishop of Lashom, and the 
monk Isho'-zekha^ On a pastoral visit to this 
part of his diocese, the catholicus was taken ill, 
and died in the convent of Hind (the daughter of 
Nu'man) at al-IJirah. Among his works are 
mentioned^ a treatise against Eunomius, one 
against a heretical (Monophysite) bishop who had 
entered iato argument with him, twenty-two 
questions regarding the sacraments of the church', 
an apology^ and synodical canons and epistles. 

Meshiha-zekha, also called Isho'-zekha or 
Zekha-isho', was a monk of Mount Izla^ When 
many of his brotherhood were expelled from their 
convent by Babhai the archimandrite ^ he betook 
himself to the district of Dasen', and founded 
there a monastery, which was henceforth known 
as Beth Rabban Zekha-isho' or, for shortness' 

1 Bar-Hebraeus {Chron. Eccles., ii. 105) tries to make 
out that Nu'man was a Monophysite, and that Isho'-yabh 
was trying to pervert him at the time of his death. But 
in such matters he is hardly a trustworthy witness. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 108. 

^ See a specimen in Assemani's Catal. of the Vatican 
Library, iii. 280, No. cl., v. 

* Probably a defence of his doctrines addressed to the 
emperor Maurice ; see B.O., iii. 1, 109, in the note. 

^ B.O., iii. 1, 216, note 1. See above, p. 115, note 2. 

« Ihid., iii. 1, 88-89. 

' 'H.oSmsxm, Ausziige, p. 202 sq. 



DADH-iSHO'. — BAR-'iDTl. 131 

sake, Beth Rabban simply^ He was the author 
of an ecclesiastical history, which 'Abhd-isho' 
praises as being " exact." 

Dadh-isho' was the successor of Abraham of 
Kashkar as abbot of the great convent on Mount 
Izla^, apparently during the lifetime of the latter, 
who lived to a great age (see above, p. 119)^ He 
composed a treatise on the monastic life and 
another entitled On Silence in Body and in Spirit, 
a discourse on the consecration of the cell, besides 
funeral sermons and epistles. He also translated 
or edited a commentary on The Paradise of the 
Western Monks (probably meaning the Paradise 
of Palladius and Jerome), and annotated the 
works of Isaiah of Scete^ 

Hereabout too is the date of the monk Bar- 
'idta^ the founder of the convent which bears his 
name^ a contemporary of Babhai of Izla and 
Jacob of Beth 'Abhe'. He was the author of a 
monastic history, which is often quoted by Thomas 
of Marga^ and seems to have been a work of 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 216, note 1 ; 255, in the note ; Hoffmann, 
Auszilge, p. 206. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 98, note 1. 

3 Hoffmann, Auszilge, p. 173. ^ B.O., iii. 1, 99. 

6 Ihid., ii. 415, col. 2. Pronounce Bar-'itta. 

« B.O., iii. 2, dccclxxix. ; Hoffmann, Aussiige, p. 181. 

7 Oomp. Wright, Catal, p. 187, No. 152. 

8 B.O., iii. 1, 453, 458, 471. 

9—2 



132 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

considerable value. He must be distinguished 
from a later Bar-'idta, of the convent of Selibha, 
near the village of Heghla on the Tigris ^ with 
whom Assemani has confounded him^. 

In the Bihl. Orient, iii. 1, 230, 'Abhd-isho' 
mentions an historian whose name is given by 
Assemani as Simeon Karkhaya, with the additional 
information that he was bishop of Karkha and 
flourished under the patriarch Timothy I. about 
800. His name seems, however, to have been 
wrongly read, and he appears to have lived at a 
much earlier date. At least Elias bar Shinaya 
speaks in his Chronicle^ of one Simeon Barkaya^ 
as the author of a chronicle (in at least two books), 
who wrote in the reign of the Persian king 
Khosrau II. Parwez, A. Gr. 902 = 591 A.D. 

[Here may perhaps be mentioned a Sjrriac 
compilation of uncertain date, the Keihdhha dha- 
kheydnaydtha or Liber naturalium, which has 
been edited and translated into German by 
Ahrens^. It consists of a series of short chapters 
on land and sea animals, and on certain natural 

1 See Hoflfmann, Auszuge, p. 181, note 1414. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 458. 

3 See Rosen, Catal., p. 88, col. 1, 2. 

^ The diflferenoe in writing between ].jl2^ and 
I I P; •^i is not great. The pronunciation of the word 
I . CI; »~i is not quite certain. 

'' \_Das " Buoh der Naturgege')istdnde," Kiel, 1892. 



SABHR-iSHO'. 133 

objects. Its main contents are taken from a 
Syriac version of the Physiologus : but the author 
has also borrowed from Basil's Homilies on the 
Hexaemeron, and probably from another Syriac 
book on animals. As to the date of compilation 
we can only say that it is later than Basil and 
earlier than 1000 A.D. : from the style of the Syriac 
Noldeke^ is inclined to favour an approach to the 
earlier limit.] 

The name of Sabhr-isho' the catholicus carries 
us over into the 7th century. He y^as a native of 
Peroz-abadh in Beth Garmai, became bishop of 
Lashom, and was raised to the archiepiscopate in 
596 by the favour of Khosrau II. Parwez^. On 
the murder of his father-in-law Maurice (Novem- 
ber 602), Khosrau resolved upon war, and took 
the field in 604, when he besieged and captured 
the fortress of Dara, the first great success in a 
fearful struggle of twenty-five years. Bar-He- 
brseus states that Sabhr-isho' accompanied him 
and died during the siege'; but other authorities 
say, doubtless more correctly, that he died at 
Nisibis*. He is said to have been the author of 
an ecclesiastical history, of which a fragment, 

1 Z.D.M.G., xlv,, p. 695.] 

2 B.O., ii. 415, iii. 1, 441 tq. ; Baethgen, Fragmente syr. 
u. arah. Historiker, pp. 36, 119. 

3 Chron. Ecdes., ii. 107. 

* Chron. Ecdes., loc. cit., note 2 ; B.O., iii. 1, 441, col. 1. 



134 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

relating to the emperor Maurice, was supposed to 
be extant in Cod. Vat. clxxxiii.; but Guidi has 
shown that this is incorrect, and that the said 
fragment is merely an extract from a legendary 
life of Sabhr-isho' by some later hand {Z.D.M.G., 
xl., pp. 559-561)1. 

About the same time with Sabhr-isho', if 
Assemani be right^, we may place Simeon of Beth 
Garmai, who translated into Syriac the Chronicle 
of Eusebius. This version seems unfortunately to 
be entirely lost. 

With the 7th century begins the slow decay 
of the native literature of the Syrians, to which 
the frightful sufferings of the people during the 
great war with the Persians in its first quarter 
largely contributed ^ During all those years we 
meet with scarcely a name of any note in letters, 
more especially in western Syria. Paul of Telia 
and Thomas of Harkel were, it is true, labouring 
at the revised versions of the Old and New 
Testaments in Alexandria*, but even they were 

1 Assemani, Catal., iii. 387. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 168, 633. 

^ See the remarlis of Noldeke in Oesck. d. Ferser u. 
Araber, p. 299, note 4. 

* See above, p. 14, sq. Thomas of Harkel also 
compiled a liturgy {B.O., ii. 92, col. 1), and is said to have 
translated from Greek into Syriac five other liturgies 
{ibid., col. 2), viz., those of Gregory Nazianzen, Basil, 



GE^CO-PERSIAN WAR. — ABBOT PAUL. 135 

scared by the Persian hosts, who took possession 
of the city in 615 or 616, shortly after the capture 
of Jerusalem by another army in 614'. A third 
diligent worker under the same adverse circum- 
stances was the abbot Paul, who fled from his 
convent in Syria to escape the Persian invasion, 
and took refuge in the island of Cyprus. Here 
he occupied himself with rendering into Syriac 
the works of Gregory Nazianzenl Of this version, 
which was completed in two volumes in 624, there 
are several old MSS. in the British Museum^. 
This Paul was also the translator of the Octoechus 
of Severus, of which there is a MS. in the British 
Museum, Add. 17134, dated 675^ To this 

Gregory Nyssen, Dionysius the Areopagite, and John 
Chrysostom. 

1 See Noldeke, Qesch. d. Perser u. Araher, pp. 291-292 ; 
Chroniqm de Michel le Grand, p. 222 ; Bar-Hebrseus, 
Chron. Syr., p. 99. 

2 See^.O., i. 171; iii. 1,23. 

3 See the fine series of MSS. described in Wright's 
Catcd., pp. 423-435. One of these is dated 790, another 
845. The other MSS. {ibid., pp. 436-438) seem to contain 
part of the older version of the Nestorians {B.O., iii. 1, 24, 
note 1). 

* Wright, Catal., p. 330 sq. The translator is wrongly 
described in the codex as " bishop of Edessa " (see above, 
p. 94, note 1). His convent was probably that of Ken- 
neshre, of which both John bar Aphtonya (see above, p. 84) 
and John Psaltes or Calligraphus were abbots. Compare 
B.O., ii. 54. 



136 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

collection he himself contributed a hymn on the 
holy chrism and a translation of the " Gloria in 
excelsis." 

The name of Martitha' is the first that deserves 
mention here, more, however, on account of his 
ecclesiastical weight and position than his literary 
merit. He was a native of Shurzak (?), a village 
in the diocese of Beth Nuhadhre^ was ordained 
priest in the convent of Nardus, lived for twenty 
years in the convent of Zakkai or Zacchseus at 
Callinicus (ar-Rakkah), and went thence to Edessa 
for purposes of study. On returning to the East, 
he resided in the convent of Mar Matthew at 
Mosul, where he occupied himself with remodelling 
its rules and orders. He sided with the Mono- 
physite party at the Persian court, and, after the 
death of the physician GabrieP, found it advisable 
to retire to 'Akola (al-Kufah)''. He was elevated 
to the dignity of metropolitan bishop of Taghrith 
in 640, after the establishment of peace between 
the Greeks and Persians^ and was the first real 

1 B.O., ii. 416, 418. 

2 See Hofifmann, Axtsziige, pp. 208-216, but especially 
p. 215. 

2 See above, p. 126. 

* Bar-Hebrteus, Chron. Eccles., ii. Ill; B.O., ii. 416. 

^ The circumstances are given in detail by Bar- 
Hebrseus {Chron. Modes., ii. 119 gq.) and Assemani {B.O., 
ii. 419). 



MARtJTHA OF TAGHRITH. — SEVERUS SEBOKHT. 137 

maphrian (maphrgyana) and organizer of the 
Jacobite Church in the East, which so rapidly 
increased in numbers and influence that he was 
called upon to ordain bishops for such remote 
regions as Segestan (Sistan) and Harew (Herat). 
Marutha died in 649. His life was wiitten by his 
successor Denha\ Mariitha compiled a liturgy 
and wrote a commentary on the Gospels, both of 
which are sometimes wrongly assigned to the 
elder Marutha of Maiperkat^. He was also the 
author of short discourses on New (or Low) 
Sunday, and on the consecration of the water on 
the eve of the Epiphany, as well as of some hymns 
and sedras'. 

Contemporary with Mariitha, under the pa- 
triarch Athanasius Gammala (died in 631*) and 
his successor John, flourished Severus Sebokht^ 

1 See Brit. Mua. Add. 14645, f. 198 a (Wright, Catal, 
p. 1113). 

2 See above, p. 46. From the commentary are taken 
the passages quoted in the Catena of Severus. See Asse- 
mani, Catal., iii. 11 (on Exod. xv. 25), 24, and Wright, 
Catal, p. 910. 

3 See Brit. Mus. Add. 14727, f. 140 a; 17267, f. 17 b; 
17254, f. 164 a; 17128, f. 91b. 

* According to Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 275 ; 
B.O., ii. 334. Dionysius of Tell-Mahre gives 644. 

5 On the Persian name Sebokht see Noldeke, Oesch. des 
ArtachMr i Pdpahdn, in Beitmge z. Kunde d. indogerm. 
Sprachen, iv. 49, note 4 ; Oesch. d. Perser u. Araber, p. 396, 
note 1. 



138 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

of Nisibis\ bishop of the convent of Ken-neshre, 
at this time one of the chief seats of Greek 
learning in western Syrian He devoted himself, 
as might be expected, to philosophical and 
mathematical as well as theological studies I Of 
the first we have specimens in his treatise on the 
syllogisms in the Analytica Prior a of Aristotle, 
his commentary on the Tlepl ip/^Tjveia^, and his 
letters to the priest Aitilaha of Mosul on certain 
terms in the Uepl ip/xrjveia<;, and to the perio- 
deutes Yaunan or Jonas on some points in the 
logic of Aristotle*. Of his astronomical and 
geographical studies there are a few examples in 
Brit. Mus. Add. 14538, ff. 153-155^ such as 
whether the heaven surrounds the earth in the 
form of a wheel or sphere, on the habitable and 
uninhabitable portions of the earth, on the 
measurement of the heaven and the earth and 
the space between them, and on the motions of 
the sun and moon". In the Royal Library at 

1 See Wright, Catal, p. 598, col. 1. 

2 See B.O., ii. 335 ; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 275. 

3 Compare Eenan, De Philos. Peripat. ap. Syros, 
pp. 29, 30. 

« See Brit. Mus. Add. 14660 and 17156 (Wright, Catal, 
pp. 1160-63), and the Catal. of the Eoyal Library of 
Berlin, Saohau 226, 6, 9. 

6 Wright, Catal, p. 1008. 

s See Saohau, Ined. Syr., pp. 127-134. 



JOHN I. — LIFE OF ALEXANDER. 139 

Berlin there is a short treatise of his on the 
astrolabe^ More or less theological in their 
nature are his letter to the priest and periodeutes 
Basil of Cyprus, on the 14th of Nisan, A. Gr. 976 
(665 A.D.)^, a treatise on the weeks of DanieP, 
and letters to Sergius, abbot of Shiggar (Sinjar), 
on two discourses of Gregory Nazianzenl He is 
also said to have drawn up a liturgy'. 

John I., Jacobite patriarch of Antioch, was 
called from the convent of Eusebhona at Tell-' Adda 
to the archiepiscopal throne in 631, and died in 
December 648^ Bar-Hebrseus tells us that he 
translated the Gospels into Arabic at the command 
of the Arab emir 'Amr ibn Sa'd. He is better 
known as the author of numerous sedras and other 
prayers, whence he is commonly called Yohannan 
dg-sedhrau(hi), or "John of the Sedras." He also 
drew up a liturgy'. 

[To the 7th century, if we are to accept the 
view proposed by Nbldeke, belongs the Syriac 
version of Pseudo-Callisthenes's Life of Alexander 

1 Alter Bestand 37, 2 (Eurses Vermchniss, p. 32). 

2 Same MS., 3. 

3 Wright, Caial, p. 988, ool. 2. 
1 Ibid., p. 432, col. 2. 

6 B.O., ii. 463. 

6 Bar-Hebrseus, Chroti. Eccles., i. 275 ; B.O., ii. 335. 
But Dionysius of Tell-Mahre says 650; B.O., i. 425, 

7 Berlin, Saohau 185, 6. 



140 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

the Great, which has been edited and translated 
into English by Budget This version was 
formerly believed to have been made from the 
Arabic, and to be a product of the 10th or 11th 
century. But Noldeke has shown- from an 
examination of the language, and especially the 
forms of the proper names, that the Syriac must 
be a translation from the Pahlavi, and almost 
certainly not later than the 7th century.] 

During the second quarter of this century, 
from 633 to 636, the Muhammadan conquest of 
Syria took place. The petty Arab kingdoms of 
the Lakhmites (al-IJirah), the Tha'labites and 
Kindites, and the Ghassanites, as well as the 
wandering tribes of Mesopotamia, were absorbed ; 
and the Persians were beaten back into their own 
country, quickly to be overrun in its turn. The 
year 638 witnessed the last effort of the Greek 
empire to wrest Syria from the invaders ; the 
Muslim yoke was no longer to be shaken off. The 
effects of this conquest soon begin to make 
themselves manifest in the literature of the 
country. The more the Arabic language comes 
into use, the more the Syriac wanes and wastes 

^ l^The History of Alexander the Great, Cambridge, 
1889. 

2 Beitrage zur Oeschickte des A lexanderromans (in Derik- 
schriften der kaiserlichen Ahademie der Wissenschaften), 
Vienna, 1890, p. 11, sq.] 



MUHAMMADAN CONQUEST. — JACOB OF EDESSA. 141 

away; the more Muhammadan literature flourishes, 
the more purely Christian literature pines and 
dwindles; so that from this time on it becomes 
necessary to compile grammars and dictionaries of 
the old Syriac tongue, and to note and record the 
correct reading and pronunciation of words in the 
Scriptures and other books, in order that the 
understanding of them may not be lost. 

Among the small band of Monophysite scholars 
who made themselves conspicuous during the 
latter half of the 7th century the most famous 
name is that of Jacob of Edessa\ He was a 
native of 'En-debha (the Wolf's well), a village in 
the district of Gumyah (al-Jiimah), in the province 
of Antioch. The date of his birth is not men- 
tioned, but it may have been about 640 or a little 
earlier^ He studied under Severus Sebokht at 
the famous convent of Ken-neshre, where he 
learned Greek and the accurate reading of the 
Scriptures. Thence he went to Alexandria, but 
we are not told how long he remained there. 
After his return to Syria he was appointed bishop 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Ghron. Bodes., i. 289 ; B.O., i. 468, 
ii. 335. Assemani tries hard in vol. i. to prove that he was 
not a Monophysite (p. 470 sq.), but in vol. ii. 337 he gives 
up the attempt in despair. Compare Lamy, Dissert, de 
Syrorum. Fide, &o., p. 206 sq. 

2 The dates given in B.O., i. 469, seem to be utterly 
wrong. 



142 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

of Edessa in 679-680^; but Bar-Hebrseus says 
that he was ordained by the patriarch Athanasius 
II., 684-687, which seems more probable, as they 
were intimate friends. If he was appointed in 
684, the three or four years for which he held this 
office would terminate in 687-688, in which latter 
year Julian Romaya (or "the Soldier")^ was elected 
patriarch. Apparently Jacob was very strict in 
the enforcement of canonical rules, and thereby 
offended a portion of his clergy. He would seem 
to have appealed to the patriarch and his fellow- 
bishops, who were in favour of temporizing; 
whereupon Jacob burnt a copy of the rules before 
the gate of Julian's convent, at the same time 
crying aloud, " I burn with fire as superfluous and 
useless the canons which ye trample under foot 
and heed not." He then betook himself to the 
convent at Kaisiim, a town near Samosata, and 
Habbibh was appointed to Edessa in his stead. 
After a while the monks of Eusebhona invited 
Jacob to their convent, and there he taught for 
eleven years the Psalms and the reading of the 
Scriptures in Greek, the study of which language 
had fallen into desuetude. Owing to disputes 

> According to the calculation of Dionysius of Tell- 
Mahre, 677 ; see B.O., i. 426. 

2 So called because he had in his younger days served 
along with his father in the imperial army. 



JACOB OF EDBSSA. 143 

with some of the brethren "who hated the Greeks," 
he left this house and went to the great convent 
at Tell-' Adda, where he worked for nine years 
more at his revised version of the Old Testaments 
On the death of 5abbibh Jacob was recalled to 
Edessa, where he resided for four months, at the 
end of which time he returned to Tell-' Adda to 
fetch his library and pupils, but died there on 5th 
June TOS''. In the literature of his country Jacob 
holds much the same place as Jerome among the 
Latin fathers. He was, for his time, a man of 
great culture and wide reading, being familiar 
with Greek and with older Sjrriac writers. Of 
Hebrew he probably understood very little, but he 
was always ready, like Aphraates, to avail himself 
of the aid of Jewish scholars, whose opinion he 
often cites. He appears before us as at once 
theologian, historian, philosopher, and grammarian, 
as a translator of various Greek works, and as the 
indefatigable correspondent of many students who 
sought his advice and assistance from far and 
near. As a theologian, Jacob wrote commentaries 
on the Old and New Testaments, which are cited 

1 See above, p. IV. 

2 According to Dionysius of Tell-Mahre, B.O., i. 426, 
A.D. 710 ; but Elias bar Shinaya confirms the earlier date, 
See Baethgen, Fragmente syr. u. arah. Historiher, pp. 40, 
121. 



144 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

by later authors, such as Dionysius bar SalibP 
and Bar-Hebrseus, as well as in the large Catena 
of the monk Severus^ further, scholia on the 
whole Scriptures, of which specimens may be 
found in S. Ephrwmi Opera Syr? and in Phillips's 
Scholia on some Passages of the Old Testament 
(1864)*. His discourses on the six days of creation 
are extant at Leyden and Lyons* This was his 
latest work, being unfinished at the time of his 
death ; it was completed by his friend George, 
bishop of the Arab tribes. Like many other 
doctors of the Syrian Church, Jacob drew up an 

1 See Bihl. Med. Laurent, et Palat. Codd. Orientt. Catal., 
p. 85, No. xlviii. 

2 B.O., i. 487-488 ; Cod. Vat. ciii. {Catcd., iii. 7) ; Brit. 
Mus. Add. 12144 (Wright, Catal., p. 908). The former 
MS. contains a brief exposition of the Pentateuch, Job, 
Joshua, and Judges by Jacob, loc. cit., pp. 9-11. 

3 B.O., i. 489-493. 

* See Brit. Mus. Add. 14483 and 17193, ff. 55 a, 61a ; 
compare Cod. Vat. v. {Catal., ii. pp. 12, 13). 

^ Leyden, Cod. 66 (1) Gol. (see Catal. Codd. Orientt., 
V. 69, and Land, Anecd. Syr., i. 2-4) ; Lyons, No. 2 (see 
Neubauer in Archives des Missions scientifiqites et litte'raires, 
3 ser., vol. i., p. 568, Paris, 1873). The Paris MS. is 
merely a partial copy of the Leyden one (Zotenberg, 
Catal, p. 197). It is cited in Brit. Mus. Add. 14731, f 98 b 
(Wright, Catal., p. 854, col. 2, at the foot), and in the 
Bodleian Catal, p. 462, No. 5. Another Paris MS. (Zoten- 
berg, Catal, p. 213) contains the punctuation and explana- 
tion of difficult words and phrases in this work. 



JACOB OF EDESSA. 145 

anaphora or liturgy ^ and revised the liturgy of 
St James, the brother of our Lord^ He also 
composed orders of baptism ^ of the consecration 
of the water on the eve of the Epiphany^ and 
of the solemnization of matrimony', with which 
we may connect his translation of the order of 
baptism of Severus" and the tract upon the 
forbidden degrees of affinity'. The Book of 
Treasures^ contained expositions of the Euchar- 
istic service, of the consecration of the water, and 
of the rite of baptism, probably identical with or 
similar to those which are found separately in 
MSS.° He likewise arranged the horologium or 

1 B.O., i. 476. It is extant in many MSS. 

2 Ihid.; Brit. Mus. Add. 14691, f. 2 b, and elsewhere. 
Whether he was the translator of the anaphora of Ignatius, 
we are unable to affirm or deny. 

s B.O., i. 477. 

* Ihid., 486, col. 1. 

'' E.g., Zotenberg, Catal., pp. 66, 67. 

'^ E.g., Rosen, Catal., p. 61, ool. 2. 

7 Cod. Vat. xxxvii. {Catal., ii. 244). 

8 B.O., i. 487. 

" E.g., the Eucharist, Berlin, Sachau 218, 4 (addressed 
to the Stylite George of Sgrugh); Brit. Mus. Add. 14496, 
f . 1 a (Wright, Catal., p. 224). The similar exposition 
edited by Assemani {B.O., i. 479) is addressed to the priest 
Thomas ; comp. Brit. Mus. Add. 17215, f. 22 b. The con- 
secration of the water. Cod. Vat. cccv., in Mai, Scriptt. 
Vett. Nova Coll., v. The order of baptism, Brit. Mus. 
14496, f. 23 a (a mere fragment). 

S. L. 10 



146 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

canonical hours of the ferial days', and drew up a 
calendar of feasts and saints' days for the whole 
year'-". Of his numerous canons^ those addressed 
to the priest Addai have been edited by Lamy, 
Dissert, de Syrormn Fide, &c., p. 98 sq., and De 
Lagarde, ReliquicB Juris Eccles. Antiquissimce, 
p. 117 sq* Under this head we may mention the 
Scholion de Diaconissis earumque Munere {Catal. 
Vat, ii. 319) and the Scholion de Foribus Ecclesice 
dum Ordinationes aut alia Sacra celebrantur 
occludendis (Cod. Vat. ccciv., in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. 
Nova Coll., v.). Jacob also composed homilies, of 
which a few survive in manuscript : for example — 

(1) that Christians are not to offer a lamb after 
the Jewish fashion, nor oxen and sheep, on behalf 
of the deceased, nor to use pure wine and un- 
leavened bread in celebrating the Eucharist; 

(2) against the use of unleavened bread; (3) against 
the Armenians as Dyophysites, and because they 
offend against these doctrines''; (4) against certain 

1 Brit. Mus. Add. 14704, Paris, Ano. fonds 73. 

2 See Catal. Vat., ii. 250-272; and comp. Berlin, 
Sachau 39, 4. 

3 B.O.,i.417. 

* See also [Wright's Notulae syriaoae and] Kayser, 
Die Ganones Jacob's von Edessa iibersetzt und erlimtert, 
zum The.il auoh ziwrst im Oiiindtext veroffentlickt, 1886. 

5 See Bibl. Med. Laurent, et Palat. Codd. MSS. Orientt. 
Catal, pp. 107-108. 



JACOB OF EDESSA. 147 

impious men and transgressors of the law of God, 
who trample under foot the canons of the church^ 
To these may be added his metrical discourses on 
the Trinity and the incarnation of the word^ and 
on the faith against the Nestorians'. Whether 
the treatise De Causa omnium Causarum" really 
belongs to him can hardly be decided till it has 
been published. The remarks in the Bodleian 
Catalogue, p. 585, note, point to a writer of much 
later date. [This question has been decided in 
the negative since Kayser's publication of the 
text and translation of the work^] The loss of 
Jacob's Chronicle is greatly to be regretted ; only 
a few leaves, all more or less mutilated, remain to 
us in Brit. Mus. Add. 14685 ^ The author's 

1 Wright, Oatal, pp. 984, col. 2; 996, col. 2. 

2 Catal. Vat., ii. 516. 

3 Ibid., iii. 353. [The text and a Latin translation of 
this homily, by Ugolini, are contained in the volume, Al 
Sommo Pontifioe Leone XIII. Ommagio Oiuhilare della 
Biblioteca Vaticana, Rome, 1888.] 

* See B.O., i. 461-463. Besides the MS. described by 
Assemani, there are two in the Bodleian Library, Hunt. 
123 (Payne Smith, Catal., 585) and Bodl. Or. 732, and a 
third at Berlin, Sachau 180, with an excerpt in Sachau 
203. 

5 [Das Buck von der Erkenntniss der Wahrheit, text 
published at Leipzig 1889 ; German translation, Strass- 
burg 1893. Cf. Noldeke, Literarisches Centralhlatt for 
1889, No. 30.] 

6 See Wright, Catal., p. 1062. 

10—2 



148 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

design was to continue the Chronicle of Eusebius 
on the same plan, from the twentieth year of the 
reign of Constantine down to his own time. The 
introduction was divided into four sections, the 
first of which treated of the canon of Eusebius 
and the error of three years in his calculation; 
the second of the dynasties contemporary with 
the Roman empire, but omitted by Eusebius ; the 
third explained what dynasties were coordinated 
by Jacob with the Roman empire ; and the fourth 
contained separate chronologies of each of these 
dynasties. Then followed the chronological canon, 
beginning with Olympiad cclxxvi. The last 
monarchs mentioned in the mutilated MS. are 
Heraclius I. of Constantinople, Ardasher III. of 
Persia, and the caliph Abu Bakr. This work, 
which was finished by the author in 692^, has 
been extensively used by subsequent Syrian 
historians, both Jacobite and Nestorian, such as 
Bar-Hebrseus'^ Elias bar Shinaya^, &c., and it is 
therefore admitted by 'Abhd-isho' into his list of 

1 See Elias bar Shmaya in Rosen, Catal., p. 88, col. 1. 

2 B.O., ii. 313-314. 

s See, for example, the notes in Abbeloos, Bar-HehroBi 
Chron. Eocles., ii. 55, 103, 107, 123 ; Baetbgen, Fragmsnte 
syr. u. arab. Historiker, extracted from Elias bar Shinaya, 
p. 3; and the anonymous epitomizer in Land, Aneed. Syr., 
i. 2-22, transl. pp. 103-121 (Brit. Mus. Add. 14643; 
Wright, Catal, p. 1040). 



JACOB OF EDESSA. 149 

books (B.O., iii. 1, 229). As a translator of Greek 
works Jacob deserves notice, not so much on 
account of any Aristotelian labours of his^ as 
because of his version of the Homilice Cathedrales 
of Severus, a work of capital importance, which he 
finished in 701 '^ He also revised and corrected, 
with the help of Greek MSS., the abbot Paul's 
version of the Octoechus of Severus (see above, 
p. 135)^ The statement of Bar-Hebrseus* that 
Jacob translated the works of Gregory Nazianzen 
seems to be erroneous. He merely retouched, we 
believe, the version of the abbot Paul (see above, 
p. 135), to which he probably added notes, illustra- 
tive extracts from the writings of Severus, and 
Athanasius's redaction of the liwayayrj kol 
i^r^ryrjCTK la-Topiwv appended to the homily In 
Sancta Lumina^. He made the Syriac version of 
the history of the Rechabites as narrated by 
Zosimus, which he is said to have translated from 

1 Even the translation of the Categories in Cod. Vat. 
clviii. {Catal., iii. 306; comp. Renan, De Philos. Peripat. 
ap. Syros, p. 34) is not by him, but by Sergius of Ras'ain 
(see above, p. 91). 

2 See B.O., i. 494; Cod. Yat. cxli.; Brit. Mus. Add. 
12159, dated 868 (Wright, Catal, p. 534 sq.). 

3 B.O., i. 487; Cod. Vat. xciv., written between 1010 
and 1033; Brit. Mus. Add. 17134, dated 675 (Wright, 
Catal., p. 330 sq.). 

" B.O., ii. 307, col. 2; iii. 1, 23, col. 1. 
5 See Wright, Catal, pp. 423-427. 



150 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

Hebrew into Greek and thence into Syriac\ Of 
philosophical writings of his we may specify the 
Enchiridion, a tract on philosophical terras ^ The 
metrical composition on the same subject con- 
tained in two Vatican MSS. may perhaps also be 
by him^. As a grammarian Jacob occupies an 
important place in Syriac literature. Nestorian 
scholars, such as Narsai and his pupils, more 
especially Joseph Hiizaya (see above, p. 115 sq.), 
had no doubt elaborated a system of accentuation 
and interpunction, which vies in minuteness with 
that of the Jews, and had probably begun to store 
up the results of their studies in Massoretic MSS. 
of the Bible, like those of which we have already 
spoken (above, p. 20 sq.). But Jacob was the first 
to give a decided impulse to these pursuits among 
the Western Syrians, and to induce the monks of 
Eusebhona and Tell-' Adda to compile Massoretic 
MSS. like those of their brethren in the East, and 
to pay attention to minute accuracy in the matter 
of the diacritical points and the signs of inter- 

1 See Wright, Catal., p. 1128. 

2 Ibid., p. 984. 

5 Cod. Vat. xxxvi. and xcv. {Catal., ii. 243 and 516). 
In the latter there are three other poems ascribed to him, 
the first theological, the second with the title De Philo- 
sophis et Bonis Artibus, and the third entitled On the 
Mind. In the MSS. these poems are said to be by Jacob 
of SSrugh, which seems altogether unlikely. 



JACOB OF EDESSA. 151 

punction. Hence we usually find appended to 
such MSS. of the Jacobite schools the epistle of 
Jacob to George, bishop of S§rugh, on Syrian 
orthography^ and a tract by him on the pointing 
of verbal and nominal forms and on the signs of 
interpunction and accentuation, besides a tract of 
apparently earlier date on the same signs, with 
a list of their names, by Thomas the deacon I 
Further, Jacob's acquaintance with the Greek 
language and Greek MSS. suggested to him a 
striking simplification of the system of vowel- 
points which was now probably beginning to be 
introduced among the Easterns^. He saw that 
all the vowel-sounds of the Syriac language, as 
spoken by the Edessenes, could be represented by 

1 See B.O., i. 477 (No. 6) and p. 478 (No. 8). 

2 See, for example, Catal. Vat., iii. 290; Brit. Mus., 
Kosen, pp. 69, 70 (Wright, p. 110); Paris, Zotenberg, 
Catal., p. 30. The letter and tracts have been published 
by Phillips, A Letter hy Mar Jacob, Bishop of Edessa, on 
Syriac Orthography, &c. (1869; the third Appendix, pp. 
85-96, 1870), and Martin, Jacohi epi Edesieni Epistola ad 
Georgiv/m epum Sarugensem de Orthographia Syriaaa 
(1869). On the possible identity of Thomas the deacon 
with Thomas of Harkel, see Phillips, third Appendix, 
p. 90. 

3 In the year 899 we find the fully developed Nestorian 
system of vowel-points in use (Brit. Mus. Add. 12138, see 
the facsimile in Wright's Catal., pi. xiii.). We may there- 
fore fairly place its beginnings as early as Jacob's time. 



152 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

means of the Greek vowel letters, a style of 
pointing which would be far clearer to the reader 
than a series of minute dots. Accordingly he, or 
his school, put A for S,, o for o {a), e for e, h for i, 
OY for u ; and this system has been adhered to by 
the Western Syrians or Jacobites since his time\ 
Jacob wished, however, to go a step farther, and 
sought to introduce a reform for which his 
countrymen were not prepared. The constant 
perusal of Greek MSS. had accustomed him to 
see the vowels placed on an equality with the 
consonants as an integral part of the alphabet ; 
and, considering how much this contributed to 
clearness of sense and facility of reading, he 

1 The credit of inventing this vowel-system is usually 
given to Theophilus of Edessa, who died in 785-786 (B.O., 
i. 64, 521), though Wiseman brought forward to our mind 
convincing arguments in his Horce Syriacce, pp. 181-188, 
in favour of the claims of Jacob. "We have now, however, 
a MS. of Jacob's own time in which these Greek vowels 
are distinctly appended to Syriac words. See Brit. Mus. 
Add. 17134, f. 83 b, in Wright's Catal., p. 337, col. 2, and 
pi. vi. In this plate, the handwriting of which cannot 
well be placed later than about 700, we find in 1. 1 the 
vowel "^ (ypsilon) in the word lAso,^, and in 1. 23 the 

vowel Q in ^j^iiij, both in black ink, besides others 
in red ink in lines 6, 17, 18, 21, 22, and 31. No one can 
doubt, we think, that these vowels were added a pr. inanu, 
especially if he compares their forms, particularly the a, 
with those of the Greek letters on the margin of pi. v. 



JACOB OF EDESSA. 153 

desired to see the like done in Syriac. For this 
purpose he himself designed a set of vowel-signs, 
to be written on a line with and between the 
consonants^; and for the purpose of making this 
invention known to his countrymen he wrote a 
Syriac Grammar'^, in which he used them largely 
in the paradigms. The innovation, however, 
found no favour, and the work was supposed to 
be utterly lost, until a few fragments (partly 
palimpsest) were simultaneously discovered by 
the present writer and Dr Neubauer*. Finally, 
amid all his labours as priest and bishop, teacher 
and author, Jacob found time to correspond with 
a large number of persons in all parts of Syria ; 
and these epistles are often among his most 

1 See Bar-Hebrasus in his Kethabha dhe-Semhe, as 
quoted by Martin, Jacques d'Edesse et lea Voyelles Syri- 
ennes (Jown. Asiat., 1869, vol. xiii. pp. 458-459), or pp. 
19<H95 of Martin's edition. Jacob had already before 
him the example of the Mandaites, from whose alphabet 
his figure of Ss for e appears to be borrowed. 

2 B.O., i. 475, 477. 

3 See Brit. Mus. Add. 17217, ff. 37, 38; 14665, f. 28; 
in Wright's Catal., pp. 1168-73. These were reprinted, 
with the Oxford fragments (Bodl. 159), by Wright in 
Fragments of the fjjOU (I^LqLd • 5oZ or Syriac 
Grammar of Jacob of Edessa (1871); [and again in the 
Appendix to Merx's Historia Artis Orammatioae apud 
Syros {Ahhandlungen fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 
vol. ix.).] 



154 SYRIAG LITERATURE. 

interesting writings^ One of his principal corre- 
spondents was John the Stylite of the convent of 
Litarba (Atrap/Sa plur., but also Airapyov, Av- 
Tapyov ; al-Atharib, near Aleppo) ; others were 
Eustathius of Dara, Kyrisona of Dara, the priest 
Abraham, the deacon George, and the sculptor 
Thomas". To the priest Addai he wrote on the 
orders of baptism and the consecration of the 
water', to the deacon Bar-hadh-be-shabba against 
the council of Chalcedon^, to the priest Paul of 
Antioch on the Syriac alphabet, in reply to a letter 
about the defects of the said alphabet as com- 
pared with the Greek^, and to George, bishop of 
Serugh, on Syriac orthography (see above, p. 151)". 
After Jacob we may name his friend Atha- 
nasius of Balad, who also studied under Severus 

1 Some are metrical ; see Brit. Mus. Add. 12172, ff. 
65 a, 73 a; 17168, f. 154 a. 

2 See all these in Brit. Mus. Add. 12172, ff. 65-135 
(Wright, Catal, pp. 592-604). Three of these letters have 
been published, two by Wright in the Journal of Sacred 
Literature, new series, x. (1861), p. 430 sq., and one by 
Schroter in Z.D.M.G., xxiv. (1870), pp. 261—300. [Another 
fragment in the ohrestomathy attached to Nestle's Oram- 
matica Syriaca.] 

3 B.O., i. 486, No. 11; Brit. Mus. Add. 14715, f. 170a; 
see also Add. 12144, ff. 47 a, 52 b. 

* Brit. Mus. Add. 14631, f. 14 b. 
6 B.O., i. 477, No. 7. 

^ [A full account of Jacob's work as a grammarian in 
Merx, op. cit. chaps v. vi. vii.] 



ATHANASIUS II. OF BALAD. 155 

Sebokht at Ken-neshre, and devoted himself to 
the translation of Greek works, philosophical and 
theological, in the convent of Mar Malchus in 
Ttir 'Abhdin or at Nisibis, where he for a time 
officiated as priest. He was advanced to the 
patriarchate in 684 and sat till 687 or 688\ In 
the year 645 he translated the Isagoge of Por- 
phyry, with an introduction, which seems to be 
chiefly derived from the preface of the Greek 
commentator Ammonius^; and he also edited a 
version of an anonymous Isagoge, which is found 
in Brit. Mus. Add. 14660^*- At the request of 
Matthew, bishop of Aleppo, and Daniel, bishop of 
Edessa, he undertook in 669 a translation of select 
epistles of Severus of Antioch, and of these the 
sixth book survives in two MSS.* He also busied 
himself with Gregory Nazianzen, as is evidenced 
by a scholion introductory to the homilies'* and 
the version of the ^vvaycoyrj kol e^ijyTjcri^ laro- 

1 B.O.,u. 335; Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 287,293. 
Dionysius of Tell-Mahre places his death as late as 704. 

2 Cod. Vat. clviii. ; Paris, Anc. fonds 161. According 
to Eenan, De Philos. Peripat. ap. Syros, p. 30, note 4, the 
MSS. clxxxiii. and cxcvi. of the Bibl. Palat. Medic, contain 
this translation and not that of Honain. 

2 See Wright, Gatal., p. 1161, and comp. Renan, op. cit. 
p. 31. 

■• Brit. Mus. Add. 12181 and 14600 (Wright, Gated., 
pp. 558-569). 

5 Wright, CataL, p. 441. 



156 SYKIAC LITERATURE. 

piSv^. The only other writings of his with which 
we are acquainted are an encyclical letter, pro- 
hibiting Christians from partaking of the sacri- 
fices of their Muhammadan rulers^ and a couple 
of sedras^. 

Contemporary with him, and probably an 
alumnus of the same school, was the translator of 
the poems of Gregory Nazianzen, in the year 655, 
whom Assemani calls Senorinus Chididatus of 
Amid*. He has, however, misread the name. 
In the MS., as Pi'ofessor Guidi informs us, it 
stands .CDa^jjj_i.D _ji3qj_,, not _j5qji_». The 
former part of the name seems to be 'Iavovdpio<; ; 
the latter is apparently (as Guidi suggests) a 
corruption of KavSiSaro';. Whether the poems in 
Brit. Mus. Add. 18821 and 14547= belong to the 
translation of Januarius Candidatus or not, we 
cannot at present determine. 

Another scholar of note at this time is George, 
bishop of the Arab tribes, the pupil and friend of 
Athanasius II. and Jacob". He was ordained, 

1 Wright, CataL, p. 425. 

^ Zotenberg, Catal., p. 28, col. 2. 

2 Wright, Catal., p. 218, col. 1 ; Zotenberg, Catal., 
p. 47, col. 1, No. 23, d. 

* Cod. Vat. xovi. {Catal., ii. 521); see B.O., ii. oxlix., 
502, col. 2 ; iii. 1, 23, note. 

6 Wright, Catal., pp. 775, 433, col. 1. 

" B.O., i. 494 ; Bar-Hebreeus, Cliron. Eccles. , i. 293, 303 ; 



GEORGE, BISHOP OF THE ARAB TRIBES. 157 

it would seem, in 687 or 688, two months after the 
death of Athanasius, and is said to have died in the 
first year of Athanasius III., who was consecrated 
in April 724. His diocese comprised the 'Akolaye 
or Arabs of 'Akola (al-Kufah), the Tu aye (?), the 
Tanukh, the Tha'labites, the Taghlibites, and 
in general the nomad Arabs of Mesopotamia. Of 
his works the most important is his translation 
of the Organon of Aristotle, of which there is 
a volume in the British Museum, Add. 14659, 
comprising, ia its imperfect condition, the Cate- 
gories, Tlepl epfj,r}vela<;, and the first book of the 
Analytics, divided into two parts, with introduc- 
tions and commentaries ^ Of this version a 
specimen has been edited by Hoffmann, De 
Hermeneuticis, &c., p. 22 sq., besides small frag- 
ments at pp. 30, 38, 45, and 53. He also 
compiled a large collection of scholia on the 
homilies of Gregory Nazianzen, which exhibits 
a wide range of reading", and completed the 
Hoffmann, De Hermeneuiiais apxid Syros Aristoteleis, pp. 
148-151 ; Renan, De PMlos. Peripat. ap. Syros, pp. 32-33. 

1 See Wright, Catal, p. 1163. 

2 Brit. Mus. Add. 14725, ff: 100-215. It was evidently 
written after the death of Athanasius II., as shown by the 
remark on f. 132 a (Wright, Catal., p. 443, col. 1). The 
commentary contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 17197, ff". 1-25 
(Wright, Catal., p. 441) is perhaps that of Elias, bishop of 
Shiggar (Sinjar), who flourished about 750, and is expressly 
stated {B.O., ii. 339) to have compiled a commentary on 



158 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Hexaemeron of Jacob of Edessa (see above, p. 144)^ 
His other writings are — a commentary, or more 
likely scholia, on the Scriptures, cited in the 
Catena of Severus and by Bar-Hebrseus in his 
Ausar Raze^ ; a short commentary on the sacra- 
ments of the church, treating of baptism, the holy 
Eucharist, and the consecration of the chrism''; a 
homily in twelve-syllable metre on the holy chrism 
in two shapes^; another homily on solitary monks, 
in heptasy liable metre'; and a treatise on the 
Calendar in twelve-syllable metre", cited by Elias 
bar Shinaya''. Like Jacob of Edessa, he carried 
on an extensive literary correspondence, of which 
some specimens have luckily been preserved in Brit. 
Mus. Add. 12154, ff. 222-291, dated from 714 to 
718. Several of them are addressed to John the 
Stylite of Litarba, one of whose letters to Daniel, 

tlie first volume of Gregory Nazianzen (as translated by 
Paul). He followed the older exposition of Benjamin, 
bishop of Edessa. This Benjamin was the writer of a 
letter on the Euoharistio service and baptism (Wright, 
Catal, p. 1004, col. 2). 

1 See Land, Anecd. Syr., i. p. 4. 

2 B.O., i. 494-495; comp. Wright, Catal, p. 909, col. 2. 

3 Wright, Catal, p. 985. 

« B.O., i. 332; Catal Vat., iii. 102, No. 188; Wright, 
Catal, p. 848, No. 78. 

^ Bodleian Catal, p. 425, No. 88. 

B.O., i. 495; Catal Vat., iii. 532. 

^ Rosen, Catal, p. 88, Nos. 32, 33; comp. also the 
"Table of the New Moons," in Catal Vat., ii. 402. 



DANIEL OF §ALAH. 159 

an Arab priest of the tribe of the Tuaye, is 
appended, f. 291. The most important of them is 
one written to the priest and recluse Yeshii' of 
Innib (near 'Azaz, north of Aleppo), part of which 
relates to Aphraates and his works (see above, 
p. 32)1. 

Contemporary with these scholars was Daniel 
of Salah (a village north-east of Midyad in 
Tur-'Abdm)2, who wrote commentaries on the 
Psalms and Ecclesiastes ^. The former was in 
three volumes, and was composed at the request 
of John, abbot of the convent of Eusebius 
at Kaphra dhe-Bhartha (Kafr al-Barah, near 
Apamea)*. There is an abridgement of it in 

1 It has been printed by De Lagarde, Anal. Syr., 
pp. 108-134, and partly reprinted by Wright, The Homilies 
of Aphraates, pp. 19-37. Eyasel has translated and anno- 
tated it in Ein Brief Oeorgs, Bischofs der Araher, an d. 
Presbyter Jesus, 1883. [Eyssel has since published a 
translation of a number of this bishop's poems and letters : 
Oeorgs des Araherbischofs Oedichte und Briefe, Leipzig, 
1891 ; and edited the text of two poems in Reale Accademia 
dei Lincei, Kome 1892.] 

2 See Hoffmann in Z.D.M.G., xxxii. 741. 

3 According to a note in Payne Smith's Catal., p. 62, 
he was bishop of Telia dhS-Mauz81ath ; but at the time 
when he wrote his commentary on the Psalms he was 
certainly only a priest and abbot of a convent (see Wright, 
Catal., p. 605, col. 2). 

1 MSS.— part i., Pss. i.-l., Brit. Mus. Add. 17187; 
part ii., Pss. li.-c. Add. 14679, 14668 (only three leaves) 



160 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Brit. Mus. Add. 17125, f. 81 sq} The commentary 
on Ecclesiastes is known to us only from the 
extracts preserved in Severus's Catena"^. 

Regarding George, bishop of Marty ropolis', 
we can add little or nothing to the scanty in- 
formation collected by Assemani*. This scholar 
has, however, made a mistake in placing him 
so early as " circa annum Christi 580." About a 
century later would probably be nearer the 
mark. Two of his pupils were Constantine, 
bishop of 5arran, who may have flourished 
during the latter part of the 7th century, and 
his successor Leo, who lived at the very end 
of it and the beginning of the 8th ^ Constantine 

(see Wright, Catal., pp. 605-606); Cod. Vat. civ., Pss. 
i.-lxviii. {Catal. Vat., iii. 297); part iii., Pss. ci.-cl., in 
Arabic, Berlin, Sachau 55. It is frequently cited by Bar- 
Hebrteus in the Ausar Raze, in Severus's Catena, and also 
by Antonius Rhetor (Wright, Catal., p. 831, col. 1). 

^ [Of this an extract is published in the Chrestomathy 
to Nestle's Grammatica St/riaca.] 

2 Catal. Vat., iii. 17; Wright, Catal., p. 909. 

2 I.e., Maiperkat or Maiyafarikin. Assemani calls him 
bishop of Taghrlth or Tekrlt. 

4 B.O., i. 465; ii. 96. The epistles to Christopher 
against Probus and John Grammaticus of Alexandria, and 
to the monks of the convent of Mar Matthew, are also 
cited in Brit. Mus. Add. 17197 (Wright, Catal., p. 607). 

^ Assemani places Constantine as early as 630 and Leo 
about 640 (B.O., i. 466-467). But in the Catal. Vat. they 
are more correctly described as "uterque S. Johannis 
Damasoeni sequalis" (vol. iii. 255). 



PATRIARCH ELIAS. 161 

wrote several controversial works against the 
Monophysites, viz., — an exposition of the creeds 
of the councils of Nicaea and Chalcedon, a treatise 
against Severus (of Antioch), an "anagnosticon" 
concerning an alleged mutilation of the Trisagion^, 
and a reply to a treatise of Simeon (II., Mono- 
physite bishop of Harran)^. Leo's only literary 
effort appears to have been a letter to the 
Jacobite patriarch Elias, whom we have next 
to notice. 

Elias belonged originally to the Dyophysite 
party in the Syrian Church, but was converted 
to the Monophysite sect by the study of the 
writings of Severus. He was a monk of the 
convent of Gubba Barraya, and for eighteen years 
bishop of Apamea (or Famiyah), before he was 
raised to the patriarchate of Antioch (in 709). 
He died in 724'. The only work of his known to 
us is an Apology, addressed to Leo, bishop of 
Harran, in answer to a letter from him asking the 
reasons for Elias's change of creed*. It was 

1 These three are mentioned by Assemani, B. 0., i. 466. 

2 Wright, Catal., p. 607, col. 2. 

3 B.O., ii. 95, 337; Bar-Ilebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 297; 
Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 46, 123. Dionysius of Tell- 
Mahre wrongly places his death some years later, in 729. 

* Two MSS. of this work survive, hut both imperfect, 
the one at Rome, Cod. Vat. cxlv. (Catal., iii. 253), the 
other in the British Museum, Add. 17197 (Wright, Catal., 
p. 606). 

S. L. 11 



162 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

probably written during the time of his episco- 
pate. In it, besides George of Martyropolis and 
Constantine of Harran, he cites John of Damascus, 
among whose Greek works is a tract against the 
Jacobites, addressed to the bishop Elias in 
defence of Peter, archbishop of Damascus. 

Lazarus of Beth Kandasa is known to us only 
through his disciple George of Beth Neke as the 
compiler of a commentary on the New Testament, 
of which there are two volumes in the British 
Museum, the one (Add. 14682) containing the 
Gospels of St John and St Mark, the other 
(Add. 14683) the third and fourth parts of the 
Pauline epistles from Galatians to Hebrews \ 
The commentary on the epistles is merely an 
abridgement of Chrysostom ; in that on the 
Gospels use is also made of Jacob of Serugh, and 
occasionally of Theodore of Mopsuestia^, Cyril of 
Alexandria, and Ephraim. He also quotes a 
passage of nine lines from the Sibylline oracles 
(ed. Friedlieb, viii. 287-296). At the end of 
part third of the Pauline epistles there is in 
Add. 14683 a chronological section, terminating 
with the accession of the 'Abbasi caliph al-Mahdi 
in 77-5, which probably fixes the date of the 

1 See Wright, Catal, pp. 608-612. 

^ Sachau, Theodori Mops. Fragmenta Syr., pp. 101 and 
62. 



THEOPHILUS OF EDESSA. 163 

author'. Much later he cannot have lived, as 
Add. 14683 is a MS. of the 10th century, having 
been presented to the convent of St Mary Deipara 
in Skete by the patriarch Abraham (or Ephraim), 
who sat from 977 to 981. In Brit. Mus. Add. 
18295 there is a scholion by Lazarus explanatory 
of a passage in (pseudo-)Dionysius Areopagita^ 

About this time too may have lived the 
chronicler Daniel bar Moses the Jacobite, who 
is cited as an authority by Elias bar Shinaya 
in the years 122, 127, and 131 of the Hijrah, i.e., 
from 740 to 749 a.d.' 

Theophilus bar Thomas of Edessa* is stated by 
Bar-Hebrseus" to have been by religious profession 
a Maronite. He was addicted to the study of astro- 
logy, and an anecdote is related by Bar-Hebrseus of 
his correspondence with Hasanah, the concubine 
of the caliph al-Mahdi, which fixes the date 
of his death in 785. He was the author of a 

1 The words of George of Beth Ngke, buhhdnd dhe- 
dhogma, (Wright, Catal., p. 611, col. 2), probably refer to 
the liturgical disputes which arose among the Jacobites 
about this time {B.O., ii. 341) and attained considerable 
importance a little later (p. 343). See Bar-Hebraeus, 
Chron. Eccles., i. 331. 

2 See Wright, Gated., p. 1184. 

3 See Baethgen, Fragmente, p. 2 ; Bar-Hebrasus, Chron. 
Eccles., ii. 152, note 2. 

* B.O., i. 521; Cardahl, Liher Tliesauri, p. 39. 
5 Hist. Dynast, p. 228 (transl., p. 147). 

11—2 



164 SYEIAC LITEEATUKE. 

history, which Bar-Hebreeus cites^ and commends. 
He also translated into Syriac " the two books 
of the poet Homer on the conquest of the city 
of Ilionl" This evidently means a version of the 
entire Iliad and Odyssey, incredible as it may 
appear. De Lagarde was, we believe, the first to 
discover citations of this work by Jacob, or Severus, 
bar Shakko, bishop of Mar Matthew, who died 
in 1241^. Cardahi (Liber Thesauri, p. 40) quotes 
the rendering of Iliad ii. 204, but without saying 
where he found it. Theophilus is often spoken of 
as the first to use the Greek vowels in pointing 
Syriac words, but we have seen above (p. 152, 
note 1) instances of their occurrence in MSS. 
older than his time. Perhaps, however, he may 
have finally settled some details of the system 
and assisted in bringing it into more general 
use^ 

George of Be'elthan, a village near Hims, was 
educated at the convent of Ken-neshre, and 
became the syncellus of Theodore, bishop of 

1 Op. cit., p. 98 (transl., p. 63). 

2 Op. cit., p. 228 (transl., p. 148). Also at p. 40 (trausl., 
p. 26) Bar-Hebrseus says that "the poet Homer bewailed 
her (fall) in two books, which Theophilus the astrologer of 
Edessa translated from Greek into Syriao." 

3 B.gr., Eiad, i. 225, 226; \\. 325; xvi. 745; Odyssey, 
sviii. 26; see The Academy for October 1, 1871, p. 467. 

4 Compare B.O., i. 64. 



GEORGE OF BE ELTHAN. — CYRIACUS. 165 

Samosata, who prophesied great things of him. 
On the death of Athanasius III. a synod was held 
at Mabbogh, at the close of 758, when a large 
majority of those present raised George, who was 
only a deacon, to the see of Autioch^. At the 
instigation of the anti-patriarch David, the caliph 
al-Mansur scourged him and threw him into 
prison, where he remained for nine years, till he 
was set free by his son and successor al-Mahdi. 
He was taken ill during one of his diocesan 
journeys at Kalaudiyah (Claudia), in the far 
north of Mesopotamia, and died in the convent of 
Bar-sauma near Melitene (Malatyah), in 7901 
During his long imprisonment George is said to 
have composed many discourses and metrical 
homilies. He was also the author of a com- 
mentary on the Gospel of St Matthew, the unique 
but imperfect MS. of which has been described by 
Assemani in Catal. Vat, iii. 293. 

Cyriacus, a man of Taghritan family' and a 
monk of the convent of Bizona, otherwise called 
the convent of the Pillar, near Callinicus, was 

1 The minority appointed as anti-patriarch John of 
Callinicus (ar-Eakkah), who held of&ce for four years 
(B.O., ii. 340, col. 2) and was succeeded by David, bishop 
of Dara {ibid.). 

2 B.O., ii. 340; Baethgen, FragmeMe, pp. 57, 128; 
Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Eocles., i. 319 sq., ii. 175. 

3 Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 343. 



166 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

ordained patriarch of the Jacobites in 793, and 
died at Mosul in 817. The record of his troubled 
life may be read in Bar-Hebrseus's Chron. Eccles., 
i. 329 sq.; B.O., ii. 116, 341-344. In the year 
798 he endeavoured to effect a union with the 
Julianists, whose patriarch was Gabriel, and a 
creed was drawn up and signed by them and 
sundry other bishops, which has been preserved 
in Brit. Mus. Add. 17145, f. 27 b\ Besides an 
anaphora'' and canons'', he wrote a homily on 
the parable of the vineyard* and a synodical 
epistle on the Trinity and the Incarnation ad- 
dressed to Mark, patriarch of Alexandria, which is 
extant only in Arabic^. 

The number of Nestorian writers during the 
7th and 8th centuries is relatively much larger 
than that of Jacobite, and the loss of many of 
their writings is much to be regretted, especially 
those bearing on ecclesiastical and political history. 
Want of space compels us, however, to omit many 
names which we would otherwise gladly have 
noticed. 

1 See Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 335. 

2 Wright, Catal, pi^. 206, 210. 

3 Wright, Catal, p. 222, col. 2; Zotenberg, Catal., 
p. 28, No. 54. 

« Brit. Mus. Add. 14727, f. 110 a (Wright, Catal, 
p. 887). 

s .B.O., ii. 117. 



BABHAI THE ARCHIMANDRITE. 167 

Our list begins with the name of Babhai the 
archimandrite', called Babhai the Elder, to dis- 
tinguish him from the later Babhai bar Nesibhnaye. 
He was a native of the village of Beth 'Ainatha 
or Ba-'ainatha in Beth Zabhdai, and succeeded 
Mar Dadh-isho' (see above, p. 131) as abbot of the 
great convent on Mount Izla. On the death of 
the catholicus Gregory of Kashkar in 607 (see 
above, p. 126) a time of persecution followed, 
during which the Nestorian Church was ruled by 
Babhai with a firm and skilful hand. The 
bishops of Nisibis, HSdhaiyabh, and Karkha 
dhe-Beth SSlokh (or Beth Garmai) entrusted him 
with the duties of inspector of convents, with the 
express object of rooting out all who held the 
doctrines of the MesalUyane'^, as well as the 
followers of Hannana of HSdhaiyabh and Joseph 
of Hazzal So well did he acquit himself in this 
post^ that, after the murder of Khosrau II. in 628, 
when his successor Kawadh II. Sheroe permitted 
a synod to be held, he would have been unanimously 
elected to the dignity of catholicus, had he only 
given his consent, in default of which the choice 

1 See B.O., iii. 1, 88 sj., 472; Hoffmann, Auszilge, pp. 
121, 161, 173. 

2 See B.O., iii. 1, 101 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 
573. 

3 See above, pp. 124-128. 

4 See B.O., iii. 1, 88, 89, 473. 



168 SYRIAC LITERATUEE. 

fell upon Isho'-yabh of Ggdhala (628-644). As a 
writer Babhai would seem to have been very 
prolific, for no less than eighty-three or eighty- 
four works are set down to his accounts The 
principal of these, as enumerated by 'Abhd-isho', 
are — a commentary on the whole text of Scrip- 
ture ; on the commemorations of the Blessed 
Virgin Mary and St John, and other commemora- 
tions and feasts throughout the year; on the 
reasons of the celebration of Palm Sunday and 
of the festival of the holy cross ^; a discourse on 
the union (of the two natures in our Lord, against 
the Monophysites)^; exposition of the Centuries of 
Evagrius''; exposition of the discourses of Mark 
the monk (on the spiritual law)° ; rules for 
novices; canons for monks; (controversial) letters 
to Joseph Hazzaya ; history of Diodore of Tarsus 
and his followers; on Matthew the wanderer, 
Abraham of Nisibis, and Gabriel Katraya^ To 
these must be added an account of the life and 
martyrdom of his contemporary George, a convert 
from Zoroastrianism, whose heathen name was 



1 B.O., iii. 1, 94, and note 1. 

^ See next paragraph. 

3 See Catal. Vat., iii. 372. 

^ Ibid., iii. 367 sq. 

s Brit. Mus. Add. 17270 (Wright, Catal, p. 482). 

" That is, of Katar, on the coast of al-Bahrein. 



IshO'-yabh II. OF gEdhala. 169 

Mihramgushnasp\ and a few hymns, contained in 
Nestorian psalters'''. 

The successor of Babhai was, as we have just 
mentioned, Isho'-yabh II. of Ggdhala^ who was 
elected in 628 and sat till 644^ He studied at 
Nisibis, and was bishop of Balad at the time of 
his elevation to the patriarchate. He was sent in 
630 by Boran, the daughter of Khosrau II., on an 
embassy to Heraclius, the emperor of Constanti- 
nople, whom he met at Aleppo, and to whom, we 
are told, he restored the holy cross, which had 
been carried off by the Persians when they captured 
Jerusalem in 614^. Foreseeing the downfall of 
the enfeebled Persian monarchy, Isho'-yabh pru- 
dently made conditions on behalf of his flock with 
the Muhammadan ruler, it is said through the 
intervention of a Christian chief at Najran and of 

1 Brit. Mus. Add. 7200, f, 14 ; Hoffmann, Auszuge, pp. 
91 sq., 173. 

2 E.g., Brit. Mus. Add. 7156, 17219; see Bickell, 
Conspectus, pp. 37, 38. 

' Judal, near Mosul. 

4 B.O., ii. 416-418, i-ii. 1, 105, 475; Bar-Hebrseus, 
Chron. Ecoles., iii. 113 and note 1, 127 and note 3 ; 
Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 13, 19, 108, 111. 

6 This, however, seems to have been given back by 
Ardasher III. in 628-629, as the festival to celebrate its 
restoration took place at Jerusalem in 629; see Bar- 
Hebrseus, Chron. Eooles., ii. 113; B.O., iii. 1, 96, note 3, 
105-106 ; Noldeke, Gesch. d. Perser it. Araher, pp. 391-392. 



170 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

Yeshu' (or Isho'), bishop of that place^ The deed 
or ordinance containing the terms of agreement 
was renewed and confirmed by 'Omar ibn al- 
Khattab^. According to 'Abhd-ish5', the principal 
writings of Isho'-yabh were a commentary on the 
Psalms and sundry epistles, histories, and homilies. 
A hymn of his occurs in the Nestorian psalter 
Brit. Mus. Add. 146751 

Sahdona of Halamiin, a village in Beth Nu- 
hadhre^ was educated at Nisibis, and became a 
monk under Mar Jacob, the founder of the famous 
convent of Beth 'Abhe^ Here he composed a 
treatise in two volumes on the monastic life, 
besides a history of his master, and a funeral 
sermon on him'. He became bishop of Mahoze 
dh' Are wan in Beth Garmai', and was one of the 
Nestorian clergy who accompanied Isho'-yabh of 
Gedhala on his embassy to Heraclius. Whilst 
halting at Apamea, Isho'-yabh, John the Nestorian 
bishop of Damascus, and Sahdona tried their hand 

1 B.O., ii. 418, iii. 1, 108, col. 1; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. 
Eccles., ii. 115. Bar-HebrEeus names Muhammad himself, 
but it was more likely Abu Bakr (632-633). 

2 See B.O., iii. 1, 108, col. 1. 

3 Wright, Catal, p. 130, col. 2. 

■• Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 215. ^ Ibid., p. 226. 

» B.O., iii. 1, 453, 462. 

' See B.O., iii. 1, 116, col. 1, at the foot. Assemani 
pronounces the name Aryun, but Arewan is more likely to 
be correct. See Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 277. 



SAHDONA. — iSHo'-YABH III. OF hEdHAIYABH. 171 

at converting the monks of a neighbouring (Jaco- 
bite) convent, the result of which was that Sahdona 
himself was converted \ and afterwards wrote 
several heterodox works. This incident caused 
much scandal in the East, as may be seen from 
the numerous letters which Isho'-yabh of Hgdhai- 
yabh, another member of the embassy, found it 
necessary to write upon the subjects 

This Isho'-yabh was the son of a wealthy 
Persian Christian named Bas-tuhmag, of Kuphlana 
in Hedhaiyabh or Adiabene, who used often to 
visit the convent of Beth-'Abhe'. He was edu- 
cated at the school of Nisibis, became bishop of 
Mosul, and afterwards metropolitan of Hazza 
(Arbel or Irbil) and Mosul. The chief event of 
his rule at Mosul seems to have been that he 
hindered the Jacobites from building a church in 
that city*, notwithstanding that they were sup- 
ported by all the weight and influence of the 

1 We cannot see that Assemani has any ground for 
asserting that Sahdona was converted "ab erroribus 
Nestorianis ad Catholicam veritatem" {B.O., iii. 1, 107, 
col. 1; comp. col. 2, 11. 10-12, and p. 120, col. 2, 11. 
11-13). 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 116-123. Bar-Hebrseus {Ghrooi. Ecdes., 
ii. 113) spitefully improves the occasion by making out 
that the catholicus Isho'-yabh of GSdhala himself was the 
pervert. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 472; Hoffmann, Auszuge, p. 226. 
* B.O., iii. 1, 114-115. 



172 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Taghritans^. Bar-Hebr£eus declares that he bribed 
right and left to effect this^. He was one of those 
who accompanied Isho'-yabh of Gedhala on his 
embassy to Heraclius'*, and stole a very costly and 
beautiful casket, containing relics of the Apostles, 
from a church at Antioch, the which he conveyed 
(apparently quite openly and shamelessly) to the 
convent of Beth 'Abhe"*- On the death of Mar- 
emmeh^ (who sat 644-647)^ he was elevated to 
the dignity of catholicus'', which he held till 657- 
658'. In his desire to do something for the pro- 
motion of learning he wished to found a school in 
the convent of Beth 'Abhe, where he had built a 
magnificent church, but the abbot Kam-isho' and 

' Taghrlth was always strongly Jacobite, and the 
Nestorians had no church there till 767 (see B.O., iii. 1, 
111, note 4; Hoffmann, Ausziige, pp. 190-191; Bar- 
Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 155-157). 

2 Ghwn. Eccles., ii. 127. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 106, col. 1. 

* There is no reason to doubt the circumstantial recital 
of a Nestorian writer, B.O., iii. 1, 106, col. 2, 475. Strange 
to say, Assemani does not improve this occasion ! 

^ Properly Mar(l)-emmeh (see B.O., ii. 389, col. 2, 
No. 29). 

According to others, 647-650; B.O., ii. 420, iii. 1, 
113, 615. 

' In 647 or 648. 

8 Or, according to the other reckoning, till 660, B.O., 
locc. citt. He predeceased the maphrian Denha, who died 
in 660 (Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 129, 131). 



ISHO -YABH III. OF HEDHAIYABH. 173 

the rest of the lazy brotherhood would have none 
of this, and preferred to quit the convent and 
withdraw to the neighbouring village of Herpa in 
Saphsapha^ Hereupon the catholicus gave up 
this part of his plan and built his college in his 
father's village of Kuphlana (or Kulpana)^ Soon 
afterwards he found himself involved in another 
and more serious dispute with Simeon, the metro- 
politan of Kev-Ardasher' in Persis and of the 
Katraye'', who refused obedience to him as his 
diocesan; and this led to a lengthy correspondence, 
regarding which see B.O., iii. 1, 127-136. His 
works, as enumerated by 'Abhd-isho', are — Hup- 
pdkh Hushshabhe or " Refutation of (Heretical) 
Opinions^," written for John, metropolitan of Beth 
Lapat*, and other controversial tracts, consolatory 
and other discourses, various hymns', and an 

1 See Hoffmann, Ausziige, pp. 223, 227. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 124-125. 

3 Or Reshahr (Yakut) ; see Noldeke, Oesch. d. Perser u. 
Araber, p. 19, note 4. 

* Or Arabs of Katar, on the Persian Gulf, and the 
adjacent districts. See B.O., iii. 1, 136. 

6 B.O., iii. 1, 137, note 1. 

6 B.O., iii. 1, 138, col. 1 ; Noldeke, Gesch. d. Perser u. 
Araber, p. 41, note 2 ; Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 41, note 351. 

' The composition on the martyr George quoted by 
Cardahl {Liber Thes., pp. 124-125) is probably of much 
later date. At least we should not expect such artificial 
riming in the 7th century. 



174 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

exhortation to certain novices. He arranged the 
Hudhra^ or service-book for the Sundays of the 
whole year, for Lent, and for the fast of Nineveh^, 
and drew up offices of baptism^ absolution^ and 
consecration^. He also wrote a history of the 
monk Isho'-sabhran, a convert from the religion 
of Zoroaster and a Christian martyr". A large 
collection of his letters is extant in Cod. Vat. clvii. 
{Gated., iii. 299), a judicious selection from which 
would be worth printing'. 

'Anan-isho'* of Hedhaiyabh and his brother 
Isho'-yabh were fellow-students at Nisibis with 
Isho'-yabh III., and afterwards entered the great 
convent on Mount Izla. Isho'-yabh subsequently 
became bishop of Kardaliyabhadh" ; but 'Anan- 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 139, 144, col. 2. 

^ See Badger, The Nestorians, ii. p. 22. 

8 Brit. Mus. Add. 7181 (Eosen, Catal., p. 59). 

* E.g., of apostates and heretics, Catal. Vat., ii. 307, 
367 ; of public penitents, ihid., 291, Brit. Mus. Add. 7181 
(Rosen, Catal., p. 59). 

^ E.g., the consecration of an altar witli the chrism, 
Catal. Vat., ii. 302, 368 ; see also ihid., 294, where canons 
of his are given, and Cod. Vat. ccxci., in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. 
Nova Coll., V. 

6 Catal. Vat., iii. 328 ; B.O., iii. 1, 285, note 2, and 
p. 633. 

' B.O., iii. 1, 140-143. 

8 Properly 'Ana-n(i)-isho' ; see B.O., iii. 1, 144-146 ; 
Hoffmann, Opusc. Nestor., p. iv. 

^ The older name of Sheuna dhS-Bheth Remman, in 



'anan-isho'. 175 

isho' was seized with a fit of wandering, and 
visited Jerusalem, whence he went on to the 
desert of Skete in Egypt, and made himself 
thoroughly acquainted with the lives and habits 
of its monks, regarding whom he had read so 
much in the Paradise of Palladius. On his return 
he soon forsook the great convent, because of 
dissensions that had arisen in it, and betook 
himself with his brother to the convent of Beth 
'Abhe, where he devoted himself to study, and so 
distinguished himself that he was employed by 
Isho'-yabh III. to assist in arranging the Hudhra 
(see above). 'Anan-isho' wrote a volume of 
philosophical divisions and definitions, with a 
copious commentary, dedicated to his brother \ 
and compiled a work on the correct reading and 
pronunciation of difficult words in the writings of 
the fathers^, thus following in the footsteps of 
Joseph Hiizaya (see above, p. 116), and anticipating 
Jacob of Edessa and the monks of the convent of 
Karkaphetha (see above, p. 20 sq.). He was also 
the author of a treatise entitled Liber Canonum 
de ^quilitteris, i.e., on the different pronunciation 
and signification of words that are spelt with the 

Arabic Sinn Ba-rimma, or simply as-Sinn ; see Hoffmann 
Auszilge, pp. 189, 253. 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 144, col. 2, near the foot. 

2 Ibid., iii. 1, 144. 



176 SYKIAC LITERATURE. 

same letters. This has been published, with the 
additions of Honain ibn Ishak of al-Hirah (died 
in 873) and another compiler, by Hoffmann, 
Opuscida Nestoriana, pp. 2-49 ^ His greatest 
work, however, was a new recension or redaction, 
in two volumes, of the Paradise of Palladius and 
Jerome, with additions collected by himself from 
other sources and from his own experienced This 
he compiled at the request of the patriarch 
George, and it became the standard work on the 
subject in the Nestorian convents^. 

John of Beth Garmai (Garmekaya), called 
John the Elder, was a disciple of Jacob of Beth 
'Abhe, and his successor as abbot of that convent. 
After a few months, however, he secretly fled 
from Beth 'Abhe and betook himself to a hill 
near Dakuka* in Beth Garmai, where the monas- 
tery of EzekieP was soon afterwards built, in 

1 From a MS. in the India Of&ce library, London. 
There is another copy in the collection of the S.P.C.K., 
now at Cambridge. 

2 See B.O., ii. 493 ; iii. 1, 49, 145, col. 2, 151, col. 1, 
middle. 

^ The Illustrations of the Book of the Paradise in Brit. 
Mus. Add. 17263, 17264 (Wright, Catal., pp. 1078-80) and 
Orient. 2311 seems to be a different work. The author of 
it is said to have been a Katraya, " a native of Katar," 
which 'Anan-isho' was not. 

* Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 273. 

^ So called from its founder ; see Hoffmann, op. cit., 
p. 274, note 2154. 



SABHR-iSHO' RUSTAM. 177 

which he ended his days^ His works, according 
to 'Abhd-isho'^ are — a collection of heads of 
knowledge or maxims, rules for novices, a brief 
chronicle, histories of Abraham, abbot of the 
great convent on Mount Izla, of the monk Bar- 
'idta^ and of Mar Khodhahwai, the founder of 
the convent of Beth Hale (near al-Hadithah, by 
Mosul), with a discourse and hymns on the last 
named. 

Sabhr-isho' Rustam^ was a native of a village 
called HSrem, in Hedhaiyabh, and entered the 
great convent on Mount Izla under the abbot 
Narsai, the successor of Babhai. Here, at the 
request of the monks, he wrote a tract on the 
occasion of the celebration of Golden Friday, and 
also a large volume of disputations against 
heresies and other theological questions. He 
migrated thence, perhaps along with Narsai, to 
Beth 'Abhe, where, however, he resided only for a 
short time, being invited by the monks of Beth 
Kuka^ to become their prior. Here he composed 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 203-204, 474. But he must have lived 
till after 661, for Mar Khodhahwai was still alive in that 
year {B.O., iii. 1, 151, near the top). 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 204. 

3 Ibid., iii. 1, 467, col. 2, oh. 4. 
* Ibid., iii. 1, 454-455. 

5 On the Great Zab, in HSdhaiyabh, see Hoflfmann, 
Amziige, p. 215, note 1715. 

S. L. 12 



178 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

eight discourses on the dispensation of our Lord, 
the conversion of the various countries by the 
Apostles, and on continence and the monastic life. 
Further, at the request of Mar Kardagh, the 
syncellus of Isho'-yabh III., he wrote lives of 
Isho'-Zekha (of the convent of Gassa), of Isho'- 
yabh III., of Abraham abbot of Beth 'Abhe, who 
came thither from the convent of Zekha-isho'^ of 
Kam-isho' abbot of Beth 'Abhe^ of Abraham of 
Nethpar, of Eabban lyobh (or Job) the Persian, 
and of the elder Sabhr-isho', the founder of the 
convent of Beth Kuka^, to which may be added 
the li-ves of the brothers Joseph and Abraham*. 

George, the pupil and successor of Isho'-yabh 
III., was a native of Kaphra in Beth Gewaya, a 
district of Beth Garmai^ His parents were 
wealthy, and owned two farms in the neighbour- 
hood of the convent of Beth 'Abhe. Being sent 
to take charge of these, he got acquainted with 
the monks and ultimately joined their body. 
When Isho'-yabh was promoted to the patriarch- 
ate, he appointed George to be metropolitan of 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 468, col. 1, at the top. 

2 Who died in 652 ; see Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 21, 
112. 

3 B.O., ii. 418, col. 2. 

* Ihicl, iii. 1, 228, col. 1, near the foot. 
^ Ibid., ii. 421, iii. 1, 149 ; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., 
ii. 131, 133 ; Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 277. 



GEORGE OF KAPHRA. — ELIAS OF MERV. 179 

HSdhaiyabh in his stead'; and, on the death of 
his friend, George succeeded to the patriarchate 
in 661, and sat till 680. As an author he is not 
of much account, having written merely a few 
homilies, with hymns and prayers for certain 
occasions, and published nineteen canons^. His 
too in all probability is the " epistola dogmatica " 
contained in Cod. Vat. cccclvii., p. 360'- 

Elias, bishop of Marii or Merv, was one of 
those who were present at the death of Isho'-yabh 
III. and elected George as his successor'- He 
compiled a Catena patrum {Mallephanutha, dJie- 
Kadhmdye) on the four Gospels, and wrote 
commentaries on Genesis, Psalms, Proverbs, 
Ecclesiastes, the Song of Songs, Ecclesiasticus, 
Isaiah, the twelve minor Prophets, and the 
epistles of St Paul. His letters would probably 
be of some interest to us, and the loss of his 



1 He must be distinguished from two other Georges, 
Persians by race, also disciples of Isho'-yabh, viz., George, 
bishop of PSrath dS-Maishan or al-Basrah, and George, 
bishop of Nisibis, the latter of whom is the author of a 
well-known hymn (see JB.O., iii. 1, 456; Bickell, Con- 
spectus, p. 38), often found in Nestorian psalters, e.g., 
Eosen, Gated., p. 14, w ; Wright, Catal., p. 131, col. 1 ; 
Munich CataZ., Cod. Syr. 4, p. 112. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 153. 

s Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Noiia Coll., v. 
^ B.O., ii. 420. 

12—2 



180 SYRIAC LITEEATUEE. 

ecclesiastical history, to which 'Abhd-isho' applies 
the epithet of " trustworthy " is to be regretted^ 

Of Daniel bar Maryam we can only say that 
he flourished under Isho'-yabh III. of Hedhaiyabh, 
about 650^ He wrote an ecclesiastical history in 
four volumes, and an explanation of the calendar. 
The history is cited by George of Arbel in the 
10th century for the date of the destruction of 
Jerusalem ^ 

Gabriel, surnamed TaurStha, was a native of 
the province of Siarzur or Shahrazur^ He studied 
at Nisibis, and then entered the great convent on 
Mount Izla, where he took part in a controversy 
with the Monophysite monks of the convent of 
Kartamin (near Mardin) and against Sahdona. 
He afterwards migrated to Beth 'Abhe, where he 
wrote a life of Mar Narsai the abbot, an account 
of the martyrs of Tur Berain or Tur Beren 
(Adhurparwa, Mihrnarsai, and their sister Mah- 
dokht, in the ninth year of Sapor II.), a homily for 
the washing of the feet, Ac." He became abbot of 



1 B.O., iii. 1, 148. 

2 Ibid., ii. 420 ; iii. 1, 231. 
s Ibid., iii. 1, 521. 

^ See Hoffmann, Aussiige, p. 43, notes 364, 365, 
p. 254 sq. 

5 B.O., iii. 1, 456-458; Hofiinann, Ausziige, pp. 9-16, 
from Brit. Mus. Add. 12174 (Wright, Gatal., p. 1133). 



hEnan-Isho' I. 181 

Beth 'Abhe under the catholicus Hgnan-isho' I. 
(686-701)1. 

Henan-isho' I., called the Elder or the Lame 
(hegMra), was appointed catholicus in 686 ^ in 
succession to John bar Marta^ the follower of 
George. He was opposed by Isho'-yabh of al- 
Basrah, whom he threw into prison, but afterwards 
released on his making his submission. A more 
serious rival was John of Dasen, bishop of Nisibis, 
sumamed the Leper, who curried favour with the 
caliph 'Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan and procured 
the deposition of H8nan-isho', whose place he 
occupied for nearly two years^ Bar-Hebrseus 
adds^ that John put him for some days into 
prison, and then sent him oflf to a convent among 
the mountains in charge of two of his disciples, 
who threw the luckless catholicus down a precipice 
and left him there for dead. Luckily he was 
found by some shepherds, who took good care of 
him, though he seems to have been lame ever 
after. On his recovery he withdrew to the 

1 Bar-sauma was abbot at the beginning of Hgnan- 
ish6"s patriarchate; see B.O., iii. 1, 457, col. 1. 

2 Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eocles., ii. 135 ; Baethgen, Frag- 
mente, pp. 32, 117 ; £.0., ii. 423. 

3 He sat 680-682; B.O., ii. 422, iii. 1, 615; Bar- 
Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 133. 

" Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 34, 35, 118, 119. 
6 Chron. Eccles., ii. 135 sq. ; B.O., ii. 423. 



182 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

convent of Yaunan (or Jonah)i near Mosul, where 
he stayed till the death of his rival. He continued 
to rule the Nestorian Church till 701 ^ and was 
buried in the convent of Jonahs Besides com- 
posing homilies, sermons, and epistles, he was the 
author of a life of Sergius Dewadha^ of Darau- 
karah or Daukarah, near Kashkar, who was a 
contemporary of his. He also wrote a treatise On 
the Twofold Use of the School or university as a 
place of moral and religious training as well as of 
instruction in letters, and a commentary on the 
Analytics of Aristotle ^ 

Presumably to this century belong two eccle- 
siastical historians who are known to us only 
from the Chronicle of Elias bar Shinaya. Alaha- 
zekha is quoted by him in regard to events that 
took place in 594-596 and 606^ Perhaps he is 
identical with that Alaha-zekha to whom we find 

1 B.O., ii. 424, note 3. Bar-Hebr£eus calls it "the 
convent of John." 

2 According to Elias bar Shinaya in Baethgen, Frag- 
mente, pp. 38, 120. Others say 699. 

3 His Arab biographer and co-religionist adds that his 
grave was opened 650 years afterwards, and his body found 
undecayed and looking as if he slept. 

i Not Dudha. The word means " liable to fits," " epi- 
leptic," " crazy." 

6 B.O., iii. 1, 154. 

" See Bar-Hebra3iis, Chron. Eccles., ii. 106, note 3, 107, 
note 3. 



NESTORIAN CHRONICLE. — DAVID OF B. RABBAN. 183 

Isho'-yabh III. writing a letter whilst he was yet 
bishop, consequently in the earlier part of the 
century^ MikTia or Micah is cited by Elias as an 
authority for the years 594-596 and 605^. 

[Here also may be mentioned the anonymous 
chronicle, of Nestorian origin, published by Guidi 
in the transactions of the Stockholm Congress" 
It extends from the death of Hormizd IV. to 
the fall of the Sassanian empire, and the final 
redaction is assigned by Noldeke with much 
probability to circa A.D. 670-680.] 

Passing over into the 8th century, we may 
mention David of Beth Rabban, that is, of the 
convent of Z8kha-ish5', afterwards of Beth 'Abhe, 
who was the author of a monastic history, called 
The Little Paradise, which is frequently cited by 
Thomas of Marga. Its first chapter contained 
anecdotes relative to George Neshraya, Nathaniel, 
and other monks of Beth 'Abhe, who lived under 
Henan-isho' I., towards the end of the 7th 
century*. David attained episcopal dignity, 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 141, No. 35. 

2 See Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eacles., ii. 106, note 3, 107, 
note 2. 

3 [Also separately under the title Un nuovo testo siriaco 
sulla storia degli ultimi Sassanidi (Leyden, Brill, 1891). 
German translation and commentary by Noldeke in SiU- 
ungsherichte of the Vienna Academy, 1893.] 

* B.O., iii. 1, 217, col. 2, 218, col. 1 ; see also pp. 49, note 
1, 184, col. 1, 1. 1. 



184 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

though we do not know the name of his see. 
He wrote also a geographical treatise Upmi the 
Limits of Climates or Countries, and the Variations 
of the Days and Nights^. 

Babhai bar Nesibhnaye (so called because his 
parents were of Nisibis) flourished under the 
catholicus Selibha-zSkha (713-729), the successor 
of Henan-isho' ^. He was a native of Gebhilta or 
Jabilta in Tirhan^, and is described by Thomas of 
Marga as being a tall, powerful man, with a 
magnificent voice, gentle and modest, and learned 
withal. He devoted himself to the reformation 
of the musical services of the Nestorian Church, 
which had fallen into sad confusion, and founded 
many schools, more particularly in the dioceses of 
H§dhaiyabh and Marga, with the special object 
of promoting the study of church music. The 
most important of these were at Kephar-'Uzzel^ 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 255. The poems referred to by Assemani 
in note 1 are no doubt of much, later date. The first of 
them is edited by Cardahl in his Liber Thesauri, pp. 41-46. 
Cardahl places David's death " in the year 800." Twenty- 
two very artificial poems " on the love of wisdom," ascribed 
to him, are printed in the Directoriiim Spii-ituale of John 
of Mosul, edited by the bishop Elias John Millos, 1868, 
pp. 172-214. 

2 According to EUas bar Shinaya, in Baethgen, Frag- 
mente, pp. 42, 47, 122, 124. Assemani {B.O., ii. 430) gives 
714-728. 

3 Hoffmann, Aiisziige, p. 188. * Ibid., p. 236 sq. 



BABHAI BAR NE^IBHNAYE, &C. 185 

in Hgdhaiyabh and Bashush in the district of 
Saphsapha in Marga^ At the former he took up 
his residence, but used to visit and inspect the 
others once a year. In his latter years he 
returned to Gebhilta and died there. He wrote 
discourses and homilies of different kinds, numerous 
hymns for various occasions, histories (of holy 
men), and letters''. 

Bar-Sahde of Karkha dhe-Bheth Selokh 
flourished, according to Assemani, under the 
catholicus Pethion (731-740)=. 'Abhd-isho' states 
that he wrote an ecclesiastical history^ and a 
treatise against the Zoroastrian religion. 

When Babhai the Nisibene was residing at 
KSphar-'Uzzel (see above), a woman from the 
village of Beth Saiyadhe brought to him her 
crippled son, whom she called " only half a man," 
and begged him to bless him. "This is no half 
man," was the gentle monk's reply; "this shall 
be a father of fathers and a chief of teachers ; his 

1 Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 223. 

2 See B.O., iii. 1, 117-181. Of his hymns a few are still 
extant ; see Bickell, Conspectus, p. 38 ; Brit. Mus. Add. 
7156 (Rosen, Catal, p. 14, v, i, y, z), Add. 14675 (Wright, 
Catal., p. 131, col. 1), 17219 {ihid., p. 136, col. 1); Paris, 
Suppl. 56 (Zotenberg, Catal, p. 9, col. 1, t) ; Munich, Cod. 
Syr. 4 (Orient. 147). 

3 B.O., ii. 430 ; Baethgen, Fragrmnte, pp. 49, 125. 

* Cited by Ehas bar Shinaya ; see Bar-IIebrseus, Chron. 
Ecdes., ii. 65, note 1. 



186 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

name and his teaching shall be famous throughout 
the whole East'." This was Abraham bar Dash- 
andadh " the Lame," whose works are enumerated 
by 'Abhd-isho' as follows^ — a book of exhortation, 
discourses on repentance ^ letters, the book of the 
king's way, a disputation with the Jews, and a 
commentary on the discourses of Mark the monk^. 
He was teacher at the school of Bashush in 
Saphsapha, where the future catholicus Timothy I. 
received his early education, as well as his succes- 
sor Isho' bar Non and Abu Nuh al-Anbari^ 

Mar-abha, the son of Berikh-sebhyaneh, was a 
native of Kashkar'', and became bishop of that 
town. From this see he was promoted in 741 to 
the dignity of catholicus'. At first he had some 
difficulties with the emir Yiisuf ibn 'Omar ath- 
Thakafi, but these were settled by a visit to 

^ B.O., iii. 1, 1V9. 
2 Ibid., iii. 1, 194. 

5 According to another reading o» desire or cupidity. 
« See Brit. Mus. Add. 17270 (Wright, CataL, p. 482). 

6 Assemani {B.O., iii. 1, 196, note 4) says that Timothy 
I. was a pupil of Abraham bar Liphah, bvit Isho' bar Non 
and Abu Nuh are expressly stated to have been pupils of 
Abraham "the Lame,'' ibid., p. 165, note 4, and p. 212, 
note 2 ; see also p. 486, col. 1. 

" Others say of Daukarah, in the neighbourhood of 
Kashkar, B.O., ii. 431. 

' Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 50, 125; Bar-Hebraeus, 
Chron. Eccles., ii. 153 ; B.O., ii. 431, iii. 1, 157. 



MAR-ABHA II. 187 

al-Kufah, which gave him an opportunity of going 
also to al-Hirah, where he was received with great 
honour by the aged bishop John Azrak. He 
shortened his name to Abha, the better to 
distinguish himself from his predecessor Mar-abha 
I. (see above, p. 116 sq.). In the sixth year of 
his patriarchate he got into a dispute with his 
clergy about the management of the school at 
Seleucia, and withdrew to Kashkar, but returned 
to Seleucia before his death, which took place in 
751, at the age, it is said, of 110 years. According 
to Bar-Hebrffius, " he was learned in ecclesiastical 
works and in dialectics, and composed a commen- 
tary on Theologus (i.e., Gregory Nazianzen)\ and 
all his time he was occupied in reading books." 
'Abhd-isho' mentions him in two places, as Abha 
of Kashkar^ in B.O., iii. 1, 154, and as Abha bar 
Berikh-sebhyaneh at p. 157. In the former place 
he ascribes to him expositions, letters, and a 
commentary on the whole Dialectics of Aristotle', 
and in the latter, The Book of the Generals, or 
Military Governors'^, and other works. 



1 See B.O., iii. 1, 15V, col. 2. 

2 Whom Assemani takes for Abraham of Kashkar (see 
above, p. 118) ; for what reason we cannot see. 

3 See B.O., iii. 1, 157, col. 2. 

* Perhaps a chronicle of the Muhammadan governors 
of al-'Irak. 



188 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

Simeon bar Tabbakhe (the Butcher) of Kash- 
kar held the important post of chief ofEcer of the 
treasury under the caliph al-Mansur\ about the 
same time that his co-religionist George bar 
Bokht-isho' of Gunde-Shabhor or Beth Lapat^, in 
Khuzistan, was court physician^ The only work 
of his mentioned by 'Abhd-isho' is an ecclesiastical 
history, which from his position at Baghdadh 
doubtless contained much valuable information. 

Suren or Surin^, bishop of Nisibis and after- 
wards of Halah or Holwan in Beth Madhaye^ 
was raised to the patriarchate in 754, by the 
orders of Aban, the Muhammadan emir of al- 
Madain (Seleucia). The bishops appealed to the 
caliph 'Abdallah as-Saffah", and not in vain. The 
election was cancelled, and Jacob, bishop of 
Gunde-Shabhor, was chosen in his place (who sat 
till 773). Their continued squabbles, however, so 
irritated al-Mansur that he gave orders to throw 
them both into prison. Siiren made his escape in 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 206, col. 1, 11. 4, 5. 

2 Noldeke, Gesch. d. Perser u. Araber, p. 41, note 2. 

5 B.O., iii. 1, 205, col. 2, note 4 ; Baethgen, Fragmente, 
pp. 59, 60, 129 ; Bar-Hebrteus, Hist. Dynast, 221 ; WUs- 
tenfeld, Gesch. d. arah. Aerzte, No. 26. 

'' On the name see Noldeke, Gesch. d. Perser u. Araber, 
p. 438, note 4. 

^ See Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 120. 

^ He died in June of this same year. 



SUREN. — CYPRIAN OF NISIBIS. 189 

time, but Jacob was caught and spent the next 
nine years under strict ward, during which time 
" the second Judas," 'Isa ibn Shahlatha or Shah- 
lafa^ deacon and physician, trampled the rights 
of the bishops under foot. On his release, he 
sent Suren as bishop to al-Basrah, at the request 
of some of the Christian citizens, but others would 
not receive him, and their quarrels once more 
attracted the caliph's attention. Siiren, warned 
by 'Isa, again made his escape, but was captured 
by the emir of al-Madain and died in prison^. 
The epithet of MephashsMkand, given to him by 
'Abhd-isho'^ implies that he was either a com- 
mentator on Scripture or a translator of Greek 
works into Syriac. He composed a treatise 
against heretics, but the remainder of 'Abhd-isho"s 
text is not clear in Assemani's edition*. 

Cyprian, bishop of Nisibis, was appointed to 
that see in 741 ^ The great event of his life was 
the building of the first Nestorian church in the 
Jacobite city of Taghrith, just outside of the 
walls, on the banks of the Tigris. The idea 

1 See Bar-Hebrseus, Hist. Dynast., p. 221 ; Wiistenfeld, 
Oesch. d. arab. Aerzte, No. 26. 

2 B.O., ii. 431; iii. 1, 168, 205-206. 

3 Ibid., iii. 1, 168. 

4 Ibid., iii. 1, 169. 

5 Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 50, 125 ; Bar-Hebrseus, 
Chron. Ecoles., ii. 154, note 1. 



190 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

originated with Sglibha-zekha, bishop of Tirhan, 
but would never have been realized, had not 
Cyprian allowed the Jacobites to resume posses- 
sion of the church of Mar Domitius at Nisibis. 
The building of the church at Taghrith was com- 
menced in 767 ^ Cyprian also erected a magni- 
ficent church at Nisibis, on which he expended 
the sum of 56,000 dinars, in 758-759'. After 
this time it so happened that the patriarchs of 
the three Christian sects, Theodoret the Malkite, 
George the Jacobite, and Jacob the Nestorian, 
were all in prison at once at Baghdadh. 'Isa the 
physician, thinking to improve the occasion to his 
own advantage, wrote to Cyprian that the caliph 
al-Mansiir coveted some of the golden and silver 
vessels of the church of Nisibis, hinting at the 
same time in pretty plain language that a hand- 
some present to himself might be of some avail at 
this juncture. Cyprian had the courage to go 
straight to Baghdadh with the letter and show it 
to the caliph, who disgraced 'Isa and confiscated 
his property^ releasing the three patriarchs at 
the same time^ Cyprian died in 767 ^ Ac- 

1 Bar-Hebr£eus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 155-157. 

2 Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 57, 128. 

3 Bar-Hebr£Bus, Hist. Dynast., p. 224. 

« Bar-Hebrfeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 161-163 ; B.O., iii. 1, 
111-112. 

6 Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 60, 129. 



TIMOTHY I. 191 

cording to 'Abhd-isho', he wrote a commentary 
on the theological discourses of Gregory Nazianzen 
and various forms of ordination ^ 

Timothy I. was a native of Hazza in Hedhai- 
yabh, and had been a pupil of Abraham bar 
Dashandadh (see above, p. 186) at the school of 
Bashiish in Saphsapha. He became bishop of 
Beth Baghesh^, and stood well with the Muham- 
madan governor of Mosul, Abii Musa ibn Mus'ab, 
and his Christian secretary Abu Niih al-Anbari^. 
On the death of Henan-isho' II. in 779^ several 
persons presented themselves as candidates for the 
dignity of catholicus. Timothy got rid of Isho'- 
yabh, abbot of Beth 'Abhe, by pointing out to 
him that he was an old man, unfit to withstand 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 111-113. By the "theology" of Gregory 
Nazianzen are probably meant the discourses bearing the 
title Theologica Prima, &c. ; see, for example, Wright, 
Gatal, p. 425, Nos. 22-25. 

2 Hoffmann, AuszUge, p. 227 sq. 

3 Also a pupil of Abraham bar Dashandadh {B.O., iii. 
1, 212, note 2, 159, col. 1). He is mentioned in com- 
mendatory terms by Timothy in his encyclical letters of 
790 and 805 {B.O.,m. 1, 82, col. 1, 164, col. 1; 'Abhd-Isho', 
Gollectio Canonum Synodicorum, ix. 6, in Mai, Scriptt. 
Vett. Nova Coll., x. pp. 167, col. 1, 329, col. 1). He was the 

author .of a refutation of the Kor'an, a disputation against 
heretics, and other useful works {B.O., iii. 1, 212), among 
which may be mentioned a life of the missionary John of 
Dailam {B.O., iii. 1, 183, col. 2). 
* Or, according to others, 777. 



192 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

his younger rivals, and by promising, if he himself 
were successful, to make him metropolitan of 
Hedhaiyabh, which he afterwards did. Meantime 
Thomas of Kashkar and other bishops held a 
synod at the convent of Mar Pethion in Baghdadh, 
and elected the monk George, who had the support 
of 'Isa the court physician; but this formidable 
opponent died suddenly. Having by a mean 
trick obtained the support of the archdeacon 
Beroe and the heads of the various colleges, 
Timothy managed at last to get himself appointed 
catholicus, about eight months after the death of 
his predecessor. He still, however, encountered 
strong opposition. Ephraim metropolitan of 
Gunde-Shabhor, Solomon bishop of al-Hadithah, 
Joseph metropolitan of Marti or Merv, Sergius 
bishop of Ma'allethaya, and others held a synod at 
the convent of Beth Hale, in which they made 
Rustam, bishop of Henaitha^ metropolitan of 
Hedhaiyabh in place of Isho'-yabh^, and excom- 
municated Timothy, who retorted with the same 
weapon and deposed Joseph of Merv. Joseph 
brought the matter before the caliph al-Mahdi, 
but, failing to gain any redress, in an evil hour for 
himself became a Muhammadan'. Once more 

1 Hoffmann, AuszUge, p. 216 sj. 2 B.O., iii. 1, 207. 

3 We need not believe all the evil that Bar-Hebrseus 
tells us of this unhappy man, Chron. Eccles., ii. 171 sq. 



TIMOTHY I. 193 

Ephraim summoned bis bishops to Baghdadh and 
excommunicated Timothy for the second time, 
with no other result than a counter-excommuni- 
cation and some disgraceful rioting, which led to 
the interference of 'Isa and the restoration of 
peaces Timothy was duly installed in May 780^. 
He made the bishops of Persia subject to the see 
of Seleucia, and appointed over them one Simeon 
as metropolitan with orders to enforce a stricter 
rule than heretofore^ In his days Christianity 
spread among the Turks, and the khakan himself 
is said to have become a convert*. Timothy's 
disgraceful response to the caliph ar-Rashid in 
the matter of the divorce of Zubaidah may be 
seen in B.O., iii. 1, 161. He is said to have died 
in 204 A.H. = 819-820 a.d., or 205 = 820-821 ; but, 
if he was catholicus for forty-three years, his death 

1 See the whole miserable story told in full in B.O., ii. 
433, iii. 1, 158-160; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 
165-169. 

2 Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 64, 131. 

s Bar-Hebrajus, Chron. Ecclea., ii. 169; B.O., ii. 433. 

* B.O., iii. 1, 160. Compare Chwolson's interesting 
memoir "Syrische Grabinsohriften aus Semirjetschie" 
(west of the Chinese province of Kuldja, more correctly 
Kulja), in M^m. de I' Acad. Imp. des So. de St. Pe'iersb., 7th 
ser., vol. xxxiv., No. 4. The oldest of these tombstones 
is dated A. Gr. 1169 = 858 a.d., and marked "the grave of 
Mengku-tenesh the believer" (p. 7); but most of them 
belong to the 13th and 14th centuries. 

S. L. 13 



194 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

cannot have taken place till 823 \ 'Abhd-isho' 
informs us that Timothy wrote sjmodical epistles, 
a volume on questions of ecclesiastical law, another 
on questions of various sorts, a third containing 
disputations with a heretic, viz., the Jacobite 
patriarch George, about 200 letters in two volumes, 
a disputation with the caliph al-Mahdi or his 
successor al-Hadi (on matters of religion), and an 
astronomical work on the stars I Bar-Hebrseus 
adds hymns for the dominical feasts of the whole 
year and a commentary on Theologus (Gregory 
Nazianzen)^ 

In this century too we may place the two 
following historical writers, whose names and 
works are unfortunately known to us only through 
the mention made of them by a later annalist. 
(1) An anonymous author, the abbot of the great 
convent (of Abraham on Mount Izla), cited by 
Elias bar Shinaya in his Chronicle under the 
years 740-741^. (2) An ecclesiastical historian 

1 See^.ft, ii. 434; iii. 1, 160. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 162-163. 

3 Chron. Eccles., ii. 179. He is probably the author of 
the hymn in Brit. Mus. Add. 7156 (Rosen, Catal, p. 13, 
col. 1, 1) and Paris, Suppl. 56 (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 9, 
•col. 1, i). 

* See Baethgen, Fragmente, p. 2, Xo. 3 ; Bar-Hebrfeus, 
Chron. Eccles., ii. 152, note 2, 154, note 1 (Abbeloos writes 
^'the abbots of the great convent"). 



PETHION. — iSHo'-DENAH, 195 

called Pethion, identified by Baethgen (Fragmente, 
p. 2, No. 6) with the catholicus of that name. 
This is, however, impossible, because the catho- 
licus died in 740, whereas the Ecclesiastical 
History of Pethion is cited by Elias bar Shinaya 
under the years 765 and 768. 

We conclude our enumeration of the Nestorian 
writers of this century with the name of another 
historian. In the Bibl. Orient, iii. 1, 195, the 
text of 'Abhd-isho', as edited by Assemani, speaks 
of a writer named Tsho'-dSnah, bishop of Kasra. 
Other MSS., however, read Basra (al-Basrah), 
which is confirmed by Elias bar Shinaya in 
Baethgen's Fragmente, p. 2. The variation Dgnah- 
isho' in Bar-Hebrseus {Chron. Eccles., i. 334) is 
of no consequence, and even there the MSS. 
differ. Besides the usual homilies and some 
metrical discourses, he wrote an introduction to 
logic, a work entitled The Booh of Chastity, in 
which he collected lives and anecdotes of holy 
men and founders of monasteries, and an eccle- 
siastical history in three volumes^. This valuable 
work is known to us only by a few citations in 
Bar-Hebra3us and Elias bar Shinaya. Those in 
Bar Shinaya^ range from 624 to 714, but the 
extract in Bar-Hebrseus^ brings us down to 793. 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 195. 2 Baethgen, Fragmente, p. 2. 

3 Chron. Eooles., i. 333; B.O., iii. 1, 195, note 4 (where 

13—2 



196 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Reverting now to the Jacobite Church, we 
shall find that the number of its literary men in 
the 9th century is not large, though some of them 
are of real importance as theologians and his- 
torians. 

Dionysius Tell-Mahraya was, as his surname 
implies, a native of Tell-Mahre, a village situated 
between ar-Eakkah and Hisn Maslamah, near the 
river Balikh\ He was a student in the convent 
of Ken-neshre^, and on its destruction by fire^ and 
the consequent dispersion of the monks, he went 
to the convent of Mar Jacob at Kaisum, in the 
district of Samosata^. He devoted himself entirely 
to historical studies", which he seems to have 
carried on in peace and quiet till 818. The 
patriarch Cyriacus (see above, p. 165) had got 

695 is a mistake for 793). See also Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. 
Eccles., ii. 42, note 2, 114, note 1, 122, note 1, 127, note 3, 
138, notes 1, 2, 140, note 1. 

1 See Hoffmann in Z.D.M.G., xxsii. (1878), p. 742, 
note 2, 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 347-349. 

3 B.O., ii. 345, ool. 1, where the rebuilding of it by 
Dionysius is mentioned; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 
355, at the top. 

* Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 347-349. A previous 
residence at the convent of Zuknln near Amid {B.O., ii. 
98, col. 2) is uncertain, as the words daira dhllan probably 
mean no more than "the convent of us Jacobites." 

^ Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 347, last line. 



DIONYSIUS OF TELL-MAHEE. 197 

entangled in a controversy with the monks of 
Cyrrhus and Gubba Bf^rraya about the words 
lahma shemaiyand ("the heavenly bread"), &c., 
in the Eucharistic service, which ended in the 
malcontents setting up as anti-patriarch Abraham, 
a monk of the convent of Kartamin. After the 
death of Cyriacus in 817, a synod was held in 
June 818 at Callinicus (ar-Rak^ah), in which, 
after considerable discussion, Theodore, bishop of 
Kaisum, proposed the election of Dionysius, which 
was approved by most of those present, including 
Basil I., maphrian of Taghrith\ The poor monk 
was accordingly fetched to Callinicus, received 
deacon's orders on Friday in the convent of Estuna 
or the Pillar, priest's -orders on Saturday in the 
convent of Mar Zakkai or Zacchseus, and was 
raised to the patriarchate in the cathedral on 
Sunday the first of Abh, 818, the officiating bishop 
being Theodosius of Callinicus. Abraham and his 
partisans, seeing their hopes disappointed, main- 
tained their hostile attitude, which led afterwards 
to the usual scandalous scenes before the Muslim 
authoritiesl Immediately after his installation, 
Dionysius commenced a visitation of his vast 

1 Bar-Hebreeus, CAron. Eccles., i. 347. 

2 Ibid., i. 355-357; B.O., ii. 345. Abraham died in 
837, and was succeeded by his brother Simeon as anti- 
patriarch. 



198 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

diocese, going first northwards to Cyrrhus, thence 
to Antioch, Kirkesion (^^^irkisiya), the district of 
the Khabhur, Nisibis, Dara and Kephar-tutha, 
and so back to Callinicus, where he enjoyed the 
protection of 'Abdallah ibn Tahir against his rival 
Abraham. He did not on this occasion visit Mosul 
and Taghrith, because the maphrian Basil thought 
the times unfavourable^ In 825 'Abdallah ibn 
Tahir was sent to Egypt to put down the rebellion 
of 'Obaidallah ibn as-Sari, where he remained as 
governor till 827^. His brother Muhammad ibn 
Tahir was by no means so well disposed towards 
the Christians, and destroyed all that they had 
been allowed to build in Edessa'. Wherefore the 
patriarch went down into Egypt to beg the emir 
'Abdallah to write to his brother and bid him 
moderate his zeal against the Church, which he 
accordingly did*. On his return from Egypt the 
patriarch had troubles with Philoxenus, bishop of 
Nisibis, who espoused the cause of the anti- 
patriarch Abraham ^ ; and he then went to Bagh- 
dadh in 829 to confer with the caliph al-Ma'miin 
as to an edict that he had issued on the occasion 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 353. 

2 "Wustenfeld, Die Statthalter von Aegypien, Ite Abth., 
p. 32 «j.; De Saoy, Relation de VEgypte par Ahd-allatif, 
pp. 501-508 and 552-557. 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 359. 
1 Ibid., i. 369. ^ n,yji_^ j, 363. 



DIONYSIUS OF TELL-MAHRE, 199 

of dissensions between the Palestinian and Baby- 
lonian Jews regarding the appointment of an 
exiliarch*. During his stay in the capital disputes 
took place among the Christians, which ended in 
a reference to the caliph and in the deposition 
of the bishop Lazarus bar SabhStha^ From 
Baghdadh Dionysius proceeded to Taghrlth and 
Mosul, and nominated Daniel as maphrian in place 
of the deceased Basil. In 830 al-Ma'mun made 
an attack on the Greek territory, and the patriarch 
tried to see him on his return at Kaisum, but the 
caliph had hurried on to Damascus, Avhither 
Dionysius followed him and accompanied him to 
Egypt on a mission to the Bashmuric Copts, who 
were then in rebellion. Any efforts of his and of 
the Egyptian patriarch were, however, of no avail, 
and the unfortunate rebels suffered the last horrors 
of war at the hands of al-Ma'miin and his general 
Afshin'. On this journey Dionysius saw and 
examined the obelisks of Heliopolis, the pyramids, 
and the Nilometer^ In 835 he revisited Taghrith 
to settle some disputes between the Taghritans 
and the monks of Mar Matthew at Mosul, and to 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eocles., i. 365. 

2 Ibid., i. 365-371. 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 373 ; Weil, Gesoh. d. 
KJialifen, ii. 246 ; Wustenfeld, Die Statthalter von Aegypten, 
Ite Abth., pp. 40-43. 

* Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 377-381. 



200 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

ordain Thomas as maphrian in place of the de- 
ceased Daniels In the same year he went once 
more to Baghdadh to salute al-Ma'mun's successor 
al-Mu'tasim, and met there the son of the king 
of Nubia, who had come on the same errands 
The latter years of Dionysius were embittered by 
the oppressions and afflictions which the Chris- 
tians had to endure at the hands of the Muham- 
madans. He died on 22d August 845, and was 
buried in the convent of Ken-neshre^ He left 
behind him one great work, his Annals, covering 
the whole period of the world's history from the 
creation down to his own time. Of this there 
were two recensions, a longer and a shorter. The 
longer redaction was dedicated to John, bishop 
of Dara, and came down at all events to the 
year 837, or perhaps a little later^ Assemani 
has published an extract from it, which he was 
fortunate enough to find in Cod. Vat. cxliv., f. 89, 
in the B.O., ii. 72-77*. It would seem to have 
been written, after the manner of John of Asia, 
in a series of chapters dealing with particular 
topics. The shorter redaction is extant in a single 
imperfect MS., Cod. Vat. clxii.^ and is dedicated 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 381. 

2 Ibid., 385. 3 Ibid., 383-385. 
* See Catal. Vat., iii. 253. 

^ See Catal. Vat., iii. 328. Assemani's account of this 
MS. is not so clear as could have been wished. In the 



DIONYSIUS OF TELL-MAHRE. 201 

to George, chorepiscopus of Amid, Euthalius the 
abbot (of Zuknin ?), Lazarus the periodeutes, the 
monk Anastasius, and the rest of the brotherhood. 
It is arranged by successive years, and ended with 
the year of the Greeks 1087 = 776 A.D.' The 
author has adopted a division into four parts. 
Part first extends from the creation to the reign 
of Constantine. Here the chief authority is the 
Chronicorum Canonum Liber of Eusebius, supple- 
mented by some extracts from other Greek sources, 
such as Eusebius's Ecclesiastical History and the 
Chronographia of Julius Africanus. With these 
Dionysius has incorporated matter derived from 
sundry other works, e.g., the Chronicle of Edessa 
(see above, p. 101), the Me'arrath Gazze or " Cave 
of Treasures"," Pseudo-Callisthenes's Life of Alex- 
ander the Great, the story of the seven sleepers ^ 

Catod. Vat., iii. 329, he says that it is " unus ex iis codioi- 
bus, quos Moses Nisibenus ccenobiarcha e Mesopotamia in 
Soetense S. Mariae Syrorum monasterium intulit" (viz., in 
932) ; but there is now no note whatever in the MS. to 
show that this was the case. 

1 B.O., ii. 99. At present the MS. ends in the year 775, 
a few leaves being wanting at the end. 

2 Translated into German by Bezold, Die Schatzhohle 
(1883). [The Syriac text appeared in 1888 ; see above, 
p. 98 sq.l 

5 Guidi, Testi Orientali inediti sopra i Setie Dormienti 
di Efeso (Reale Accad. dei Lincei), 1885 ; see in particular 
p. 34, note 3. 



202 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

and Josephus's Jewish WaV-^ The second part of 
Dionysius's Chronicle reaches from Constantine to 
Theodosius II., and here he principally followed 
the Ecclesiastical History of Socrates (compare 
Cod. Vat. cxlv.). The third part extends from 
Theodosius II. to Justin II. Here Dionysius 
acknowledges himself chiefly indebted to his 
countryman John of Asia (see above, p. 105 sq.), 
but has also incorporated the short Chronicle of 
Joshua the Stylite (see above, p. 77 sq.) and the 
epistle of Simeon of Beth Arsham on the Him- 
yarite Christians (see above, p. 81). The fourth 
part, coming down to 158 A.H. = 774-775 A.D., is 
his own compilation, partly from such written 
documents as he could find, partly from the oral 
statements of aged men, and partly from his own 
observation. Assemani has given an account of 
the whole work, with an abridgement or excerpt 

1 The Syriac text of this &st part was edited by TuU- 
berg, Dionysii Telmaharensis Chronici liber primus., 1850 
(compare Land, Joannes Bisckof von Ephesos, pp. 39-41). 
The Eusebian extracts have been translated and compared 
with the Greek original (so far as possible), the Latin 
version of Jerome, and the Armenian version, by Siegfried 
and Qelzer, Eusehii Canonum Epitome ex Dionysii Telma- 
harensis Chronico petita (1884). On this work see Gut- 
schmid, Untersuchungen iiber d. syrische Epitome der Euse- 
bischen Canones (1886). The editors have not always 
correctly rendered the text of their " blatero Syrius " ; see 
a flagrant example on p. 79, last paragraph. 



THEODOSIUS OF EDESSA. — ANTONIUS. 203 

of the fourth part, in the Bihl. Orient., ii. 98-116 1 
but the labours of Dionysius of Tell-Mahre will 
never be appreciated as they deserve till the 
appearance of the edition which is now being 
prepared by Guidi. 

Under Dionysius flourished his brother Theo- 
dosius, bishop of Edessa, also a student of Greek 
at Ken-neshre. Bar-Hebrseus makes mention of 
him as accompanying Dionysius to Egypt in 825- 
826 to complain to 'Abdallah ibn Tahir of the 
wrongs of the Christians\ At an earlier period 
(802-803), when only a priest, he translated the 
homily of Gregory Nazianzen on the miracles of 
the prophet Elijah^, and Bar-Hebr^us says that 
he also rendered into Syriac the poems of the 
same author ^ 

A friend of his was Antonius, a monk of 
Taghrith, surnamed " the Ehetorician*." He was 
the author of a treatise on rhetoric in seven 
chapters^, of a work on the good providence of 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 361 ; B.O., ii. 345. 

2 Cod. Vat. xcvi., Catal. Vat., ii. 521 ; B.O., ii. p. oxlix, 
No. 17. 

3 Bar-Hebr»us, Chron. Ecohs., i. 363 ; B.O., ii. 345. To 
this version perhaps belong the poems contained in Brit. 
Mus. Add. 14547 (Wright, Catal., p. 433) and 18821 {ibid., 
p. 775). 

* Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 363 ; B.O., ii. cl and 
345. 

« Brit. Mus. Add. 17208 (Wright, Catal, p. 614). 



204 SYRIAC LITEEATXJEE. 

God in four discourses^, and of various encomia, 
thanksgivings, consolatory epistles^ and prayers", 
in many of which he makes use not merely of 
metre but also of rime*. 

Lazarus bar Sabhetha, called as bishop Philo- 
xenus and Basil", ruled the see of Baghdadh in the 
earlier part of the 9th century. As mentioned 
above, he was deposed by Dionysius in 829. He 
compiled an anaphora or liturgy'', and wrote an 
exposition of the office of baptism'. The latter 
may be only part of a larger work on the offices 
of the church, from which Bar-Hebrseus may have 
derived the information regarding the musical 
services quoted by Assemani, B.O., i. 166. 

Contemporary with these was John, bishop of 
Dara, to whom Dionysius dedicated the larger 
recension of his history (see above). He com- 
piled a liturgy*, and was the author of the 
following works — a commentary on the two books 
of Pseudo-Dionysius Areopagita De Hierarchia 

1 Brit. Mus. Add. 14726 (Wright, Catal., p. 617). 

2 Brit. Mus. Add. 17208. 

3 Brit. Mus. Add. 14726. 

* See a specimen in Eodiger's Chreitom. Syr., 2d ed., 
pp. 110-111. 

5 See Wright., Catal., p. 496, col. 2. 
s See Renaudot, ii. 399. 
!■ Cod. Vat. cxlvii., Catal., iii. 276. 
8 B.C., ii. 123. 



JOHN OF DARA. — NONNUS OF NISIBIS. 205 

Ccelesti et Ecclesiastical, four books on the priest- 
hood^, four books on the resurrection of the dead^ 
and a treatise on the soul* 

Nonnus was an archdeacon of the Jacobite 
Church at Nisibis during the first half of this 
century, the Nestorian bishop Cyprian having 
allowed the Monophysites to resume possession of 
the church of St Domitius in 767 (see above, 
p. 190). He is mentioned by Bar-Hebrseus as 
bringing charges against the bishop Philoxenus, 
who had sided with the anti-patriarch Abraham, 
and was therefore deposed by a synod held at 
Ras'ain in 827 or 828^ We know also that he 
was in prison at Nisibis when he wrote his work 
against Thomas bishop of Marga and metropolitan 

1 B.O., ii. 120-121 ; Cod. Vat. c. {Catal., ii. 539), ccolxiii. 
(Mai, Soripit. Vett. Nova Coll., v.) ; Bodl. Or. 264 (Payne 
Smith, Catal., pp. 487-492). There is an extract in Cod, 
Vat. cocoxi. p. 1 (Mai, op. cit.). 

2 B.O., ii. 121 ; Cod. Vat. c. {Catal., ii. 542), ccolxiii. 
(Mai, op. dt.); Bodl. Or. 264 (P. Smith, pp. 492-496). 
Extracts from bks. ii. and iv. in Zingerle, Monum. Syr., i. 
105-110 ; from bk. iv. in Overbeck, S. Epkraemi, &o., 0pp. 
Sel., pp. 409-413 ; see Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecoles., ii. 394, 
note 1, No. 13. 

3 B.O., ii. 119; Cod. Vat. c. {Catal, ii. 531), ccclxii. 
(Mai, op. dt.). 

* B.O., ii. 219, note 1. From it there are extracts in 
Cod. Vat. cxlvii. {Catal, iii. 276). 

6 Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eocles., i. 363; B.O., ii. 346, 
col. 1. 



206 STEIAC LITERATTJEE. 

of Beth Garmai, who flourished under the Nes- 
torian catholici Abraham (837-850) and Theodo- 
sius (852-858). Besides this controversial treatise 
in four discourses, Nonnus was the writer of 
sundry letters of a similar character i. 

Eomanus the physician, a monk of the con- 
vent of Kartamin, was elected patriarch at Amid 
in 887, and took the name of Theodosius^. He 
died in 896. He was the author of a medical 
syntagma (kimndsha) of some repute^. He wrote 
a commentary on Pseudo-Hierotheus, On the 
Hidden Mysteries of the House of God^, and 
dedicated it to Lazarus, bishop of Cyrrhus^ The 
work is divided into five books, the first and 
second of which he finished at Amid, before going 
down to the East, and the third at Samosata. 
He also compiled a collection of 112 Pythagorean 
maxims and proverbs, with brief explanations in 

1 These writings are all contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 
14594 (Wright, Catal, pp. 618-620). 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 391 ; ii. 213. 

3 Ibid., i. 391. Assemani suggests that it may be the 
work contained in Cod. Vat. cxcii. {Catal., iii. 409). Com- 
pare Frothingham, Stephen bar Sudaili the Syrian Mystic 
and the Book of Hierotheos, 1886, p. 84 sq. 

* A forgery of Stephen bar Sudh-aile ; see above, p. 76. 

5 Brit. Mus. Add. 7189 (Eosen, Catal., p. 74). This is 
the very copy which was procured with some difficulty 
for the use of Gregory Bar-Hebrseus (Wright, Catal., p. 
1205). 



EOMANUS. — MOSES BAR KEPHA. 207 

Syriac and Arabic, addressed to one George^. A 
synodical epistle of his is extant in Arabic, written 
to the Egyptian patriarch Michael III.^, and a 
Lenten homily in Arabic'. 

Moses bar Kepha was the son of Simeon 
Kepha (or Peter) and his wife Maryam. The 
father was from the village of Mashhad al-Kohail, 
on the Tigris opposite al-Hadithah*, the mother a 
native of Balad, in which town their son was born 
somewhere about 813. He was taught from his 
early youth by Rabban Cyriacus, abbot of the 
convent of Mar Sergius on the Tura Sahya, or 
Dry Mountain, near Balad, and there assumed the 
monastic garb. He was elected bishop of Beth 
Remman (Barimma)^ Beth Kiyonaya", and MosuP, 
about 863, and took the name of Severus. He 
was also for ten years periodeutes or visitor of the 

1 Paris, Ancien fonds 118, 157 (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 147, 
col. 1, 166, col. 1) ; Bodl. Marsh. 201, f. 58 (Payne Smith, 
Catal., p. 507) ; B.O., ii. 125. It is admirably edited by 
Zotenberg in the Journ. Asiat., 1876, pp. 426-476. 

2 B.O., ii. 124. 

3 Brit. Mus. Add. 7206, f. 73 (Rosen, Catal, p. 103). 
* See Hoffmann, Auszuge, p. 190. 

6 Ibid., p. 190. 

« B.O., ii. 218, note 1, col. 2 ; Hoffmann, Auszuge, p. 30, 
note 243. In Wright's Catal, p. 620, col. 2, the name is 
written Beth Kiyona; in B.O., ii. 127, Beth Kena. 

7 In "Wright's Catal, p. 621, col. 1, he is called bishop 
of Beth Eemman and Beth 'Arbaye (Ba-'arbaya). 



208 SYRIAG LITEEATURE. 

diocese of Taghrith. He died A. Gr. 1214 = 903 
A.D.^, " aged about ninety years, of which he had 
been bishop for forty," and was buried in the 
convent of Mar Sergius. His works are numerous. 
He wrote commentaries on the whole Old and 
New Testaments^, which are often cited by Bar- 
Hebrseus in the Ausar Raze. Of these that on 
the book of Genesis survives, though imperfect, 
in Brit. Mus. 17274^ and there are extracts from 
them in Paris, Ancien fonds 85 (Zotenberg, Catal., 
p. 156), and Bodl. Marsh. 101 (P. Smith, Catal., 
p. 462). The Gospels and Pauline epistles (im- 
perfect) are contained in Brit. Mus. Add. 17274 
(Wright, Catal., p. 620), the latter only in Bodl. 
Or. 70S (P. Smith, Catal, p. 410) and Bodl. Marsh. 
86 (ibid., p. 418). His treatise on the Hexaemeron 
in five books* is preserved to us in the Paris MS. 
Anc. fonds 120 (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 197), and 
there are extracts from it in two other MSS. 
{ibid., pp. 157, 159). The work De Paradiso, in 
three parts, dedicated to his friend Ignatius of 
(AjojjD (?)", is known to us only through the 
Latin translation of Andreas Masius, 1569*. The 

1 As correctly given in £.0., ii. 218 ; Bar-Hebrseus, 
Chron. Eccles., ii. 217 (and by MS. C. also in i. 395). 

2 B.O., ii. 130, note 3 ; 218, col. 2. 

3 Wright, Catal., p. 620. * B.O., ii. 128, No. 1. 
5 Ihid., ii. 218, col. 2. 6 Ibid., ii. 128, No. 2. 



MOSES BAR KEPHA. 209 

treatise on the souP survives in Cod. Vat. cxlvii, 
(Catal, iii. 273-274) ; it consists of 40 chapters, 
with a supplementary chapter to show that the 
dead are profited by offerings made on their 
behalP. That on predestination and freewill, in 
four discourses, is extant in Brit. Mus. Add. 14731 
(Wright, Catal., p. 853). The Disputations against 
Heresies, spoken of by Moses's biographer in B.O., 
ii. 218, col. 2, is probably identical with the work 
On Sects mentioned by Assemani at p. 131, No. 7. 
The Festal Homilies for the whole year' is extant 
in several MSS., e.g., Brit. Mus. Add. 21210 
(Wright, Catal, p. 877) and 17188 (ibid., p. 621), 
Paris, Anc. fonds 35 and 123 (Zotenberg, Catal., 
pp. 156, 159)*. Besides these we have four 
funeral sermons ^ an admonitory discourse to the 
children of the holy orthodox church", and a 
discourse showing why the Messiah is called by 
various epithets and namesl Moses also wrote 
expositions of the sacraments of the church, such 

1 B.O., ii. 131, No. 6. 

2 [It has been translated into German by 0. Braun, 
Moses bar Kepha und sein Buck von der Seele, Freiburg 
i. B., 1891.] 3 B.O., ii. 131, No. 9. 

« See also Cod. Vat. clix. {Catal, iii. 316-31 V) ; on the 
Ascension, Cod. Vat. cxlvii. {Catal., iii. 276). 

6 Brit. Mus. Add. 17188 (Wright, Catal, p. 622). 
6 Brit. Mus. Add. 21210 (Wright, Catal, p. 879). 
' Brit. Mus. Add. 17188 (Wright, Catal, p. 622). 

S. L. 14 



210 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

as on the holy chrism, in 50 chapters, Cod. Vat. 
cxlvii. {Catal., iii. 274) and Paris, Anc. fonds 123 
(Zotenberg, Catal., p. 159)', with which is con- 
nected the discourse on the consecration of the 
chrism in Brit. Mus. Add. 21210 (Wright, Catal, 
p. 879); on baptism, addressed to his friend 
Ignatius, in 24 chapters, Cod. Vat. cxlvii. (Catal., 
iii. 276), in connexion with which we may take 
the discourse on the mysteries of baptism in Brit. 
Mus. Add. 21210 (Wright, loc. cit.) and on baptism 
in Cod. Vat. xcvi. {Catal., ii. 522)^; exposition of 
the liturgy, Brit. Mus. Add. 21210 (Wright, Catal, 
p. 879) and Berlin, Sachau 62 (?) ; further, expo- 
sitions of the mysteries in the various ordinations, 
Cod. Vat. li. (Catal, ii. 320)' ; on the ordination 
of bishops, priests, and deacons, Brit. Mus. Add. 
21210 (Wright, Catal, p. 879); on the tonsure of 
monks*, Cod. Vat. li. (Catal, ii. 322)=. He also 
compiled two anaphora'', one of which has been 
translated by Renaudot, ii. 391. Lastly, Moses 
bar Kepha was the author of a commentary on 

1 The Paris MS. Anoien fonds 35 contains another 
redaction in 36 chapters (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 157). 

2 See also Cod. Vat. coccxi., in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. A^ova 
Coll., V. 

2 See also Cod. Vat. ccciv., in Mai, op. cit. 
* B.O., ii. 131, No. 8. 

^ Compare Cod. Vat. cccv., in Mai, op. cit. 
<= B.O., ii. 130, No. 4. 



HONAIN IBN ISHAK. 211 

the dialectics of Aristotle, mentioned by Bar- 
Hebraeus in Chron. Eccles., ii. 215, and of a 
■commentary on the works of Gregory Nazianzen, 
and an ecclesiastical history, mentioned by his 
biographer in B.O., ii. 218, col. 2. The loss of 
this last book is to be regretted. 

The contemporary Nestorian writers of mark 
are hardly more numerous. 

In this century the foundations of Syriac 
lexicography were laid by the famous physician 
Abu Zaid Honain ibn Ishak al-'Ibadi of Herta 
•(al-Hirah)^ He applied himself to medicine at 
Baghdadh, under Yahya, or Yuhanna, ibn Masa- 
waihi (Masuyah or Mesne) ; but an ill-feeling 
soon sprang up between teacher and pupil, and 
Honain took his departure for the Grecian 
territory, where he spent a couple of years in 
acquainting himself with the Greek language and 
its scientific literature. He afterwards became 
physician to the caliph al-Mutawakkil. His down- 
fall and excommunication were meanly brought 
about by a fellow-Christian of the same profession, 
Isra'il ibn at-Taifuri, and Honain died soon after, 
260 A.H. = 873 A.D.^ Honain composed most of 

1 Al-'IbadI was the nisbah of an Arab Christian of 
al-Hirah. See Ibn Khallikan, ed. Wustenfeld, No. 87. 
Latin writers generally call him Joannitius. 

2 See the Fikrist, pp. v^i and 140 ; Ibn Abl Usaibi'ah, 

14—2 



212 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

his original works in Arabic, and likewise many 
of his translations from the Greek. 'Abhd-isho' 
mentions but three books of his\ viz., a book on 
the fear of God (which he wrote as a deacon of 
the church), a Syriac grammar, and a compendious 
Syriac lexicon. The lexicon has no doubt been in 
great part absorbed into the later works of Bar 
'All and Bar BahluP. The grammar seems to 
have been entitled Kethdhhd dhe-Nuhze, or the 
"Book of (Diacritical) Points." It is cited by 
Bar-Hebraeus in the Ausar Raze^ and by Elias of 
Tirhan in his grammar^. Honain also wrote a 
treatise On Synonyms, whether they be "voces 
^quilitterae " (as reghlz and ragglz) or not (as 
'aketha and karyutha). Extracts from this work 
have been preserved to us by a later compiler, 
who made use also of the canons of 'Anan-isho' 

ed. MuUer, i. 184; Ibn Khallikan, ed. Wustenfeld, Ko. 208; 
al-Mas'udi, Muruj adh-Dhahah, ix. 173 sq. ; Bar-Hebreeus, 
Chron. Syr., p. 170 (transl., p. 173; B.O., ii. 270, note 3) 
[ed. Bedjan, p. 162]; Chron. Eccles., ii. 197-199 {B.O., ii. 
438) ; Hist. Dynast., p. 263 sq. (transl., p. 171 sq.) ; Wenrich, 
De Auctt. Or. Versionihiis, Index, p. sxxi ; Wiistenfeld, 
Oesoh. d. arah. Aerzte, No. 69. 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 165. 

2 See Gesenius, Be Bar Alio et Bar Bahlulo Commen- 
tatio, 1834, p. 7. 

3 See Hoffmann, Z.B.M.G., sxxii., 1878, p. 741. 

^ Edit. Baethgen, p. 32 ; see Hofiinann, Opuso. Nestor., 
p. xvii. 



HONAIN IBN ISHAK. 213 

of Hedhaiyabh^ (see above, p. 175). In Cod. Vat. 
ccxvii. (Catal., iii. 504) there are excerpts from a 
medical treatise of Honain, but no title is given''. 
Honain, his son Ishak, and his nephew Hobaish 
ibil al-Hasan al-A'sam ("Stiff- wrist") were among 
the earliest and ablest of those Christians, chiefly 
Nestorians, who, during the 9th and 10th centuries, 
making Baghdadh their headquarters, supplied 
Muhammadan scholars with nearly everything 
that they knew of Greek science, whether medi- 
cine, mathematics, or philosophy. As a rule, they 
translated the Greek first into Syriac and after- 
wards into Arabic ; but their Syriac versions have 
unfortunately, as it would appear, perished, with- 
out exception'*. 

1 Hoffmann, Opusc. Nest, pp. 2-49; see B.O., ii. 308, 
col. 2, and Cod. Berlin, Saohau 72, No. 14. There is also 
a MS. in the collection of the S.P.C.K. 

2 Cod. Vat. oxcii. {Catal., iii. 409), Syntagma Medicum 
Syr. et Arab., is not likely to be his, but requires closer 
examination. 

^ This is a large subject, into which we cannot here 
enter, the more so as it pertains rather to a history of 
Arabic than of Syriac literature. We would refer the 
reader to WUstenfeld, Oesckichte d. arab. Aerzte u. Natur- 
forscher, 1840 ; Fliigel, Dissert, de Arabicis Scriptorum 
Oroeoorum Interpretihcs, 1841 ; Wenrich, Be Aitctorum, 
Orwcorum Versionibus et Conimentariis, 1842 ; Benan, De 
Philosophia Peripatetica apvd Syros, 1852, sect. viii. p. 51 ; 
Al-Farabi {Alpharabim) des Arab. Philosophen Leben u. 
Schrifien, by M. Steinschneider, 1869; A. MuUer, Die 



214 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

An elder contemporary of Honain was Gabriel 
bar Bokht-isho', in Arabic Jabra'il ibn Bakhtishu' 
(or rather Bokhtishu ), a member of a family of 
renowned physicians, beginning with George bar 
Bokht-isho' of Gunde-Shabhor, whom we have 
mentioned above (p. 188). He was in practice at 
Baghdadh in 791, and attended on Ja'far ibn 
Yahya al-Barmaki, became court physician to 
ar-Kashid, and maintained this position, with 
various vicissitudes, till his death in 828 ^ 'Abhd- 
isho' says that he was the author of a Syriac 
lexicon^, which is our reason for giving him a 

Griechischen Philosophen in der ardbisclien Ueberlieferung, 
1873. Of Muhammadan authorities two of the most im- 
portant are the Fihrist of Abu '1-Faraj Muhammad ibn 
Ishak al-Warrak al-Baghdadhl, commonly called Ibn Abi 
Ya'kub an-Nadim (died early in the 11th century), and the 
' Uyun al-Anha fl Tahakat al-Atibha of Muwaffak ad-Dln 
Abfl '1-' Abbas Ahmad ibn al-Kasim as-Sa'dl al-KhazrajI, 
generally known by the name of Ibn Abl Usaibi'ah (died 
in 1269). The former work has been edited by FlUgel> 
J. Rodiger, and A. Miiller, 1871-72, the latter by A. Miiller, 
1884. [The second volume of Berthelot's La Chimie av, 
Moyen Age is devoted to L'Alchimie Syriaqm, and contains 
some interesting Syriac texts, which have been edited with 
the collaboration of M. Rubens Duval (Paris, 1893).] 

1 See Ibn Abi Usaibi'ah, ed. MiiUer, i. 127 ; "n^usten- 
feld, Oesch. d. arah. Aerzte, No. 28 ; Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. 
Syr., pp. 139-140, 170 {B.O., ii. 271, note, col. 1) [ed. Bedjan, 
pp. 134, 162], and Hist. Dynast., 235^264. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 258. [But 'Abhd-Isho"s words perhaps 
admit of a different interpretation.] 



ISHO MARtJZAYA. — BAR 'aLI. 215 

place here, but no such work is mentioned by the 
other authorities to whom we have referred ^ 

Of Isho' Maruzaya, in Arabic 'Isa al-Marwazi, 
from the city of Maru or Merv, little is known to 
us beyond the fact that he compiled a Syriac 
lexicon, which was one of the two principal 
authorities made use of by Bar 'Ali^. That he 
should be identical with the physician al-Marwazi, 
who lived about 567 ^ seems wholly unlikely. We 
might rather venture to identify him with Abu 
Yahya al-Marwazi, who was an eminent Syrian 
physician at Baghdadh, wrote in Syriac upon 
logic and other subjects, and was one of the 
teachers of Matta ibn Yaunan or Yunus (who 
died in 940)*. In any case, 'Isa al-Marwazi seems 
to have flourished during the latter part of the 
9th century, and therefore to have been a con- 
temporary of Bar 'Ali^ 

Isho', or 'Isa, bar 'Ali is stated in Cod. Vat. 
ccxvii. {Gatal., iii. 504, No. xv.) to have been a 
pupil of Honain. His father 'Ali and his uncle 
'Isa, the sons of Da'iid or David, were appointed 

1 Compare Gesenius, De BA et BB, p. 7. 

2 See Gesenius, op. oit., p. 8 ; B.O., iii. 1, 258. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 437, 438, note 2. 

4 See the Fikrist, p. 263 ; Ibn Abl Usaibi'ah, ed. MuUer, 
i. 234-235. 

6 [Bar Bahlul speaks, in the preface to his lexicon, of 
the lexicon of Zikharya Maruzaya (Duval's edition, col. 3).] 



216 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

by the catholicus Sabhr-isho II. (832-836) to the 

charge of the college founded by him in the 

convent of Mar Pethion at Baghdadh^ Bar 

'All's lexicon is dedicated to a deacon named 

Abraham", who made certain additions to it after 

the death of the author^. 

Isho' bar Non was a native of the village of 

Beth-Gabbare near Mosul. He was a pupil of 

Abraham bar Dashandadh (see above, p. 186) at 

the same time with Abu Nuh al-Anbari (see 

above, p. 191, note 3) and Timothy, his predecessor 

in the dignity of catholicus (see above, p. 191). 

He retired first to the convent of Mar Abraham 

on Mount Izla, where he devoted himself to study 

and to refuting the views and writings of his 

schoolfellow and subsequent diocesan Timothy, 

whom he spitefully called TaUm-otheos ("the 

wronger of God ") instead of Timotheos. In 

consequence of a dispute with the monks he left 

Mount Izla and went for some months to Bagh- 

dadh, where he stayed at the house of George 

Masawaihi (Masuyah or Mesue) and taught his 

son Yahya^ He then returned to Mosul, where 

he took up his residence in the convent of Mar 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 257 ; Gesenius, op. cit., cap. ii. 
^ Gesenius, op. cit., p. 14. 

' Ibid., p. 21 ; see Hoffmann, Syrisah-arahische Glossen, 
1874, and Payne Smith, Tkes. Si/r., passim. 
* See .8.0., iii. 1, 501 sj. 



iSHO' BAR NON. 217 

Elias, and lived there for thirty years, till the 
death of Timothy^- Through the influence of 
Gabriel bar Bokht-isho' (see above) and his 
son-in-law Michael bar Masawaihi (Masiiyah or 
Mesue), the physician of the caliph al-Ma'muij, 
he was appointed catholicus A. Gr. 1135 = 823- 
824 A.D.'' He sat for only four years, and was 
buried, like his predecessor, in the convent of 
Kelil-isho' at Baghdadh. Of his ill-feeling towards 
Timothy I. we have already made mention ; how 
he kept it up after Timothy's death, and what 
troubles he got into in consequence, may be read 
in the pages of Assemani {B.O., iii. 1, 165). 
Bar-Hebrseus has preserved some account of a 
disputation between him and a Monophysite priest 
named Papa^. 'Abhd-isho' gives the following 
list of his works'* — a treatise on theology, questions 
on the whole text of Scripture, in two volumes, a 
collection of ecclesiastical canons and decisions^ 
consolatory discourses, epistles, a treatise on the 
division of the services, turgdme or "interpreta- 

1 So Assemani, B.O., ii. 435. Bar-Hebrseus {Chron. 
Ecoles., ii. 181) says that he resided for thirty -eight years 
in the convent of Sa'id near Mosul. 

2 Bar-Hebreeus {loo. cit.) says 205 a.h. = 820-821 a.d. ; 
see above, p. 193 sq. ^ Chron. Eccles., ii. 183-187. 

' B.O., iii. 1, 165-166. 'Amr ibn Matta says that he 
wrote a commentary on Theologus, i.e., Gregory Nazianzen, 
B.O., iii. 1, 262, note 1. ' Compare B.O., iii. 1, 279. 



218 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

tions^" and a tract on the efficacy of hymns and 
anthems. Of the questions on Scripture there is 
a copy in the collection of the S.P.C.K., and of 
the consolatory discourses a mutilated MS. in 
the British Museum, Add. 17217 (Wright, Catal, 
p. 613)^ The replies to the questions of Ma- 
carius the monk seem to belong to the treatise on 
the division of the services {purrash teshmSshdtha), 
if one may judge by the first and only one 
quoted^. 

A disciple of Isho' bar Non was Denha, or, as 
he is otherwise called in some MSS. of 'Abhd- 
isho"s Catalogue, Ihibha (or rather Hibha, Ibas)^ 
Assemani places him under the catholicus Pethion 
(died in 740), but we prefer to follow the authority 
of John bar Zo'bi in his Grammar^. Denha was 
the author of sermons and tracts on points of 
ecclesiastical law, and of commentaries on the 
Psalms, on the works of Gregory Nazianzen (as 

1 See Badger, The JS^estorians, ii. 19. 

2 The pious Monophysites of St Mary Deipara cut up 
this volume for binding, &c., as they did some other Nes- 
torian books of value in their library. 

3 Cod. "Vat. Ixxxviii. 5 {Catal., ii. 483) ; ol. 9 {Catal., iii. 
281) ; clxxxvii. 5 {Catal., iii. 405). Assemani supposes that 
the nest article in clxxxvii. does not belong to Theodore of 
Mopsuestia, but is taken from Isho' bar Non's questions on 
Scripture. 

* B.O., iii. 1, 175. 

5 Wright, Catal, p. 1176, col. 1. 



THOMAS OF MAEGA. 219 

contained in two vols, in the translation of the 
abbot Paul), and on the dialectics of Aristotle. 

In 217 A.H. = 832 a.d., the same year in which 
Sabhr-isho' II. succeeded to the patriarchate \ a 
young man named Thomas, the son of one Jacob 
of Beth Sherwanaye, in the district of Salakh^ 
entered the convent of Beth 'Abhe, which seems 
at this time to have fallen off sadly in respect of 
the learning of its inmates I A few years after- 
wards (222 A.H. = 837 A.D.) we find him acting as 
secretary to the patriarch Abraham (also a monk 
of Beth 'Abhe, who sat from 837 to 850)^ By 
him he was promoted to be bishop of Marga, and 
afterwards metropolitan of Beth Garmai, in which 
capacity he was present at the ordination of his 
own brother Theodosius (bishop of al-Anbar, 
afterwards metropolitan of Gunde-Shabhor) as 
catholicus in 852^ Thomas of Marga (as he is 
commonly called), having been very fond from his 
youth of the legends and histories of holy men, 
more especially of those connected with his own 
convent of Beth 'Abhe, undertook to commit 
them to writing at the urgent request of the 

1 B.O., ii. 435; iii. 1, 505 «j. 

2 Ibid., iii. 1, 479 ; Hoffmann, Ausziige, pp. 244-245. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 488; comp. the ordinance of Sabhr-Isho', 
pp. 505-506. 

* B.O., iii. 1, 204, col. 1, 488, col. 2, 490, col. 2. 
6 Ibid., iii. 1, 210, 510, col. 2. 



220 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

monk 'Abhd-isho', to whom he dedicates the 
Monastic History. Assemani has given a tolerably 
full analysis of this work, with a few extracts, in 
the B.O., iii. 1, 464-501, throughout which volume 
it is one of his chief authorities. [It has now 
been published in a complete form by Budge, who 
has also supplied an introduction aud an English 
translation \] The MSS. available in Europe are — 
Cod. Vat. clxv. (Catal, iii. 331), of which Codd. 
Vatt. ccclxxxi.-ii. are a copy (Mai, Scriptt. Vett. 
Nova Coll., V.) ; Paris, No. 286 in Zotenberg's 
Catal., p. 216 (also copied from Vat. clxv.) ; Brit. 
Mus. Orient. 2316 (ff. 182, I7th century, imper- 
fect); Berlin, Sachau 179 (copied in 1882). 
Thomas also wrote a poem in twelve-syllable 
metre on the life and deeds of Maran-'ammeh, 
metropolitan of Hedhaiyabh, which he introduced 
into his History, bk. iii. ch. 10 ; see B.O., iii. 1, 
485. 

Isho'-dadh of Marii or Merv, bishop of He- 
dhatta or al-Hadlthah, was a competitor with 
Theodosius for the patriarchate in 852^. Accord- 
ing to 'Abhd-isho', his principal work was a 
commentary on the New Testament, of which 
there are MSS. in Berlin, Sachau 311, and in the 

1 [The Book of Governors: the Historia Moiiastica of 
Thomas Bishop of Jfarga, A.D. 840, London, 1893.] 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 210-212. 



ISHO'-DADH of MERV. — KENDi. 221 

collection of the S.P.C.K. It extended, however, 
to the Old Testament as well, for in Cod. Vat. 
cccclvii. we find the portions relating to Genesis 
and Exodus ^ 

In the B.O., iii. 1, 213, 'Abhd-isho' names a 
certain Kendi as the author of a lengthy disputa- 
tion on the faiths Assemani places this "Candius" 
or "Ebn Canda" under the catholicus John IV., 
apparently on the authority of 'Amr ibn Matta. 
We suspect, however, that the person meant is 
'Abd al-Masih (Ya'kub) ibn Ishak al-Kindi, the 
author of a well known apology for the Christian 
religion, which has been published by the Society 
for Promoting Christian Knowledge'. The work 
dates from the time of the caliph al-Ma'mun 
(813-833), and therefore synchronizes with the 
disputations of Theodore Abu Korrah, bishop of 
Harran*. Being written in Arabic, it hardly 
belongs to this place, but is mentioned to avoid 
misapprehension. 

1 Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., v. The name of the 
author is there given as lesciuaad, doubtless a misprint for 
dad. We are therefore surprised to find Martin writing 
" Ichou-had dveque d'Hadeth," Introd. A la Critique Tex- 
tuelle du Novweau Test., p. 99. 

2 The correct reading is dhS-haimaniitha. 

3 The Apology of El-Kindi,ld&5. An English transla- 
tion appeared in 1882, The Apology of Al-Kindy, &c., by 
Sir W. Muir. 

4 See Zotenberg, Catal, No. 204, 1 and 8, and No. 205. 



222 SYRIAC LITERATTJRE. 

Theodore bar Khoni is stated to have been 
promoted by his uncle John IV. to the bishopric 
of Lashom in 8931 He was the author of scholia 
(on the Scriptures), an ecclesiastical history, and 
some minor works. 

To about this period probably belongs another 
historian, the loss of whose Avork we have to 
regret. This is a writer named Ahron or Aaron, 
who is mentioned by Elias bar Shinaya under 
273 A.H. = 886-887 A.D.^ 

In the 10th century the tale of Jacobite 
authors dwindles away to almost nothing. Most 
of the dignitaries of the church composed their 
synodical epistles and other official writings in 
Arabic, and the same may be said of the men of 
science, such as Abu 'Ali 'Isa ibn Ishak ibn 
Zur'ah (943-1008) and Abii Zakariya Yahya ibn 
'Adi, who died in 974 at the age of eighty-one. 
About the middle of the century we may venture 
to place the deacon Simeon, whose Chronicle is 
cited by Elias bar Shinaya under 6 A.H. = 627- 
628 A.D. and 310 = 922-9 23 ^ The 11th century 
is somewhat more prolific. 

A Persian Christian named Gisa*, leaving his 

1 B.O.,ii. 440; iii. 1, 198. 

2 See Baethgen, Fragmente, p. 3. 

^ Ibid., p. 2; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. JEcdes., ii. 126, 
note 1. 

' Others write Gaiyasa. 



JOHN OF MARON. 223 

native city of Ushnukh or XJshnu in Adharbaigan, 
settled, after several removals, in the district of 
Gubos or Gubas^, one of the seven dioceses of 
the province of Melitene (Malatiah), and built 
there a humble church, in which he deposited 
sundry relics of St Sergius and St Bacchus, and 
cells for himself and his three companions. This 
happened in 958^. As the place grew in import- 
ance, other monks gradually resorted to it, and 
among them "Mar(i) Yohannan dS-Maron," or 
John (the son) of Maron^, a man of learning in 
both sacred and profane literature, who had 
studied under Mar MSkim at Edessa. Gisa, the 
founder of the convent, died at the end of twelve 
years, and was succeeded as abbot by his disciple 
Elias, who beautified the church. Meantime its 
fame increased as a seat of learning under the 
direction of John of Maron, and many scribes 
found employment there. The patriarch John 
VII., da-s^nghta, "He of the Mat" (his only 

^ Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 401 sq.; B.O., ii. 283, 
350. 

2 B.O., ii. 260. Gflbos was on the right bank of the 
Euphrates, between the plain of Mehtene and Claudia. 

5 Abbeloos, in a note on Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., 
i. 404, raises the question what connexion there may be 
between this historical personage and the somewhat 
shadowy "Joannes Maro," to whom Assemani has de- 
voted a large space, B.O., i. 496-520. 



224 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

article of furniture)^ was one of its visitors. 
Elias, on his retirement, nominated John of Maron 
as his successor, who, aided by the munificence of 
Emmanuel, a monk of Harran and a disciple of 
the maphrian Cyriacus^ rebuilt the church on a 
larger and finer scale, whilst a constant supply of 
fresh water was provided at the cost of a Tagh- 
ritan merchant named Marutha. This was in 
1001. About this time Elias bar Gaghai, a monk 
of Taghrith, founded a monastery near Melitene, 
but died before it was finished. His work was 
taken up by one Eutychus or Kulaib, who per- 
suaded John of Maron to join him. Here again 
his teaching attracted numbers of pupils. At 
last, after the lapse of twelve years, when there 
were 120 priests in the convent, he suddenly 
withdrew by night from the scene of his labours 
and retired to the monastery of Mar Aaron near 
Edessa, where he died at the end of four years, 
about 1017. His commentary on the book of 
Wisdom is cited by Bar-Hebrseus in the Aiisar 

Mark bar Kiki was archdeacon of the Tagh- 
ritan church at Mosul, and was raised to the 
dignity of maphrian by the name of Ignatius in 

1 B.O., ii. 132, 351. 

2 Ibid., ii. 442. 

' rbid., ii. 283; see also p. cl. 



YESHtJ BAR SHtJSHAN. 225 

991'. After holding this office for twenty-five 
years, he became a Muhammadan in 1016^ but 
recanted before his death, which took place at an 
advanced age' in great poverty. He composed a 
poem on his own fall, misery, and subsequent 
repentance, of which Bar-Hebrseus has preserved 
a few lines ^. 

According to Assemani, B.O., ii. 317 and cl., 
Bar-Hebrseus mentions in his Chronicle that a 
monk named Joseph wrote three discourses on the 
cruel murder of Peter the deacon by the Turks at 
Melitene in 1058. The anecdote may be found in 
the edition of Bruns and Kirsch, p. 252 (transl., 
p. 258) [ed. Bedjan, p. 238], but the discourses 
would seem rather to have dealt with the retri- 
bution that overtook the retiring Turks at the 
hands of the Armenians and the wintry weather. 

Yeshu bar Shushan (or Susanna), syncellus of 
Theodore or John IX., was chosen patriarch by 
the eastern bishops, under the name of John X., 
in opposition to Haye or Athanasius VI., on whom 
the choice of their western brethren had fallen in 



1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eocles., ii. 257; B.O., ii. 443. 

2 See Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 105, 153 ; B.O., iii. 289, 
note 1. 

^ According to Cardahl, Liher Thesauri, p. 140, in 1030 
or 1040. 

* Chron. Eccles., ii. 289 ; B.O., ii. 443, and also p. cl. 

S. L. 15 



226 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

10o8\ He soon abdicated, however, retired to a 
convent, and devoted himself to study. On the 
death of Athanasius he was reelected patriarch in 
1064, and sat till 10731 He carried on a con- 
troversy with the patriarch of Alexandria, Christo- 
diilus, regarding the mixing of salt and oil with 
the Eucharistic bread according to the Syrian 
practiced He compiled an anaphora, issued a 
collection of twenty-four canons'*, and wrote many 
epistles', chiefly controversial. Such are the let- 
ters in Arabic to Christodulus on the oil and salt" 
and the letter to the catholicus of the Armenians'. 
The tract on the oil and salt is extant in Paris, 
Anc. fonds 54 (Zotenberg, Gatal., p. 71), and there 
is an extract from it in Suppl. 32 (Zotenberg, 
Gatal., p. 54). Bar-Shiishan also wrote four 
poems on the sack of Melitene by the Turks in 
1058', and collected and arranged the works of 
Ephraim and Isaac of Antioch, which he had 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 437 sq.; B.O., ii. 141 
(where there are errors, see Add., p. 475), 354. 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 445; B.O., ii. 143 
{where there are again many errors, see Add., p. 475), 355. 

3 B.O., ii. 144, 356. 

* Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 446; B.O., ii. 355. 
^ Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 447 ; B.O., ii. 355. 
« B.O., ii. 508, col. 2. 

^ Ibid., ii. 211, 383; Berhn, Sachau 60, 1. 
" Bar-Hebrfeus, Chron. Syr., p. 252 (transl., p. 258) [ed. 
Bedjan, p. 238]; B.O., ii. 317. 



sa'id bar §ABtrNi. 227 

begun to write out with his own hand when he 
was interrupted by deaths 

Sa'Id bar Sabuni lived during the latter part 
of the 11th century. He was versed in Greek as 
well as Syriac, and well known as a literary man^ 
especially as a writer of hymns I The patriarch 
Athanasius VII. Abu l-Faraj bar Khammare 
(1091-1129) raised him to the office of bishop of 
Melitene (Malatiah) in October 1094. His conse- 
cration took place at Kankerath, near Amid, by 
the name of John, and he set out for Malatiah, 
which he entered on the very day that the gates 
were closed to keep out the Turks, who laid siege 
to it under Kilij Arslan (Da'iid ibn Sulaiman), 
sultan of Iconium. He was murdered during the 
course of the siege, in July 1095, by the Greek 
commandant Gabriel*. 

The Nestorian writers of these two centuries 



1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 447; B.O., ii. 355. 

2 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 463; B.O., ii. 211- 
212. 

5 See one of these, an acrostic canon, used in the 
service of the assumption of the monastic garb, in Cod. 
Vat. Ii. {Catal., ii. 321, No. 31), Brit. Mus. 17232 (Wright, 
Catal., p. 372, No. 22), Paris, Suppl. 38 (Zotenberg, Catal, 
p. 74, No. 34), Bodl. Hunt. 444 (P. Smith, Catal, p. 243, 
No. 9). 

* Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Syr., pp. 278-279 (transl., pp. 
284-285) [ed. Bedjan, p. 262]. 

15—2 



228 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

are both more numerous and more important 
than the Jacobite. 

We may place at the head of our list the 
name of Henan-isho' bar Saroshwai, who must 
have lived quite early in the 10th century, as he 
is cited by Elias of Anbar, who wrote about 922^- 
He was bishop of Herta (al-Hirah), and published 
questions on the text of Scripture and a vocabulary 
with glosses or explanations ^ which is constantly 
cited by his successor in this department of 
scholarship, Bar BahluP. 

With Bar Saroshwai we naturally connect 
isho' bar Bahlul, in Arabic Abu '1-Hasan 'Isa ibn 
al-Bahlul, the fullest and most valuable of Syriac 
lexicographers. His date is fixed by that of the 
election of the catholicus 'Abhd-isho' I., in which 
he bore a part, in 963^. 

'Abhd-isho' in his Catalogue, B.O., iii. 1, 261, 
mentions an author Abhzudh, a teacher in some 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 260, col. 2, at foot. 

2 Hashhdtha are xpi"'^'-^ ^iid Xc^eis; see Hoffmann, 
Opusc. Nestor., p. xiii. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 261 ; see Payne Smith, TJies. S^r., passim. 
* Bar-Hebrseus, Ohron. Eccles., iii. 251; B.O., ii. 442, 

iii. 1, 200, ool. 2 ; Gesenius, Be BA et BB, p. 26; see Payne 
Smith, Tkes. S^/r., passim. An edition of his Lexicon, by 
M. E. Duval, is being printed in Paris at the expense of 
the French Government; [parts 1, 2, and 3 (extending to 
the end of iO) appeared in 1888, 1890, and 1892 respec- 
tively]. 



ABHZUDH. 229 

school or college (eskoldya), who composed a 
treatise containing demonstrations on various 
topics, alphabetically arranged and dedicated to 
his friend Kurta\ In note 5 Assemani makes 
the very circumstantial statement, but without 
giving his authority, that Abhzudh was head of 
the college founded at Baghdadh about 832 by 
Sabhr-isho II.^, under Sergius (860-872). But, 
if this writer be identical, as seems probable, with 
the Bazudh who was the author of a Book of 
Definitions described at some length by Hoff- 
mann, De Hermeneuticis apud Syros Aristoteleis, 
pp. 151-153, we must place him nearly a century 
later, because he cites the " scholia " of Theodore 
bar Khoni, who was appointed bishop of Lashom 
in 893^. The whole matter is, however, very 
obscure, and Hoffmann has subsequently (Opusc. 
Nestor., p. xxii) sought to identify Baziidh, who 
was also called Michael (ibid., p. xxi), with the 
Michael who is mentioned as a commentator on 
the Scriptures by 'Abhd-isho', B.O., iii. 1, 147, 
and whom Assemani supposed to be the same as 
Michael bishop of al-Ahwaz (died in 852 or 
854) ^ All then that appears to be certain is that 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 261. ^ Ibid., ii. 435. 

3 See above, p. 222. 

* B.O., iii. 1, 210, note 2, col. 2. Michael's Book of 
Questions is quoted by Solomon of al-Basrah in The Bee, 
ed. Budge, p. 135. 



230 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

the Persian Bazudh also bore the Christian name 
of Michael, and that, besides the alphabetically 
arranged demonstrations and the Booh of Defini- 
tions, he composed a tract on man as the micro- 
cosm'. 

Elias, bishop of Peroz-Shabhor or al-Anbar, 
flourished about 922, as appears from his disputes 
with the catholicus Abraham (905-937)^, and his 
account of the miserable bishop Theodore of Beth 
Garmai, who, after his deposition by John bar 
Heghire (900-905) and subsequent absolution by 
Abraham, became a Muhammadan". He was the 
author of a collection of metrical discourses in 
three volumes^, an apology, epistles, and homilies^ 

George, metropolitan of Mosul and Arbel, was 
promoted to this dignity by the catholicus Em- 
manuel about 945, and died after 987. He con- 
tested the patriarchate three times but in vain, 
viz.,— in 961, when Isra el was elected^, in 963, 

1 Hoffmann, op. cit., p. xxi. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 258, note 3; Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 
84, 141. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 234, col. 1, at foot. 

4 B.O., iii. 1, 258-260; Cod. Vat. clxxxiii. {Catal., iii. 
383); Berlin, Sachau 132; collection of the S.P.C.K.; 
Cardahl, Liber Thesauri, pp. 72-76. 

^ In Cod. Vat. soi. {Catal, ii. 491, No. 35) there is a 
homily ascribed to Ehas of Anbar, but the Syriac text has 
Paul. 

» B.O., ii. 442. 



EMMANUEL BAR SHAHHARE. 231 

when 'Abhd-isho' I. was the successful candidate \ 
and in 987, when the choice of the synod fell on 
Mari bar Tobi^ His chief work was an exposition 
of the ecclesiastical offices for the whole year, in 
seven sections, of which Assemani has given a full 
analysis in B.O., iii. 1, 518-540'. Some specimens 
of his turgame or hymns may be found in Codd. 
Vatt. xc. and xci. (Gatal, ii. 487, No. 27, and 490, 
No. 24), and Berlin, Sachau 167, 2. 

The date of Emmanuel bar Shahhare* is fixed 
by his presence at the consecration of 'Abhd-Isho' 
I. in 963 ^ He was teacher in the school of Mar 
Gabriel in the convent called the Daira 'EUaita at 
Mosul. Cardahi places his death in 980*. Besides 
some minor expository treatises, he wrote a huge 
work on the Hexaeineron or six days of creation' 
The Vatican MS.^ contains twenty-eight discourses, 
of which the second is wanting, and a twenty-ninth 

1 B.O., ii. 442 ; iii. 1, 200, col. 2. 

2 Ibid., ii. 443. 

3 See also Codd. Vatt. cxlviii., cxlix., and cliii., in 
Gated., iii. 277 sq. In Cod. Vat. cl. {Gatal, iii. 280) there 
are questions regarding various services, baptism, and 
communion at Easter. 

* See B.O., iii. 1, 540. In Arabic ash-Shahhar or, 
according to another reading, ash-Sha"ar (see end of this 
paragraph). 

5 B.O., iii.'l, 200, col. 2. 

e Ldber Thesauri, p. 71. ' B.O., iii. 1, 277. 

8 No. clxxxii., Gatal., iii. 380. 



232 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

is added On Baptism. It is dated 1707. The 
MS. in the Brit. Mus., Orient. 1300, dated 1685, 
also contains twenty-eight discourses, of which the 
second is wanting'- Some of them are in seven- 
syllable, others in twelve-syllable metre ^. Cardahi 
has published a specimen in his Liber Thesauri, 
pp. 68-71. Emmanuel's brother, 'Abhd-isho' bar 
Shahhare, is mentioned by Assemani, B.O., iii. 540, 
and by Cardahi. The latter has printed part of 
one of his poems, on Michael of Amid, a companion 
of Mar Eugenius, in Liber Thesauri, pp. 136-137. 
It is taken from Cod. Vat. clxxxiv. (Gatal., iii. 
395). But there the author is called Bar Shi'arah, 
Oli(ij;ZD, and is said to have been a monk of the 
convent of Michael (at Mosul). 

Somewhere about the end of this century we 
may venture to place a writer named Andrew, to 
whom 'Abhd-isho' has given a place in his Cata- 
logue, and whom Assemani has chosen to identify 
with the well known Andrew, bishop of Samosata, 
the opponent of Cyril of Alexandria'. The words 

1 There are two MSS. in Berlin, Saohau 169-170 and 
309-310 (see Sachau, Reise, pp. 364-365), and one in the 
collection of the S.P.C.K. 

2 In the MS. Brit. Mus. it is said that this is only the 
fourth volume of the ^e.ramero», jA . v . »-^; |A . rn g\ 

3 B.O. iii. 1, 202. 



ANDREW. — ELIAS I. 233 

of 'Abhd-isho', if we understand them rightly, 
mean that this Andrew wrote turgame (or hymns 
of a particular kind) and a work on puhhdm s^yame, 
the placing of the diacritical and vowel points and 
marks of interpunction\ He was therefore an 
inoffensive grammarian. 

Elias, the first Nestorian catholicus of the 
name, was a native of Karkha dhS-Gheddan^ was 
trained in Baghdadh and al-Madain, and became 
bishop of Tirhan, whence he was advanced to the 
primacy in 1028, and sat till 1049^. According to 
'Abhd-isho', he compiled canons and ecclesiastical 
decisions, and composed grammatical tracts^. 
According to Mari ibn Sulaiman^, he was the 
author of a work on the principles of religion in 
twenty-two chapters, which may be identical with 
the second of the above, and of a form of con- 
secration of the altar (kuddds al-madhbah). His 
Grammar was composed in his younger days, 
before he became bishop. It has been edited and 

1 See Hoffmann, Opiiso. Nestor., pp. vii., viii. And so 
Abraham Ecchellensis rendered the words, lihrum de 
ratione punctandi. 

2 In Arabic Karkh Juddan, in Beth Garmai; see 
Hoffmann, Auszilge, pp. 254, 275. 

3 B.O., iii. 262-263; Bar-Hebraeus, Chroti. Eccles., ii. 
285-287. 

4 5. a, iii. 1, 265. 

5 Tbid., p. 263, col. 1. 



234 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

translated from a MS. at Berlin^ by Baethgenl 
A tract of his on the diacritical points and marks 
of interpunction is cited and used by John bar 
Zo'bi^ 

Abu Sa'id 'Abhd-isho' bar Bahriz was abbot 
of the convent of Elias or Sa'id at Mosul, and a 
candidate for the patriarchate when Elias I. was 
elected in 1028. He was subsequently promoted 
to be metropolitan of Athor or MosuP. He col- 
lected ecclesiastical canons and decisions", wrote 
on the law of inheritance^, and an exposition of 
the offices of the church. 

Assemani has assigned the same date to Daniel 
(the son) of Tiibhanitha, bishop of Tahal in Beth 
Garmai, but without any sufficient reason'. If he 
be really identical with the Daniel to whom 
George, metropolitan of Mosul and Arbel, dedi- 

1 Alter Bestand 36, 15, in Kurzes Verzeiohniss, &c., 
p. 31. 

2 Syrische Orammatik des Mar Elias von Tirhan, 1880. 
[See Merx, Hist, artis gramm. ap. Syros, p. 154 sj'.] 

3 See B.O., iii. 1, 265, note 7; Gatal. Vat., iii. 411 
(under No. ii.) ; Wright, Gatal., p. 1176, col. 2. 

4 B.O., iii. 1, 263-264. ^ b.O., iii. 1, 279. 
6 Ibid., p. 267, col. 2, lin. penult. 

^ That he follows 'Abhd-Isho' bar Bahriz in the Cata- 
logue of 'Abhd-Isho' is no evidence whatever as to his 
date; and the work mentioned in B.O., iii. 1, 174, notes 3 
and 4, is not by Bar Bahriz, but by George of Mosul and 
Arbel (see Cod. Vat. cliii.). 



ELIAS BAR SHINAYA. 235 

cated his exposition of the offices of the church, 
he must have lived about the middle of the 
previous century. He wrote funeral sermons, 
metrical homilies, answers to Scriptural questions 
and enigmas, and other stuff of the same sort. 
More important probably were his "Book of 
Flowers," Kethahhd dhe-Habbdbhe, which may have 
been a poetical florilegium ; his Solution of the 
Questions in the Fifth Volume of Isaac of Nineveh's 
Works; and his commentary on the Heads of 
Knowledge or maxims (of Evagrius)^ 

Conspicuous among the writers of this century 
is Elias bar Shinaya, who was born in 975", 
adopted the monastic life in the convent of 
Michael at Mosul under the abbot John the Lame', 
and was ordained priest by Nathaniel, bishop of 
Shenna (as-Sinn), who afterwards became cathol- 
icus under the name of John V. (1001-12)''. 
Elias was subsequently in the convent of Simeon 
on the Tigris opposite Shenna, and was made 
bishop of Beth Nuhadhre in 1002 ». At the end 
of 1008 he was advanced to the dignity of metro- 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 174. 

^ Eosen, Catal., p. 89, col. 2. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 266, note 3, 271, col. 1. 

* Baethgen, Fragrmiae, pp. 101, 151; 104, 153; com- 
pare Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eecles., ii. 261, 281; B.O., ii. 
444. 

^ Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 101, 152. 



236 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

politan of Nisibis\ With the next patriarch, 
John VI. bar Nazol (1012-20)^ previously bishop 
of Herta, he was on good terms ; but he set his 
face against Isho'-yabh bar Ezekiel (1020-25)^. 
Under Elias I. (1028-49) all seems to have been 
quiet again. That our author survived this patri- 
arch is clear from his own words in B.O., iii. 1, 268, 
col. 2, 11. 19, 20 ^ His greatest work is the Annals 
or Chronicle, of which unfortunately only one 
imperfect copy exists'. Baethgen has published 
extracts from it under the title of Fragmente syr. 
u. arab. Historiker, 1884, which have enabled 
scholars to recognize its real importance^. The 
exact date of the Annals, and probably of the 
writing of the unique copy, is fixed by the state- 
ment of the author, f 15 b, that John, bishop of 

^ Baethgen, Fragmente, pp. 103, 152. 

2 Ibid., pp. 104, 153 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 
283; B.O.,n. 446. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 272. 

•• Consequently the statement in B.O., ii. 447, is in- 
accurate. Cardahl [Liber Thesauri, p. 84) names 1056. 

6 Brit. Mus. Add. 7197 (Rosen, Catal, pp. 86-90; 
Wright, Catal, p. 1206). 

^ Baethgen has overlooked Wright's Catal., p. 1206, 
and the plate in the Oriental Series of the Palceographical 
Society, No. Ixxvi. The Syriao text was evidently written 
by an amanuensis, whereas the older Arabic text was 
probably written by Ehas himself. [Further extracts 
(from A.D. 133 to 622) in Lamy, Mie de Nisibe, sa 
Chronologie, Brussels, 1888 {B^dl. Ac. Roy. Belg.).'] 



ELIAS BAR SHINAYA. 237 

Herta, was ordained catholicus on Wednesday, 19th 
of the latter Teshrin, A. Gr. 1324 (19th November 
1012 A.D.), and that he still ruled the Nestorian 
Church "down to this year in which this work 
was composed, namely, A. Gr. 1330" (1018-19)\ 
After the Annals we may mention Elias's Syriac 
grammar, one of the best of the Nestorian writings 
on the subject^, and his Arabic-Syriac vocabulary, 
Kitab at-Tdrjunmn fl ta'llm lughat as-Suryan or 
" the Interpreter, to teach the Syriac Language." 
It has been edited by De Lagarde in his Prceter- 
missorum Libri Duo, 1879, and was the store- 
house from which Thomas a Novaria derived his 
Thesaurus Arabico-Syro-Latinus, 1636. Elias was 
also a composer of hymns, some of which occur in 
the Nestorian service-books^, and of metrical ho- 
milies, apparently of an artificial character^. He 

1 There are some extracts from the Annals in Berhn, 
Saohau 108, 2. 

2 There are MSS. in the Brit. Mus. Add. 25876, Or. 
2314 (frag.); Vat. Cod. cxciv. {Gatal., iii. 410), Codd. ccccx. 
cccol. (Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., v.) ; Palat. Medic, 
ccclxi. (Gatal., p. 419); Berlin, Saohau 5, 2, also 216, 1, 
and 306, 1 ; and in the collection of the S.P.C.K. The 
work has been edited by Dr R. Gottheil, Berlin, 1887; 
[and Merx has described it in his Eiat. artis gramm. ap. 
Syros, chap. viii.]. 

3 E.g., Cod. Vat. xc. (Catal., ii. 487), Nos. 13, 15, 17, 
18; Cod. Vat. xci. {Catal, ii. 491), Nos. 12, 14, 16, 17; 
Berlin, Sachau 64, 10. 

* See Cod. Vat. clxxxiv. {Catal., iii. 390), a poem on 



238 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

edited four volumes of decisions in ecclesiastical 
law, which are often cited by 'Abhd-isho' of 
Nisibis in his Gollectio Canonum Synodicorum} ; 
indeed the third section, " On the Division of 
Inheritances," is entirely borrowed from the work 
of Eliasl Of his epistles that to the bishops and 
people of Baghdadh on the illegal ordination of 
Isho'-yabh bar Ezekiel is preserved in Cod. Vat. 
cxxix. (Catal., iii. 191)^ Six of his Arabic dissert- 
ations have been described by Assemani in the 
B.O., iii. 1, 270-272. The most important of them 
appears to be No. 5, a disputation, in seven 
sessions or chapters, with the vizir Abu '1-Kasim 
al-Husain ibn 'All al-Maghribi, preceded by a 
letter to the secretary Abu 'l-'Ala Sa id ibn Sahl. 
These meetings took place in 1026, and the work 
was committed to writing in 1027, after the death 
of the vizir at Maiyafarikin in October, and 
published with the approbation of the celebrated 
commentator, philosopher, and lawyer Abu '1-Faraj 
'Abdallah ibn at-Taiyib*, who was secretary to the 

the love of learning, in which the letter Alaph does not 
occur. It is printed by Cardahi in the Liber Thesauri, 
pp. 83-84. 

1 Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., x. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 267-269; Mai, op. cit., v. pp. 54, 220. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 272-273. 

* He died in 1043; see B.O., iii. 1, 544; Wustenfeld, 
Oesch. d. arab. Aerzte, No. 132; Ibn Abl Usaibi'ah, ed. 



TRANSLATIONS: KALlLAB WA-DIMNAH. 239 

patriarch Elias I. The anonymous work described 
in full by Assemani {B.O., iii. 1, 303-306) under 
the title of Kifabu 'l-Burhan 'ala sahlhi (or rather 
f% tasMhi) 'l-vmdn, "The Demonstration of the 
Truth of the Faith," is also by him'. 

Here we may pause in our enumeration to cast 
an eye upon some anonymous translations, which we 
are inclined to ascribe to the 10th and 11th cent- 
uries, and which are interesting as showing what 
the popular literature of the Syrians was, compared 
with that of their theologians and men of science. 

We have already spoken of the older translation 
of Kalllagh wS-Damnagh, made by the periodeutes 
Bodh in the 6th century of our era (see above, 
p. 124). About the middle of the 8th century 
there appeared an independent Arabic translation 
from the Pahlavi by 'Abdallah ibn al-Mukaffa', 
which, under the name of Kalllah wa-Dimnah, 
has been the parent of secondary versions in the 
SjTiac, Persian, Greek, Hebrew, and Spanish 
languages". The Syriac version was discovered 

Miiller, i. 239; Bar-Hebreeus, Hist. Dpiast, p. 355 (transl., 
p. 233) ; Chron. Syr., p. 239 (transl., p. 244) [ed. Bedjan, 
p. 226] ; Chron. Fades., ii. 283. 

1 See the German translation by L. Horst, Des Metro- 
politen Elias von Nisibis Buck vom Beweis der Wahrheit d. 
Qlavhens, Colmar, 1886. 

^ See Keith-Falconer, Kalllah and Dimnah or the 
Fables of Bidpai, 1885, Introduction. 



240 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

by the present writer in a unique MS. in the 
library of Trinity College, Dublin, and published 
by him in 1884'. It is evidently the work of a 
Christian priest, living at a time when the condition 
of the Syrian Church was one of great degradation, 
and the power of the caliphate on the wane, so 
that the state of society was that of complete 
disorder and licentiousness ^ a description which 
would very well apply to the 10th or 11th century. 
Indeed we could not place it much later, because 
part of the unique MS. goes back to the 13th 
century, and even its text is very corrupt, showing 
that it had passed through the hands of several 
generations of scribes. " The chief value of this 
later Syriac version is that it sheds light on the 
original text of the Arabic K. w. D. The Arabic 
text which the Syriac translator had before him 
must have been a better one than De Sacy's, 
because numbers of Guidi's extracts', which are 
not found at all in De Sacy's text, appear in their 
proper places in the later Syriac ^" 

To about the same period, judging by the 
similarity of style and language, we would assign 

1 Wright, The Book of KaUlah and Dimnah, traiislated 
from Arabic into Syriac. 

2 See Wright's Preface, p. xi sq. 

8 See Guidi, Studii sul Testo Araho del Libra di Kalila 
e Dimna, 1873. 

* Keith-Falconer, op. cit., p. Ix. 



TRANSLATIONS: SINDBAN, ^SOP'S FABLES. 241 

the Syriac version of the book of Sindibddh. This 
work was translated, probably in the latter half of 
the 8th century, from Pahlavi into Arabic by 
Musa, a Muhammadan Persian. It is, as Noldeke 
has shown'', the smaller of the two recensions 
known to the Arabs, the larger, entitled Aslam (?) 
and Smdibadh, being the work of al-Asbagh ibn 
'Abd al-'Aziz as-Sijistani. The smaller Smdibadh 
was in its turn done into Syriac, and thence into 
Greek by Michael Andreopulus for Gabriel, prince 
of Melitene (1086-1100), as discovered by Com- 
paretti^, under the name of 'ZvvTi7ra<i (Sindipas), 
just as Kalilah wa-Dimnah was translated by 
Symeon (the son of) Seth for the emperor Alexius 
Comnenus, who ascended the throne in 1081. 
The Syriac version, which bears the title of the 
Story of Sindban and the Philosophers who were 
with him, has been edited by Baethgen, with a 
German translation and notes, from the unique 
MS. in the Royal Library at Berlin ^ 

Somewhere between the 9th and 11th cen- 
turies we would place the Syriac translation of 
Esop's (^sop's) Fables, which has been edited 

1 Z.D.M.G., xxxiii. (1879), pp. 521-522. 

2 Ricerche intorno al Libra di Sindihad, 1869, p. 28 sq. ; 
The Folh-lore Society, vol. ix. 1, p. 57 sq. 

3 Alt. Bestand 57, ff. 60-87. A small specimen had 
already been published by Eijdiger, Chrestom. Syr., 2d ed., 
pp. 100-101. 

S. L. 16 



242 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

under a somewhat Jewish garb by Landsberger', 
who imagined himself to have found the Syriac 
original of the fables of Syntipas (Sindipas), 
whereas Geiger^ clearly showed that we have here 
to do with a Syriac rendering of one of the forms 
of the fables of Esop. In fact, as Geiger pointed 
out, D1S1DT is only a clerical error for DISIDNT 
In Syriac MSS. of this collection the title is 
written .£00'=^ i mn ■>, " of Josephus'." In some 
close relation to these stands the story of Josephus 
and king Nebuchadnezzar in the Berlin MS. Alt. 
Bestand 57, ff. 16-57, with which are interwoven 
a number of Esopic fables. They have been 
edited (with the exception of two) by Rodiger in 
his Chrestovi. Syr., 2d ed., pp. 97-100. 

[In speaking of the works of Jacob of Edessa, 
mention was made (p. 147 supra) of the anonjrmous 
treatise Causa omnium causarum*, which has been 
erroneously attributed to him'. Kayser" and 

1 D1S1DT N'''?nD, Die Fabeln des Sopkos, Syrisches Ori- 
ginal der Oriechischen Fabeln des Syntipas, 1859. Compare 
his earlier dissertation, Fabulm aliquot Aramcece, 1846. 

2 Z.B.M.G., xiv. (1860), p. 586 sj. 

3 B.O., iii. 1, 7, with note 2. So, for example, MS. 
Trin. Coll. Dublin, B. 5, 32 (Wright, Ealilah and Biimmh, 
pp. ix., X.). 

^ [It has the alternative title Liber de cognitione veritatis. 
6 As by Pohlmann, in Z.D.M.O., xv. p. 648 sg. 
^ Das Buck von der Erkenntiiiss der Wahrheit (text) 
p. ii., note. 



CAUSA 0AV8ABUM. — ABU GHALIB. 243 

Noldeke' have adduced reasons sufficient to prove 
that the book is from another hand, and at 
least not earlier than the 10th century. It gives 
an account of God, the worlds material and 
spiritual, and man, according to the views of 
the author's time. It claims to be "a common 
book for all peoples"; and the author, who was 
bishop of Edessa and therefore a Jacobite, shows 
a praiseworthy desire to avoid theological differ- 
ences, and to treat such doctrines as the Trinity 
in a spirit of conciliation towards Jews and 
Mussulmans, as well as towards all fellow-Christ- 
ians. The book exhibits in parts a somewhat 
mystical tone, akin to that of Stephen bar 
Sudhaile, but there is no evidence of direct 
dependence on him. The text was edited by 
Kayser in 1889 (Leipzig) : his translation into 
German appeared posthumously in 1893 (Strass- 
burg).] 

In the 12th century we find that the number 
of Syrian writers, whether Jacobite or Nestorian, 
is small, but two of the former sect are men of 
real mark. 

Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni, the younger brother 

of Sa'id bar Sabuni (see above, p. 227), was almost 

as unfortunate as his brother. He was raised to 

the episcopate of Edessa after his brother's death 

1 Literarisches Centralhlatt for 1889, col. 1003.] 

16—2 



244 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

by Athanasius VII., but speedily deposed on 
account of a quarrel, although many of the 
Edessenes, araong them the king Baldwin, brother 
of Godfrey of Bouillon, took his part. He died of 
a fall from his horse, shortly after the death of 
the patriarch in 1129*- Though a good scholar 
and linguist, he does not appear to have written 
anything that has come down to our times. 
Assemani, it is true, ascribes to him three j)oems 
in twelve-syllable metre on the capture of Edessa 
by Zengi ibn Ak-sunkur ; but, as this took place 
in 1144^ the writer must have been his successor, 
Basil bar Shumua (1143-69)^ 

John^ bishop of Harran and Marde or Mardin, 
had charge of the Jacobite churches ii: the East, 
his diocese including Tell-Besme, Kephar-tiitha, 
Dara, Nisibis, Eas'ain, and the Khabhora or 
Khabrir. He was originally a monk of Edessa, 
was appointed bishop by Athanasius YII. in 
1125, and was killed by a fall from his horse in 
1165, at the age of seventy-eight". He devoted 

1 See B.O., ii. 212, 358-359 ; Bar-Hebrteus, Chron. 
Eccles., i. 467-479. 

2 B.O., ii. oli. (comp. p. 317). 

3 See Bar-Hebr£eus, Chron. Syr., p. 328 (transL, p. 335) 
[ed. Bedjan, p. 308] ; Chron. Eccles., i. 497, 547. 

"i His baptismal name was probably Jacob ; see B.O.^ 
ii. 230, col. 1, at the foot. 

5 B.O., ii. 216,226; Bar-Hebr£eus, Chron. Eccles., i. 531. 



JOHN OF HAREAN AND MARDIN. 245 

himself chiefly to the restoration of the decayed 
churches and monasteries of his diocese, as may 
be seen from the autobiographical fragment in 
B.O., ii. 217 sq. From the same document, pp. 
224-225, it appears that he was fond of MSS., 
which he collected, repaired, and bound, and that 
he wrote with his own hand four small copies of 
the Gospels in gold and silver. He enjoyed a 
well earned reputation as a land-surveyor and 
practical engineer^ Bar-Hebraeus notes his great 
liberality in redeeming the captive Edessenes 
who had been carried off by Zengi's troops I The 
fall of Edessa (1144), however, was an event that 
got him into a great deal of trouble. He was 
ill-advised enough to write a treatise on the 
Providence of God, in which he maintained that 
chastisements of that kind were not sent upon 
men by God, and that, if the troops of the Franks 
(Crusaders) had been there, Edessa would not 
have been taken by Zengi. Such rank heresy of 
course brought down upon him the whole bench 
of bishops. He was attacked by the priest 
Salibha of Karigarah (?)^ by John bishop of 
Kaisiim*, John bar Aadreas bishop of Mab- 

1 B.O., ii. 226 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eodes., i. 525-527. 

2 Chvon. Eocles., i. 501. 

3 Died in 1164, 5. a, ii. 362. 

* B.O., ii. 364 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 501, 554, 
559. Died in 1171. 



246 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

bogh\ and Dionysius bar Salibi^. He was also 
the compiler of an anaphora'. 

The star of this century among the Jacobites 
is undeniably Jacob bar Salibi of Melitene (Mala- 
tiah). He was created bishop of Mar' ash, under 
the name of Dionysius, by Athanasius VIII. 
(Yesh€i' bar Ketrah, 1138-66) in 1145, and the 
diocese of Mabbogh was also placed under his 
charged Michael I. (1166-99) transferred him 
to Amid, where he died in 1171^ The list of his 
works, as quoted by Assemani from a Syriac MS., 
is very considerable ^ and he has dealt with them 
at great length'- We may mention the following. 
(1) Commentary on the Old Testament, of which 
only one complete MS. exists in Europe I The 

1 Afterwards of Tur-'Abhdin ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. 
Ecdes., i. 515. He composed both in Armenian and 
Syriac, B.O., ii. 360, coll. 1, 2, 362, col. 1; Bar-Hebrsus, 
Chron. Ecdes., i. 487. Died in 1156; B.O., ii. 362 ; Bar- 
Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 517; see Brit. Mus. Orient. 1017 
(Wright, Catal:, pp. 897-898). 

2 B.O., ii. 207 ; Bar-Hebr£eus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 503. 
^ B.O., ii. 230. 

* B.O., ii. 362 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 513-515. 

5 B.O., ii. 363, 365 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 559. 

° B.O., ii. 210; comp. Catal. Bibl. Law. et Palat. 
Medic, p. 79. ? B.O., ii. 157-208. 

' At Paris, Suppl. 92, in Zotenberg's Catal., No. 66. 
There are fragments in Ano. fonds 3 (Zotenberg, Catal., 
No. 9) ; see also Cod. Vat. xcvi. 29, 42, 43 (Psalms), 30 (on 
the Prophets). 



DIONYSIUS BAR SALlBI. 247 

order of the books is — the Pentateuch, Job, Joshua, 
Judges, Samuel and Kings, Psalms, Proverbs, 
Ecclesiastes, the Song of Songs, Isaiah, Jeremiah 
and Lamentations, Ezekiel, Daniel, the twelve 
minor Prophets, and Ecclesiasticus. Each book 
has a material or literal and a spiritual or mystical 
commentary. Several of the books have two 
commentaries, one on the Peshitta, the other on 
the Hexaplar text; Jeremiah has actually three, 
one on the Hexaplar, and two, a shorter and a 
longer, on the PSshitta. (2) Commentary on the 
New Testament, from which Assemani has given 
many extracts \ The order of the books is — the 
four Gospels, the Revelation of St John, the Acts 
of the Apostles, the seven apostolic epistles, and 
the fourteen epistles of St PauP. (3) A compend- 

1 B.O., ii. 157-170. 

2 The Gospels are in Brit. Mus. Add. 7184 ; Cod. Vat. 
olv. 19-24, clvi., oclKxv.-ix. ; Paris, Anc. fonds 33, 34 
(Zotenberg, Catoa., Nos. 67-68); Bodl. Or. 703, 2. St 
Matthew, Bodl. Hunt. 247. Eevelation, &c., Brit. Mus. 
Add. 7185 ; Bodl. Or. 560. Dudley Loftus was the first to 
make use of these commentaries in his two works. The 
Exposition of Dionysius Syrus, written above 900 years 
since, on the Evangelist St Mark, translated by D.L. 

. (Dublin, 1672), and A Clear and Learned Explication 
of the History of ow Blessed Saviour J.C, . . . by Dionys- 
im Syrus, . . . translated by D. L. (Dublin, 1695) ; see 
Payne Smith) Gatal., p. 411, notes d and f. Loftus's 
manuscript translations are in the Bodleian Library, Fell 
6 and 7. [Extracts from the Com. on the Apocalypse have 



248 SYRIAG LITERATURE. 

ium of theology, of which we do not seem to 
have any MS. in Europe ; see B.O., ii. 163, col. 1, 
11. 13-15, and p. 170. (4) A copious treatise 
against heresies, dealing with the Muhainmadans, 
the Jews, the Nestorians, the Dyophysites or 
supporters of the council of Chalcedon, and the 
Armenians \ (5) A treatise on the Providence of 
God, against John, bishop of Mardin^, apparently 
no longer extant. (6) Expositions of the Euchar- 
istic service', of the Nicene 'creeds of the 
consecration of the chrism ^ of the services of 
consecration", and of the Jacobite confession of 
faith'. (7) Canons on confession and absolution^ 

been published, with notes and translation, by Dr J. 
Gwynn in Hermathena vi. 397 sq., vii. 137 sq. (the latter 
containing a summary of Hippolytus's interpretation of 
Matt. xxiv. 15-22).] 

1 B.O., ii. 170, 211. The section against the Muham- 
madans is contained in Cod. Vat. xcvi. 19, and that against 
the Nestorians in Paris, Anc. fonds 125 (Zotenberg, Gatal., 
No. 209, 2). There is an extract from the latter in Bodl. 
Or. 467 (P. Smith, Catal., p. 561). From it is extracted 
the list of the Jacobite patriarchs in B.O., ii. 323, note 1. 

2 B.O., ii. 207; see above. 

3 B.O., ii. 176-208; Cod. Vat. cii., ccoki.; Brit. Mus. 
Or. 2307 (partly Arabic) ; Paris, Anc. fonds 35, 69, 125. 

* Cod. Vat. clix. 4 ; Bodl. Marsh. 101. 

^ Cod. Vat. clix. 30 (in Arabic). 

» B.O., ii. 171 ; comp. Cod. Vat. civ. 10, clix. 31. 

' Bodl. Marsh. 101, f 31. 

8 B.O., ii. 171. 



DIONYSIUS BAR SALIBI. 249 

(8) Two anaphorae or liturgies^ (9) Various 
prayers, prooemia, and sedras^ (10) Homilies, 
e.g., encomium on the patriarch Michael the 
Elder', on the Passion of our Lord*, and on 
withholding the sacrament from those who abs- 
tain from communicating for a period of more 
than forty days^ (11) A commentary on the six 
Centuries of Evagrius^. (12) Two poems on the 
fall of Edessa (1144)', three on the fall of Mar'ash 
(1156)°, and two on another incident (1159)^ 
Among the works mentioned in the list in B.O., 
ii. 210-211, we cannot find any traces of the 
Gommentarius in Scripta Doctorwm, the Com- 
pendium Historiarum Patrum et Sanctorum, et 
Martyrum, and the Compendium Canonum Apo- 
stolicorum, nor of the commentaries on the books 
of Dialectics, ibid., col. 1. Of the epistles two are 
extant in Arabic, Berlin, Sachau 61, 1, 2. From 

1 B.O., ii. 175. 2 jijid.^ ii. 175. 

3 Ibid., ii. 170. Read, with slight alterations, on the 
installation of a bishop or patriarch. Cod. Vat. U. 26, 
cociv. ; Paris, Suppl. 23. 

4 Cod. Palat. Medic, xl. {Catal, p. 78). 

6 Cod. Palat. Medic. Ixii. {Catal., p. 107). 
6 Berlin, Alt. Bestand 37, 1. 

T B.O., ii. 317; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Syr., 328 (transl., 
p. 335) [ed. Bedjan, p. 308]. 

8 B.O., ii. 317; Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Syr., 346-347 
[ed. Bedjan, p. 324]. 

9 B.O., ii. 451-452 ; Bar-HebrMus, Chron. Ecoles., ii. 351. 



250 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

a treatise On the Structure of Man there are two 
short extracts in Bodl. Marsh. 361, f. 39. Dionys- 
ius appears also to have revised the Jacobite 
order of baptism^ and to have drawn up a volume 
of services for the days of the week ". 

Michael the Elder^ the son of Elias, a priest 
of Melitene, of the family of Kindasi^ was abbot 
of the convent of Bar-sauma, near Melitene ^ 

1 Brit. Mus. Arund. Or. 11 (Rosen, Gatal, p. 62, 
col. 2). 

2 Cod. Vat. ccccxxv., in Mai, Soriptt. Vett. Nova 
Coll., V. 

3 So called to distinguish him from his nephew Michael 
the Younger, Yeshu' SephSthana or " Big-lips," who became 
patriarch at Melitene (1199-1215), in opposition to Athan- 
asius IX., Salibha Kgraha (the Bald), at Mardm (1199- 
1207), and John XIV., Yeshu* the scribe (1208-20). 

^ Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., i. 537. 

^ Assemani expressly says "at Shenna" (read p_»j), 
B.O., ii. 154, but the list of patriarchs at p. 323 does not 
give the word |jl»>, though he repeats it in the translation 
(No. 100). In the Dissert, de Monophysitis, p. xcviii, he 
makes Michael belong to the convent near Mehtene, and 
merely mentions another convent of Bar-sauma at " Sena'' 
(see also the Index, p. 532). Langlois, in the preface to 
the Chronique de Michel le Grand, p. 3, thinks of a convent 
near Mardin, such as that restored by John, bishop of 
Mardln {B.O., ii. 222, 1. 19). We believe, however, that 
the convent near Melitene is meant, as John of Maxdin had 
acquired a certain reputation in what Abbeloos calls the 
"ars gromatica" (Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 526, note 
1), wherefore it is said that Michael sent for him {shaddar 



MICHAEL I. 251 

which we find him supplying with water, with 
the help of John, bishop of Mardin, in 1163^ 
He was elected patriarch in 1166, and held office 
till 1199^. He revised the Jacobite pontifical and 
ritual, arranging its contents under forty-six heads, 
as exhibited in Cod. Vat. li.^ drew up an anaphora*, 
wrote a tract setting forth the Jacobite confession 
of faith °, a treatise against a Coptic schismatic, 
Mark the son of Konbar, on the question of 
confession °, and a poem on a case of persecution 
in 1159'- He also revised in 1185 the life of 
Abhhai, bishop of Nicsea, having found most 
copies of it in a very disordered state I His most 

hathreh), and that John "returned to his diocese because 
the winter was at hand, meaning to come back in April " 
(p. 527). 

1 Bar-Hebrssus, Chron. Eccles., i. 525. 

^ B.O., ii. 363-369; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 
535-605. 

3 Assemani's Gatal., ii. 314 sq.; B.O., ii. 155. 

* Cod. Vat. XXV. 8 ; Paris, Anc. fonds 68 (Zotenberg, 
Catal, p. 49) ; Leyden, Cod. 1572 {Catal., v. 73). 

5 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 549 ; Langlois, p. 331. 

8 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 573-575 ; B.O., ii. 155, 
No. iii. 

7 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 351. 

8 See Brit. Mus. Add. 12174, No. 8 (Wright, Catal., 
p. 1124); Cod. Vat. xxxvii. 12 {Catal, ii. 247); B.O., ii. 
505, col. 2. But the acooxmt of the death of the emperor 
Constantius, and the lives of Jacob of SSrugh and of Mar 
Aha, appear to be wrongly ascribed to him in Catal. Vat., 
ii. 248-249. 



252 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

important work was a Chronicle, from the creation 
to 1196 A.D., which was translated, with other 
works of his, into Armenian, and apparently exists 
in that language alone \ Some extracts from it 
were published by Dulaurier in the Journal 
Asiatique for 1848, p. 281 sq., and 1849, p. 315 
sq., and the whole has been edited in a French 
translation by V. Langlois, Chronique de Michel le 
Grand, 1868. According to him the translator of 
the first part of the work was the vartabed David, 
and it was finished by the priest Isaac, who 
completed his task in 1248, continuing it down to 
his own day. A third person engaged in trans- 
lating the works of Michael into Armenian was 
the vartabed Vartan^ Appended to the Chronicle 
is an extract from a treatise of his " On the 
Sacerdotal Order and its Origin," or " On the 
Origin of Sacerdotal Institutions," with a contin- 
uation by Isaac and Vartan^, which is followed in 
the MSS. by the Jacobite "confession of faith ^" 
Michael appears also to have written an ecclesias- 
tical history, which is entirely lost to us. At 

1 The present writer has been recently informed that a 
copy of the original Syriac exists in the library of the 
convent of az-Za'faran near ilardin. 

2 Langlois, Preface, p. 10, and note 2. 
5 Langlois, p. 363 sg. 

* Langlois, Preface, p. 8, at the top ; Bar-Hebi-eeus, 
Chron. Eccles., i. 606, note 1, 6. 



THEODORE BAR WAHBON. 253 

least Bar-Hebrseus^ speaks of his recording certain 
matters in his " Ekklesiastike," which do not 
appear in the Chronicle. 

A thorn in the side of Michael was his disciple 
Theodore bar Wahbon. He first appears on the 
stage in 1170^, when the emperor Manuel sent 
Theorianus to the Armenian catholicus and the 
Jacobite patriarch with letters. Michael declined 
an interview, but sent John of Kaisum to see 
Theorianus at ^K^al'at ar-Rum, and on his coming 
a second time to the same place selected Theodore 
bar Wahbon as his representative I Ten years 
afterwards, in 1180, when Michael was at Antioch, 
Ibn Wahbon was made anti-patriarch at Amid by 
certain malcontent bishops, under the name of 



1 Chroii. Eccles., i. 589. 

2 Ihid; i. 549, 551, where 1172 is an error, as remarked 
by Abbeloos in note 1. John of Kaisum, who was present 
on the occasion, died in 1171 (p. 559). 

3 The disputations held on these occasions were of course 
utterly fruitless. See Leunclavius, Legatio Imp. Ocesaris 
Manuelis Comneni Aug. ad Armenios, sive Theoriani cum 
Catholico disputatio, &c., 1578, and in Galanus, Conciliat- 
ionis Eccled(e Armence cum Romana . . . pars i., 1690, p. 
242 sq.; Disp. Theoriani seounda, in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. 
Nova Coll., vi. pp. xxiii and 314 sq., and in Migne, 
Patrol. Or., cxxxiii. Wisq.; also Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. 
Eccles., i. 549-557 ; Langlois, Chrmiique, pp. 329-331 ; 
comp. Abbeloos's notes on Bar-Hebraeus, pp. 550-552, and 
B.O., ii. 364-365. 



254 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

John\ Michael, however, at once took energetic 
measures^, got hold of the anti-patriarch, formally 
deposed him, and shut him up in the convent of 
Bar-sauma, whence he was afterwards allowed to 
make his escape by some of the monks. He fled 
to Damascus, where he tried in vain to bring his 
case before Salah ad-din, and thence to Jerusalem, 
after the fall of which city in 1187 he joined 
Gregorius Degha, the Armenian catholicus, at 
Kal'at ar-Rum and went with him to Cilicia, 
where the king, Leo, made him patriarch of the 
Jacobites in his territories. He died in 1193. 
According to Bar-Hebrseus, Theodore bar Wahbon 
was a good scholar, and could speak and write 
three foreign languages, Greek, Armenian, and 
Arabic^. He compiled an anaphora^, wrote an 
exposition of the Eucharistic service*, and a state- 
ment of his case against Michael in Arabic''. 

Of Nestorian writers there are scarcely any 
worth naming in this century, for the historian 
and controversialist Mare bar Shelemou, otherwise 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 575 sj. ; B.O., ii. 
213. 

^ Bar-Hebr83us, Chron. Eccles., i. 579; B.O., ii. 214. 

3 Chron. Eccles., i. 581. 

* See Eenaudot, ii. 409; B.O., ii. 216; Payiie Smith, 
Gatal., p. 241, note c. 

6 B.C., ii. 216. 

^ Bar-Hebrasus, Chron. Eccles., i. 581, at the foot. 



MAEi IBN SULAIMAN. 255 

Mari ibn Sulaiman, wrote in Arabic^; and Elias 

1 He flourished in the first half of this century {B.O,, 
iii. 1, 554-555, 582). His work is extant in the Vatican 
Library in 2 vols., cviii. and cix. (Mai, Scriptt. Vett. 
Nova Coll., iv. 219-223), with the title Kitab al-Majdal 
or "the Tower," wrongly ascribed to 'Amr ibn Matta 
of Tirhan. The first volume, transcribed in 1401, is 
theological and dogmatical; it comprises the first four 
sections. The second volume is theological and his- 
torical. The series of patriarchs ended with " 71,'' 
'Abhd-Isho' bar Mukl of Mosul (1138-47), but is continued 
down to Yabh-alaha bar Kayoma of Mosul (1190), "qui 
nunc sedem tenet," i.e., in 1214, when this volume was 
written. His epitomizer 'Amr ibn Matta of Tirhan lived 
in the first half of the 14th century {B.O., iii. 1, 580, 586). 
To him is ascribed Cod. Vat. ex., which " autographus esse 
videtur" (Mai, Scri-ptt. Vett. Nova Coll., iv. 224-227). It 
consists of five parts, of which the first is wanting in this 
MS., which has therefore no title. The series of catholics 
in pt. v., fundam. 2, is continued down to Yabh-alaha 
(1281-1317). In pt. v., fundam. 3, sect. 6, we^ find the 
confession of faith of Michael, bishop of Amid and 
Maiyafarikin {B.O., iii. 1, 557), translated into Arabic by 
the priest Sallba ibn Yohanna, whom G. E. Khayyath, 
archbishop of ' Amadia, asserts to be the real author of the 
whole work (see his Syri Orientales seu Chaldmi Nestoriani 
et Bomanoriim Fontificum Primatus, 1870, and comp. 
Hoflfmann, AuszUge, p. 6). Cod. Vat. dclxxxvii. (Mai, op. 
oit., V. 594) contains part of the same work as Cod. Vat. ox. 
(though the Catalogue calls it the Majdal, and ascribes it 
to Marl), viz., pt. v., fundam. 1 and 2 (" usque ad Ebedie- 
sum Barsaumse successorem, qui obiit die 25 novembris 
an. Christi 1147. Continuat eandem historiam Amrus 
Matthsei filius, a Jesuiabo baladensi, Ebediesu successore, 
usque ad laballahum III. Timothei secundi successorem. 



256 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

III.^ Abu Halim ibn al-Hadithi, of Maiperkat, 
metropolitan of Nisibis and catholicus from 1175 
to 1190, chiefly used the same language in his 
homilies and letters^. He is best remembered for 
having compiled and arranged the prayers in one 
of the service books, which is still called by his 
name, " the Abu Halim^" 

Isho'-yabh bar Malkon was ordained bishop of 
Nisibis in 1190 by the catholicus Yabh-alaha II. 
(1190-1222), was present at the consecration of 

qui obiit die 31 ianuarii an. Christi 1222" !). Cod. Vat. 
dolxxsviii. is also said to contain "Historia Patriardiarum 
Chaldseorum sive Nestorianorum," from Addai and Marl 
down to Yabh-alalia bar Kayoma, by 'Amr ibn Matta. 
"Heec autem historia longe fusior est atque emendatior 
ilia, quam Mares f. Salomonis consoripsit, de qua in 
prsecedente codioe" ! And to add to the perplexity, 
Saohau describes his Cod. 12 (Arab.) as "Theil einer 

grossen Kirchengeschichte der Nestorianer. jj^'i)! jliwl 
BUcher der Geheimnisse. Alte Papierhandsohrift (14 Jh.). 
Es ist das (J«*3^t »_jUI& von 'Amr b. Matta aus 
Tirhan." Possibly the MS. in the collection of the S.P.C.K. 
may give some light. 

1 B.O., ii. 450, iii. 1, 287; Bar-Hebr£eus, Chron. Eccles., 
ii. 367-369. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 290. 

2 Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 23 : " The Aboo Haleem 
contains a collection of collects appointed to be read at 
the conclusion of the Nocturns of all the Sundays through- 
out the year, of the festivals, and the three days of the 
Baootha dNiniedyl, before the commencement of the 
Matins." See B.O., iii. 1, 291-295. 



SIMEON SHANKELAWi. 257 

his successor Sabhr-isho' IV. (1222-25), and died 
under Sabhr-isho' V. (1226-56), his follower at 
Nisibis being Makkikha, who was afterwards 
catholicus (1257-65)i. He wrote on questions of 
grammar, besides homilies, letters, and hymns, in 
which, however, he chiefly, if not exclusively, 
employed the Arabic language^. He is the same 
as Joseph bar Malkon, bishop of Mardin, whose 
metrical tract on the points, entitled Mesldhta, 
dM-Nukze, or "the Net of the Points," is found in 
MSS., along with the grammatical writings of 
Elias bar Shinaya and John bar Zo'bP. This tract 
must therefore have been composed before 1190. 

Simeon Shankelabhadhi or ShankSlawi, of 
ShankSlabhadh or Shankelawah^, near Irbil, must 
have been a contemporary of Bar Malkon, and 
perhaps somewhat senior to him. He was the 
teacher of John bar Zo'bi, for whom he wrote a 
Ghronikon or chronological treatise in the form of 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 295, note 1. 

2 Ibid., iii. 1, 295-306. 

3 E.g., Cod. Vat. cxoiv. (copied from a MS. written in 
1246), and Brit. Mus. Add. 25876, f. 276 b (note the 
colophon, f. 290b, Wright, Catal., p. 1178); see B.O., in. 
1, 308, col. 1, No. viii., and the Abb^ Martin, Be la 
M^trique ehez les Syrien^, 1879, p. 70 (at p. 68, 1. 14, read 

] . 1 ^ .. ij "the bishop of Nisibis"). [Compare Merx, 

Hist, artis gramm. ap. Syros, chap, viii.] 

4 See Hoffmann, AuszUge, p. 231, and note 1847. 

S. L. 17 



258 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

questions and answers, explanatory of the various 
eras, the calendar, &c. There is a MS. in the 
British Museitm, Add. 25875 S and several at 
Berlin I He was also the author of a moral poem 
in enigmatical language, of which 'Abhd-isho' 
thought it worth his while to write an explanation 
for his disciple Abraham^. To him is likewise 
ascribed " the questions of Simon Kepha con- 
cerning the Eucharist and Baptism," which he 
appears to have introduced to the notice of his 
pupil John bar Zo'bi^ 

John bar Zo'bi flourished about the end of the 
12th and the beginning of the 13th century. He 
was a monk of Beth 5uka (or Kuke) in Hedhai- 
yabh, and numbered among his pupils Jacob bar 
Shakko, or Severus, bishop of Mar Matthew (see 
below)''. He wrote metrical homilies, partly in 
seven -syllable, partly in twelve-syllable verse, on 
the chief points of the Nestorian faith". One of 

1 Wright, Catal, p. 1067. 

2 Sachau 108, 1, 121, and 153, 1, 3. 

3 Cod. Vat. clxxxvii. {Gated., iii. 404); MS. Ind. Off. 
No. 9, "Tracts in Syriac," f. 204. It has been published 
by Cardahl, Liher Thesauri, p. 89. Cardahl calls the 
author as-Sankalaban, blindly copying Assemani's San- 
calabarensis, and places his death in 780 (see B.O., iii. 1, 
225, note 5, p. 226, note 7 ; and Catal. Vat., iii. 405). 

* B.O., iii. 1, 562. 

'' Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 409. 

° Brit. Mus. Or. 2305 ; and apparently Berlin, Sachau 8. 



JOHN B. Zo'bI. — DAVID B. PAUL. 259 

these is mentioned by Assemani, B.O., iii. 1, 309, 
note 1'; another, on the four problems of philo- 
sophy, is in Berlin, Sach&u 72, 15. Bar Zo bi is, 
however, better known as a grammarian^ The 
larger of his two grammars is based on the works 
•of previous writers, such as Severus Sebokht and 
Denha, commentators on Aristotle, and the gram- 
marians Elias I., the catholicus, and Elias bar 
Shinaya, bishop of Nisibis^ The smaller grammar 
is an epitome in verse, accompanied by a metrical 
tract on the four chief marks of interpunction^ 
He seems also to have continued the treatise of 
Honain De Synonymis^, so that he may perhaps 
be Hoffmann's " analecta anonymus^" 

As the lamp flares up before it expires, so the 
13th century witnessed a faint revival of Syriac 
literature before its extinction. 

David bar Paul is cited by Bar-Hebrseus in 

1 It has been translated by Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 
151-153. 

2 B.O., iii. 1, 307; [Merx, op. cit, chap. x.]. 

2 Part of this work, namely, the portion that deals 
with the marks of interpunotion, has been edited and 
translated by Martin, TraiU sur V Accentuation chez les 
Syriens Orientaux, 1877. 

* MSS. of these grammars, — Cod. Vat. oxciv., cocci. ; 
Brit. Mus. Add. 25876; Or. 2314; Berlin, Alt. Best. 36, 
16, and Sachau 216, 2, and 306, 2. 

6 Berlin, Sachau 72, 14. 

* Opuso. Nestor., p. iv. 

17—2 



260 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

the Ausar Raze^, and may therefore be supposed 
to have lived early in the 13th century. He was 
evidently a man of considerable culture, and a 
versifier. We have from his pen a poem on the 
letters of the Syriac alphabet ^ a note on the 
mutable letters^, and a brief enumeration of the 
categories of Aristotle^ a moral poem in twelve- 
syllable verse ^ another on repentance in an Arabic 
translation'', and specimens of a third in Cardahi's 
Liber Thesauri, p. 138. Theological are a dialogue 
between a Malkite and a Jacobite on the hymn 
Trisagion' and a tract in Arabic on matters in 
dispute between the Jacobites and Malkites^ 

Jacob bar Shakko (Shakkako iy, or 'Isa, bar 
Mark, of Bartellai or Bartulla, near Mosul, was a 
monk of the famous convent of Mar Matthew, of 

1 B.O., ii. 243. 

2 Cod. Vat. ccxvii. {Catal., iii. 505) ; Paris, Ano. fonds 
118 (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 166), 157 {ihid., p. 147). 

3 Paris, Ano. fonds 164 (Zotenberg, Catal., p. 213). 
" Berlin, Alt. Best. 36, 13. 

^ Cod. Vat. xcvi. {Catal., ii. 522). 

6 Cod. Vat. Iviii. {Catal, ii. 351). 

f Cod. Vat. cxlvi. {Catal., iii. 268), coviii. {Catal, iii. 
498); Paris, Anc. fonds 134 A (Zotenberg, Catal, p. 154), 
with an Arabic translation. 

8 Bodl. Hunt. 199 (P. Smitb, Catal, p. 449), Poc. 79 
{ib., p. 459). 

3 Written onoi and oilL*. 



JACOB OR SEVERUS B. SHAKKO. 261 

which he afterwards became bishop by the name 
of Severus^ He was trained in grammar by John 
bar Zo'bi (see above) in the convent of Beth Kuka 
(or Kuke) in Hgdhaiyabh^, and in dialectics and 
philosophy by Kamal ad-Din Musa ibn Yunus at 
MosuP. He composed one of his works, the Book 
of Treasures, in 1231 and died in 1241 ^ on his 
way to visit the aged patriarch Ignatius II. 
(maphrian 1215-22, patriarch 1222-53). He 
possessed a great many books, which were all 
conveyed to the demosion^ of the ruler of Mosul. 

1 Bar-Hebrsevis, Chron. Eccles., ii. 409 (a contemporary). 
In Cod. Vat. ccccxi. (Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., v.) he 
bears the name of Jacob bar Talia, a corruption of Bartel- 
laya. In MS. Berhn, Alt. Best. 38, 1 (if the Catal. be 
correct), he is called "metropolitan of the convent of 
St Matthew near Arbela,'' confusing Mar Matthew at 
Mosul with Beth Kuka, where he was trained. Assemani 
and others have identified him with Jacob, bishop of 
Maiperkat (MSdhinath Sahde). With Taghrlth he never 
had anything to do. 

^ Hoflfmann, Ausziige, p. 215, note 1715. 

3 Born 1156, died 1224; Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Eccles., 
ii. 411; Wustenfeld, Gesch. d. arab. Aerzte, No. 229; Ibn 
Khallikau, ed. Wiistenfeld, No. 757 ; Ibn Abi Usaibi'ah, ed. 
MiUler, i. 306. 

* Assemani {B.O., ii. 455) is mistaken; see also pp. 237 
and 477. 

5 According to Abbeloos, Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., 
ii. 412, " in serarium publicum principis Mossulse assumpti 
fuerunt." We suspect that the Christian bishop's library 
went to light the fires of the public bath. 



262 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

His works are as follows. (1) The Book of 
Treasures, a theological treatise in four parts, viz., 
part i., of the three-one God; part ii., of the 
Incarnation of the Son of God; part iii., of the 
Divine Providence ; part iv., of the creation of the 
universe, the angels, the different kinds of life, the 
soul of man, the resurrection, and the last judge- 
ments (2) The Dialogues, in two books. Book i., 
dial. 1, on grammar, followed by a discourse on 
the same in twelve-syllable metre ; dial. 2, on 
rhetoric ; dial. 3, on the art of poetry or metres ; 
dial. 4, on the eloquence and copiousness of the 
Syriac language. Book ii., dial. 1, on logic and 
the syllogism ; dial. 2, on philosophy, its kinds, 
divisions, and subdivisions, in five sections, viz., 
(a) on the definitions of philosophy, its divisions, 
&c. ; (h) on the philosophic life and conduct ; (c) on 
physics or physiology ; {d) on the four disciplines, 
— arithmetic, music, geometry, and mathematics ; 
(e) on metaphysics and theologyl Of his letters 

1 Cod. Vat. olix. {Catal, iii. 307); Brit. Mus. Add. 
7193 (Rosen, Catal., p. 84); and in the collection _ of the 
S.P.C.K. An extract in Cod. Vat. ccccxi. (Mai, Scriptt. 
Vett. Nova Coll., v.); see B.O., ii. 237-240. 

2 Brit. Mus. Add. 21454 (Wright, Catal, p. 1165); 
Gottingen, Cod. Orient. 18 o; Bodl. Marsh. 528 (apparently 
imperfect, P. Smith, Catal., p. 642). Excerpts in Berlin, 
Alt. Best. 38, 1. Book i., dial. 3, has been edited by 
Martin, "De la M^trique chez les Syriens," in Abhand- 



AAEON BAR MA'dANI. 263 

two are extant, in verse, addressed to Fakhr 
ad-Daulah Mark bar Thomas and his brother Taj 
ad-Daulah Abu Tahir Saidl He also wrote a 
confession of faith regarding the Trinity and the 
Incarnation, which he himself cites in the Book of 
Treasures, part ii., chap. 14, and an exposition of 
the services and prayers of the church, which is 
referred to in the same work, part, ii., chap. 31 
(on the addition of the words " who was crucified 
for us" to the Trisagion)^. Under the name of 
Jacob of Maiperkat we have an admonition 
addressed to persons seeking ordination as priests, 
which is found in many service books I 

Aaron bar Ma'dani (or Ma'dani ?) had been 
recently appointed bishop of Mardin, under the 
name of John, when he was promoted by the 
patriarch Ignatius II. to the dignity of maphrian 
in 1232*. His bodily presence seems to have been 

lungenfur d. Kuiide d. Morgenlandes, Bd. vii., No. 2, 1879 ; 
[and dial. 1 of the same book, with extracts from the 
metrical discourse that follows it, by Merx in the appendix 
to his Hist, artis gramm. ap. Syros (see also chap. xi.)]. 

1 Brit. Mus. Add. 7193 (Eosen, Catal, p. 84); see 
Bar-Hebr»iis, Chron. Ecoles., ii. 407, where the third 
brother Shams ad-Daulah is also mentioned. 

2 B.O., ii. 240. 

3 E.g., Cod. Vat. Ii. 9 {Catal, i. 318); ccciv. (Mai, 
Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., v.) ; Paris, Suppl. 22, 23, 38, 94 
(the last in Arabic), see Zotenberg, Catal., pp. 68, 72, 76 ; 
comp. B.O., ii. 241. * B.O., ii. 454. 



264 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

somewhat insignificant, and he was no orator, for 
which reasons he was unpopular^. In 1237 he 
went to Baghdadh, where in the following year he 
composed his panegyric on the holy Mar Aaron, 
and ingratiated himself with the three brothers 
Shams ad-Daulah, Fakhr ad-Daulah, and Taj 
ad-Daulah, the sons of the archiater Thomas, who 
were in high favour at the court of al-Mustansir 
bi'llah. He learned to speak and write Arabic 
thoroughly^. In 1244 he was recalled to Mosul 
and received with every mark of respect'. On 
the death of Ignatius in 1252, Dionysius (Aaron 
'Angur) was created patriarchy but a rival faction 
set up John bar Ma'danP; and so the two ruled in 
a divided church till Dionysius was murdered in 
the convent of Bar-sauma near Melitene in 1261", 
after which time his rival sat alone till 1263'. 
John bar Ma'dani compiled an anaphora^ and 
wrote a great many poems, of which Bodl. Hunt. 1 
contains no less than 60^ Some of the more 

'■ Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., ii. 407. 
2 Ihid., ii. 411. 3 Ihid., ii. 413. 

"i Ibid., i. 697, 701 ; B.O., ii. 376. 
^ Bar-HebrKus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 707; B.O., ii. 377. 
" Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 737. 
^ Ihid., i. 743. 
' See Renaudot, ii. 512. 

9 See Payne Smitti, CcUal, pp. 379-382, and MS. 
Berlin, Sachau 207, 3. 



BAR-HEBRiEUS. 265 

important of these are the poem on the soul, 
entitled "the Bird" {ParahMhay, on the high 
origin of the soul and its degradation by sin'', on 
the excellent path of the perfect ^ and on the 
capture of Edessa and other places by the Seljuk 
sultan 'Ala'u 'd-din Kaikobadh in 1235''. Of his 
homilies Cod. Vat. xcvii. contains eighteen for 
various feasts in Arabic ". 

These writers are, however, all cast into the 
shade by the imposing figure of Bar-Hebrseus, as 
we are accustomed to call him, one of the most 
learned and versatile men that Syria ever pro- 
duced ^ Abu '1-Faraj Gregory' was the child of a 
physician at Melitene (Malatiah) named Aaron, 
a convert from Judaism or of Jewish descent, 

' Bodl. Hunt. 1 ; Poc. 298 (P. Smith, Catal, p. 641) ; 
Cod. Vat. cciv. {Catal., iii. 489) ; Berlin, Sachau 61, 8. 

2 Bodl. Hunt. 1 ; Cod. Vat. cciv. 

3 Bodl. Hunt. 1 ; Poc. 298 ; Vat. cciv. Edited in part 
by Cardahl in the Liber Thesauri, pp. 66-68. 

* Hunt. 1. Palat. Medic. Ixii. contains two poems on 
the love of God and the love of wisdom {Catal., p. 108). 

5 Catal., ii. 523. There is one, also in Arabic, on 
repentance and death in Cod. Vat. ccxx. {Catal., iii. 508). 

^ B.O., ii. 24:4 sq. See Gibbon's eulogy of him, Decline 
and Fall of the Boman Empire, ed. Smith, 1855, vol. vi., 
p. 55. 

' His baptismal name was John, as appears from the 
inscription on his tombstone; Badger, The Nestorians, 
i. 97. Gregory he probably adopted when he became a 
bishop. 



266 SYRIAC LITEEATUEE. 

whence his son got the name of Bar 'Ebhraya or 
Ibn al-'Ibri, " the son of the Hebrew." He was 
born in 1226S and devoted himself from his boy- 
hood to the acquisition of Greek and Arabic. A 
little later he applied himself also to theology and 
philosophy, besides practising medicine under his 
father and other distinguished physicians. His 
lot was cast, however, in evil days. In 1243 
many of the inhabitants of Malatiah fled to Aleppo 
before the advancing hordes of Hulagu and his 
Tatars, and his father would have been among 
the fugitives, had it not been for a lucky accident^ 
In the following year his father had actually to 
attend as physician upon one of the Tatar generals, 
whom he accompanied to Khartabirt, and on his 
return retired almost immediately from Malatiah 
to the safer city of Antioch^. Here Bar-Hebrseus 
completed his studies and commenced his monastic 
life*. Thence he went to Tripolis, where he and 
Salibha bar Jacob Wagih, of Edessa, were study- 

1 B.O., ii. 263. 

2 Ibid., ii. 244 ; Bar-Hebr88us, Eist. Dynast., p. 481 
(transl., p. 315) ; Chron. Syr., p. 503 (transl., p. 521), [ed. 
Bedjan, p. 477]. 

3 B.O., ii. 245 ; Bar-Hebraeus, Hiit. Dynast, pp. 486- 
487 (transl., pp. 318-319) ; Chron. Syr., 504-505 (transl., 
p. 522), [ed. Bedjan, p. 478]. 

* See the poem No. 29 in Cod. YaX. clsxiv. {Catal., iii. 
356). 



BAR-HEBR^US. 267 

ing medicine and rhetoric with a Nestorian teacher 
named Jacob, when they were summoned before 
the patriarch Ignatius II., on 14th September 
1246, and ordained bishops, the former of Giibos 
(Gubas) near Malatiah, the latter of 'Akko^ Bar- 
Hebrseus was then just twenty years of age. In 
the following year he was transferred to Lakabhin, 
another diocese adjacent to Malatiah^, by the 
patriarch Ignatius^. After the death of Ignatius, 
Bar-Hebrseus took the part of Dionysius (Aaron 
'Angur) against John bar Ma'dani, and was trans- 
ferred by him in 1253 to Aleppo*, but quickly 
deposed by his old friend Salibha (who sided with 
John bar Ma'dani)^; nor did he recover this see 
till 1258*. The next patriarch, Ignatius III. 
(Yeshu ), abbot of Gevikath near Mopsuestia', 
advanced him to the dignity of maphrian in 12641 

1 Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 667 ; B.O., ii. 245, 374. 
From "Akko Salibha was transferred to Aleppo, under the 
name of Basil {B.O., ii. 375), and promoted in December 
1252 by the patriarch John bar Ma'dani to be maphrian, 
under the name of Ignatius {B.O., ii. 377, 455). He died 
in 1258. 

2 B.O., ii. 260. 

3 Ibid., ii. 246 ; Bar-Hebreeus, Chron. Eocles., i. 685, 
^ B.O., ii. 246 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Ecdes., i. 721. 
5 Ibid., i. 721. « Ihid., i. 727. 

^ He sat from 1264 to 1282. 

8 B.O., ii. 246; Bar-Hebrseus, Chron. Eccles., i. 749, 
ii. 433. 



268 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Henceforth his life was an active and busy one, 
and it seems almost marvellous that he should 
have studied and written so much, while in no 
way neglectful of the vast diocese committed to 
his charge. The story is told by himself in simple 
language in his Ecclesiastical History^, with a 
continuation by his surviving brother Bar-sauma 
Safi, giving a nearly complete list of his works I 
He died at Maraghah in Adhurbaigan on 30th 
July 1286, and the greatest respect was shown to 
his memory by Greeks, Armenians, and Nestorians 
alike, the shops being closed and no business 
transacted ^ His body was conveyed to the 
convent of Mar Matthew at Mosul*, where his 
grave was seen by Badger in October 1843 ^ 
Bar-Hebrseus cultivated nearly every branch of 
science that was in vogue in his time, his object 
being on the one hand to reinvigorate and keep 
alive the Syriac language and literature, and on 
the other to make available to his co-religionists 

1 Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 431-467 ; B.O., ii. 
248-263. 

2 Bar-Hebraeus, Chron. Eccles., ii. 467-485 ; B.O., ii. 
264-274. Two brothers died before him, Michael and 
Muwaflfak. See the poems Nos. 166 and 170 in Cod. Vat. 
clxxiv. {Catal., iii. 358). 

3 B.O., ii. 266 ; Chron. Eccles., ii. 473. 
^ B.O., ii. 460. 

5 The Nestorians, i. 97. For "1536" read 1537, and for 
" Augvist" July. 



BAE-HEBR^US. 269 

the learning of the Muhammadans in a suitable 
form. Hence his treatment of the Aristotelian 
philosophy, following in the footsteps of Ibn Sina 
(Avicenna) and other Arabian writers'. The K^- 
thdbha dM-Bhdbhatha, or " Book of the Pupils of 
the Eyes," is a compendium of the art of logic 
or dialectics, comprising an introduction on the 
utility of logic and seven chapters in which the 
author deals successively with the Isagoge of 
Porphyry, the Categories, Be Interpretatione, An- 
alytica Priora, Topica, Analytica Posterior a, and 
De Sophisticis Elenchis'^. In connexion with it 
we take the KSthabha dha-Seiuadh Sophia or 
" Book of the Speech of Wisdom," a compendium 
of dialectics, physics, and metajahysics or theology'. 
The large encyclopaedia entitled Hewath Hekh- 
mMthd, " Butyrum Sapientise," or less correctly 
Hekhmath Hekhmdthd, "Sapientia Sapientiarum," 
comprises the whole Aristotelian discipline. The 
first volume contains the Logic, viz., the Isagoge, 

1 Compare Renan, De Philos. Peripat. apud Syros (1852), 
p. 65 sq. 

2 Brit. Mus. Or. 1017; Paris, Ano. fonds 138; Berlin, 
Alt. Best. 38, 2, 39; Sachau 140, 2, and 198, 8 ; Cambridge, 
collection of the S.P.G.K. 

3 Brit. Mus. Or. 1017 ; Paris, Anc. fonds 138 (Syr. and 
Arab.); Berlin, Alt. Best. 38, 4; Sachau 91 (Syr. and 
Arab.), also 140, 1, and 198, 9 ; Cambridge, coll. of the 
S.P.G.K. 



270 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

Categories, Be Interpret, Anal. Pri. and Poster., 
Dialectica, JDe Sophist. Elenchis, Rhetoric, and Art 
of Poetry. The second comprises the Physics, viz., 
De Auscult. Physica, Be Ccelo et Mundo, Be Mete- 
oris. Be Generatione et Corruptione, Be Fossilihus, 
Be Plantis, Be Animalihus and Be Anima. The 
third, in its first section, treats of the Metaphysics, 
viz., of the origin and writers of philosophy, and 
of theology ; in its second section, of ethics, eco- 
nomics, and polities'. An abridgement of this 
large work is the Tegerath Tegeratha or " Merca- 
tura Mercaturarum," which goes over the same 
ground in briefer terms -. To this class too belongs 
a poem " On the Soul, according to the views of 
the Peripatetics," which is described as " memra 
shinaya," i.e., according to Assemani, riming in the 
letter sh^. Bar-Hebrseus also translated into 
Syriac Ibn Sina's Kitdh al-islmrat wa 't-tanbihdt'^, 
under the title of KUhabha dhU-Remze wa-MS- 



1 Palat. Medio, olxxxvi.-vii., olxsvi.-ix. ( = olxxxvi. ; see 
Renan, Be Philos. Peripat. apud Syi-os, p. 66) ; Bodl. Hunt. 
1 (imperf.) ; compare also Palat. Medio, olxsxiii.-iv. and 
Isii. (p. 109). 

2 Palat. Medic, cc. ; Berlin, Sachau 211; Cambridge, 
coll. of the S.P.C.K. 

3 B.O., ii. 268, in the note, col. 2, No. 28. 

* Theoremata et E.cercitationes, a coui'se of logic, 
physics, and metaphysics ; see WUstenfeld, Oeschichte d. 
arab. Aerzte, p. 73, No. 61; £.0., ii. 270, note 2. 



BAR-HEBB^US. 271 

'irdnwatha^, and another work of the same class, 
entitled Zubdat al-Asrar or "the Cream of Secrets," 
by his elder contemporary, Athir ad-din Mufaddal 
ibn 'Omar al-Abhari (died in 1262)^. Nor did he 
neglect the study of mathematics and astronomy. 
In 1268 we find him lecturing on Euclid in the 
new convent at Maraghah, and again in 1272, at 
the same place, on the Megiste ('H fieydXr) 
<TvvTa^i<;) of Ptolemy^ He drew up a zlj, i.e., a 
set of astronomical tables or astronomical almanac, 
for the use of tiros'; but his principal work in 
this branch of science is the Sidldka Haunanayd 
or "Ascent of the Mind," a complete treatise on 
astronomy and cosmography, which he composed 
in 1279°. His medical writings are more numer- 
ous, for Bar-Hebr£eus was famous as a physician" 
and had been in attendance as such on the Tatar 

1 Cod. Vat. oxoi. ; Palat. Medio, clxxxv. (Arab, and 
Syr.); Paris, Anc. fonds 163. 

2 See Hist. Dynast, p. 485 (transl., p. 318). 

3 B.O., ii. 253; Chron. Ecdes., ii. 443. 

* B.O., ii. 307 ; but the calendar there indicated is of 
later date. 

6 Bodl. Hunt. 540 ; Paris, Anc. fonds 162. On the date 
see Payne Smith, Catal., p. 584. [Chap. i. of the 2nd part, 
"a short treatise on Chartography and Geography," has 
been edited and translated into English by Gottheil in 
Mittheilungen des Akademisch-Orientalischen Vereins zu 
Berlin, No. 3 (1890).] 

8 Wustenfeld, Geseh. d. arab. Aerzte, No. 240. 



272 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

"king of kings" in 1263^. He made, for example, 
a translation and an abridgement of Dioscorides's 
treatise Uepl liXj;? iaTpiKrjv (De Medicamentis 
Simplicibus), under the title of Kethdhhd dhe- 
Dhioskoridhls"^, and wrote a commentary on the 
Aphorisms of Hippocrates in Arabic', and on the 
Qucestiones Medicce of Honain ibn Ishak in Syriac^. 
He also published the Qucestiones in an abridged 
Syriac translation ^ Further, he is said to have 
written commentaries in Arabic on Galen's treatises 
De Elementis (Tlepl twv Kad' 'lTnroKpdTr]v arot,- 
X^^<^v) and De Temper amentis {Tlepl KpacreiovY. 
He made an abridged version in Arabic of al- 
Ghafiki's' "Book of Simples" {al-adwiyah al- 
mufradahy, and left an unfinished Syriac trans- 
lation of the Canon (al-Kanun fi ^t-Tibb) of Ibn 
Sina'- A large medical treatise of his own com- 

1 Chron. Eccles., i. 747. 

2 B.O., ii. 268, m the note, col. 1, No. 13, and p. 270. 

3 Ibid., ii. 268, col. 1, No. 15, and p. 270. 

* Apparently unfinished, for Bar-sauma is careful to 
add "as far as Thlriakl" B.O., ii. 272, No. 28; see also 
p. 268, in the note, col. 2, No. 25. 

6 B.O., ii. 270, No. 16. 

6 Wenrich, De Auctorum Grcec. Verss. et Commentt. 
Syriaeis, &c., 1842, pp. 242-243, 270 ; Wlisteufeld, Oesch. 
d. arab. Aerzte, No. 240. 

^ Wustenfeld, op. cit., No. 176 ; Ibn Abi Usaibi'ah, ed. 
Mliller, ii. 52. 

8 B.O., ii. 270, No. 14 ; 268, note, col. 1, No. 14. 

» Ibid., ii. 272, No. 24 ; 268, note, col. 2, No. 22. 



BAR-HEBRiEUS. 273 

position in Syriac is mentioned, but no special 
title is given'. As a grammarian Bar-Hebrseus 
deserved well of his country, and his writings on 
this subject are now well known and appreciated 
by Orientalists. By making use of the work of 
previous grammarians, especially Jacob of Edessa, 
he has succeeded in giving a very full sketch of 
the language according to the Oriental system, 
with many valuable observations as to dialectic 
differences, &c. The larger grammar bears the 
title of KUhabha dM-Semhe, "the Book of Lights" 
or " Rays"." It has been published, according to 
the Paris MS. Ancien fonds 166, by the Abb^ 
Martin^. The smaller metrical grammar, Kethabha 
dhe-Ghrammatiki*, was edited so long ago as 1843 
by Professor Bertheau of Gottingen, according to 

1 B.O., ii. 272, No. 26. 

1 Ibid., ii. 307. 

2 (Euvres Orammatioales d'Abou 'I Faradj, dit Bar 
Hebrews, vol. i., 1872. The chapter on the signs of inter- 
punction, &c., was edited by Dr Phillips in 1869, in A 
Letter by Mar Jacob, Bishop of Edessa, on Syriac Ortho- 
graphy. [An exhaustive account of the book is given by 
Merx in his Hist, artis gramm. ap. Syros, chap, xii.] MSS. 
of this work are — Cod. Vat. ccccxvi., ccccxxii. ; Bodl. Hunt. 
1, Pocock 298 ; Paris, Anc. fonds 166 ; Brit. Mus. Add. 
7201 ; Palat. Medic, cxxii. ; Gottingen, Or. 18 b ; Beriin, 
Alt. Best. 43, Sachau 307, 308; Cambridge, coll. of the 
S.P.C.K. 

* 5.0,, ii. 308. 

S. L. 18 



274 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

the MS. Orient. 18 in the library of that uni- 
versity, but without the fifth section De Vocibus 
JEquivocis. Martin has republished it in his 
CEuvres Grammaticales d'Ahou 'I Faradj, vol. ii., 
including the fifth section, according to the Paris 
MS. Ancien fonds 167^. A third, still smaller 
grammar, Kethabha dha-BhelesusUhd or "the Book 
of the Spark," was left unfinished by the author^. 
As a theologian, Bar-Hebrseus's most useful work 
undeniably is the Ausm- Raze or " Storehouse of 
Secrets," the Horreimi Mysteriorum as it is com- 
monly called ^ This is a critical and doctrinal 
commentary on the text of the Scriptures of the 
Old and New Testaments, based on the Peshitta, 
but taking note of the various readings of the 
Hebrew text, the LXX. and other Greek versions, 
the later Syriac translations, and even the Ar- 
menian and Coptic, besides noting differences of 
reading between the Nestorians and Jacobites. 
The doctrinal portion is drawn from the Greek 
fathers and previous Syrian theologians, of course of 
the Monophysite school*. The Mendrath Kudhshe, 

1 Of this work there are many MSS. in Europe, dif- 
fering from one another in the quantity of the scholia and 
the retention or omission of section 5. 

2 B.O., ii. 272, No. 27. ^ fi^i^l,^ ii. 277. 

* Portions of this work have been edited at various 
times, but a complete edition is still unachieved. Larsow 
made a very small beginning in 1858. See the list in 



bae-hebrjEus. 275 

or " Lamp of the Sanctuary," is a treatise on the 
"bases" or first principles on which the church 
is established'. It deals in twelve "bases" with 
the following subjects:— (1) of knowledge in 
general, (2) of the nature of the universe, (3) of 
theology, (4) of the incarnation, (5) of the know- 
ledge of celestial substances, i.e., the angels, (6) of 
the earthly priesthood, (7) of the evil spirits, (8) 

Nestle's Brevis Lingixw Syr. Orammatica, 1881, pp. 31-32. 
[There have since appeared editions of the notes on Pro- 
verbs, Ecolesiastes, Canticles and Wisdom, by Rahlfs 
(Leipzig, 1887) ; on Ruth, and the apocryphal additions 
to Daniel, by Heppner (Halle, 1888); on the Pauline 
epistles, by Loehr (Gottingen, 1889); on Daniel, by Frei- 
mann (Briinn, 1892) ; on Eoclesiasticus, by Kaatz (Frank- 
furt, 1892) ; and on Joshua and Judges, by Kraus (Kirch- 
hain, 1894).] MSS. of this work— Cod. Vat. olxx., cclixxii. ; 
Palat. Medic, xxvi. ; Bodl. Hunt. 1 ; Brit. Mus. Add. 7186, 
21580, 23596; Berlin, Alt. Best. 11, Sachau 134; Gotting- 
en, Orient. 18 a; Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. 

1 B.O., ii. 284. MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxviii.; Paris, Anc. 
fonds 121 ; Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. This work 
has been translated into Arabic — Paris, Anc. fonds 128; 
Brit. Mus. 18296; Bodl. Hunt. 48; BerHn, Sachau 81; 
Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. Mr E. J. H. Gottheil 
has recently lithographed, " for private circulation only,'' a 
small portion of this work, viz., basis ii., ch. iii. sect. 3, 
paragr. 6, on plants (26 pp. of text, 8 pp. of preface) ; the 
title is A list of Plants and their Properties from the 
M^rhwraf^ KudHe of Oregorius bar 'Eb'^rdyA edited hy 
Richard J. H. Oottheil, B.A. [Another extract, on geo- 
graphy, has been edited and translated by Gottheil in 
Hehraica, vol. vii., p. 39 «j.] 

18—2 



276 SYEIAG LITERATURE. 

of the rational soul, (9) of free will and liberty, 
fate and destiny, (10) of the resurrection, (11) of 
the end of the world and the last judgement, (12) 
of paradise. The KSthabha dhe-Zalge, or "Book of 
Rays," is a compendium of theology, going over 
nearly the same ground as the previous work, in 
ten sections'. The Kethabha dh'Ithikm, or Liber 
Twv rjdoKwv, was composed at Maraghah in 1279. 
It has been fully analysed by Assemani in the 
B.O., ii. 303 sq. Part i. treats of the exercises 
of the body and mind, such as prayer, manual 
work, study, vigils, fasting, &c. ; part ii., of the 
regimen of the body; part iii., of the purifying 
of the soul from evil passions; part iv., of the 
adorning of the soul with virtues I The Kethabha 
dh^-Yauiia, or "Book of the Dove," is a similar 
work specially intended for the use of ascetics 
living in solitude as hermits. It is also divided 
into four parts, viz., (1) of the training of the 
body, e.g., in alienation from the world, repentance, 

1 B.O., ii. 297. MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxix.; Bodl. Or. 467, 
Hunt. 521; Paris, Anc. fonds 129, Suppl. 59; Brit. Mus. 
Or. 1017 ; Berlin, Sachaii 85 ; Cambridge, coll. of the 
S.P.C.K. [A geographical extract has been edited and 
translated by Gottheil, loo. cit.] 

2 MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxxi. ; Bodl. Marsh. 681, Hunt. 
490 ; Brit. Mus. Add. 7194, 7195 ; Pai-is, Anc. fonds 122, 
Suppl. 75. There are two Arabic translations of this 
work ; see Zotenberg, Catal., p. 201, No. 247. 



bar-hebrjEus. 277 

poverty, humility, patience, fraternal love, &c. ; 

(2) of the training of the soul, e.g., in quiet, 
religious exercises, prayer, watching, fasting, &c. ; 

(3) of the spiritual rest of the perfect ; and (4) an 
autobiographical sketch of his own spiritual life^ 
Bar-Hebrseus also spent part of his time in ex- 
cerpting, arranging, and commenting upon the 
Book of Hierotheus concerning the hidden Mysteries 
of the House of God^. In the commentary he 
chiefly follows that of Theodosius, patriarch of 
Antioch (see above, p. 206)^. He compiled an 
anaphora', published a confession of faith or creed^ 
and approved the order of baptism of Severus, as 
translated by Jacob of Edessa^ More valuable 
than these is his KUhabhd dM-Huddaye, "the 
Book of Directions" or "Nomocanon," which is 



1 Bodl. Hunt. 1 ; Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. 
There is an Arabic translation, Paris, Anc. fonds 126, 
145 (ffi 292-299). 

^ Probably a production of Stephen bar Sudh-aile ; see 
Brit. Mus. Add. 7189, where we have the commentary of 
Theodosius, patriarch of Antioch, and compare Prothing- 
ham, Stephen bar Sudaili, p. 87 sq. See also above, p. 76 sq. 

3 Brit. Mus. Or. 1017. Other MSS.— Paris, Anc. fonds 
138 ; Berlin, Sachau 206. The work seems to have been 
translated into Arabic (see Zotenberg, Catal., p. 176). 

4 B.O., ii. 275. 

6 Ibid., ii. 276 ; Cod. Vat. clxxiii. 
See Cod. Vat. lii. ; Paris, Anc. fonds 97 ; Medic. 
Palat. xliv. 



278 STEIAC LITERATURE. 

for the Jacobite Church what the Kunruisha, dhe- 
Kanone of 'Abhd-isho' is for the Nestorian, both 
in ecclesiastical and secular matters'. To us 
Europeans the historical writings of Bar-Hebraeus 
surpass in interest and value everything else that 
he has written. He planned and executed a 
Universal History in three parts ^. Part i. contains 
the political History of the World from the crea- 
tion down to his own times^ Part ii. is the 
history of the church from Aaron downwards, the 
treatment beiag exceedingly brief till we reach 
the post-apostolic period, when it becomes a history 
of the patriarchs of the church of Antioch, and 
finally, after the age of Severus, of the patriarchs 
of the Monophysite branch of that church down 
to the year 1285. The meagre continuation by a 
later hand reaches to 1495. Part iii. offers us the 
history of the Eastern division of the Syrian 

1 B.O., ii. 299. Eendered into Latin by J. A. Assemani 
in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., x. MSS.— Cod. Vat. 
cxxxii., ocolvi.-vii., coclviii.-ix. ; Bodl. Hunt. 1 ; Paris, 
Ano. fonds 140 ; Berlin, Alt. Best. 40 ; Palat. Medic. Ixi. 
It has been translated into Arabic. 

2 B.O., ii. 311. 

3 This has been edited under the title of Bar-Hehrcei 
Chronicon Syriacum by Bruns and Kirsch, with a Latin 
translation, in two volumes, 1789. Both test and transla- 
tion are equally bad, and the work deserves a new edition. 
[There is now a better edition (by Bedjan), which appeared 
at Paris in 1890.] 



bar-hebrjEus. 279 

Church from St Thomas the apostle onwards. 
From the time of Marutha (629) it becomes the 
history of the Monophysite maphrians of Taghrith, 
though a record is always carefully kept of the 
catholic patriarchs of the Nestorians. It closes 
with the year 1286, but there is a continuation 
by Bar-Hebrseus's brother Bar-sauma to 1288, 
and thence by another writer to 1496^ In the 
last years of his life, at the request of some 
Muslim friends in Maraghah, he undertook to 
make a recension in Arabic of the political history, 
which he all but finished within the space of one 
month before his last illness came on^. This 
edition is enriched with many references to Mu- 
hammadan writers and literature which are want- 

1 Parts ii. and iii., which supplied Assemani with tlie 
greatest part of the materials for the second volume of his 
Bihl. Orientalis, have been edited by Abbeloos and Lamy 
in three volumes, viz., part ii. in two volumes, 1872-74, 
and part iii. in one volume, 1877, accompanied by a Latin 
translation and notes. It might be advantageously re- 
printed, if revised by a competent hand. MSS. of the 
entire history are — Cod. Vat. olxvi., occlxxxiii.-viii. ; Bodl. 
Hunt. 1; Palat. Medic, cxviii. Part i. is contained in 
Cod. Vat. clxvii. and Bodl. Hunt. 52 ; parts ii. and iii. in 
Brit. Mus. Add. 7198 and Cambridge Dd. 3, 8, 1, as also in 
the coll. of the S.P.C.K. Whether the Berlin MS., Saohau 
210, contains the entire work or only a part of it we do 
not know ; it is simply described as " Chronik des Bar 
Hebr^us." There are excerpts in Cod. Vat. clsxiii. 

^ B.O., ii. 264. 



280 SYRIAC LITERATUEE. 

ing in the Syriac. It is entitled al-Mukhtasar fi 
'd-Duwal, or " Compendious History of the Dyn- 
asties \" As a poet Bar-Hebrseus is admired 
by his countrymen, and even Renan has thought 
the poem on the theme Bona Lex sed Melior 
Philosophia to be worthy of publication^. Some 
of the poems were badly edited and translated by 
Von Lengerke in 1836-38 according to the Paris 
MS. Ancien fonds 130; others have been published 

by the Maronite priest Augustinus Scebabi(^C-iJI) 

at Eome, 1877. The Carmen de Divina Sapientia 
was brought out so long ago as 1638 by Gabriel 
Sionita, and has been published at Rome in 1880 by 

Yohanna Notayn Darauni d^s^jJ^^ Ot^^ '*^^)^- 
In his youth Bar-Hebrseus wrote a book on the 
interpretation of dreams, jmshshak hehn¥ ; and in 
his later years he made a collection of entertaining 
and humorous stories in Syriac, entitled Kethahha, 
dhe-Thimnaye Meghahhekhane, with an Arabic 

^ Edited by Pocook, with a Latin translation, in 1663. 
MSS.— Cod. Vat. ckvii. ; Brit. Mus. Add. 6944, 6952, 1, 
23304-5 ; Bodl. Pocock 54, 162 ; Palat. Medio, cxvii. 

^ Be Philos. Peripat. ap. Syros, p. 67. 

3 B.O., ii. 308. MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxxiv. ; Bodl. Hunt. 
1, Marsh. 201; Paris, Ano. fonds 118, 130, 157; Palat. 
Medic. Ixii. {CataL, p. 110); see also Cod. Vat. ccocxsii. ; 
Bodl. Poo. 298 ; Berlin, Alt. Best. 41, 2, 3, and Saohau 
61, 4-6. 

* B.O., ii. 271, Xo. 20. 



DANIEL BAR KHATTAB. 281 

counterpart under the title of Baf al-Hamm 

Ca^\ ^h), "the Driving away of Care^." The 
contents of the Tunnaye are, however, more varied 
than the title seems to promise, as may be seen 
from Assemani's enumeration of the chapters, 
B.O., ii. 306^. 

Contemporary with Bar-Hebrseus, though some- 
what younger, we may place Daniel bar Khattab, 
to whom Assemani has devoted two articles in the 
B.O., ii., at pp. 244 and 463. Among the poems 
of Bar-Hebrseus we find verses addressed to this 
Daniel by the Nestorian Khamis bar Kardahe 
with his reply and another by Bar-Hebrseus^. 
He composed abridgements in Arabic of several 
of Bar-Hebrseus's works, e.g., the Nomocanon^, 
Ethics, Ausar Raze, Meriarath Kudhshe, KSthabhd 

1 B.O., ii. 268, note, col. 2, No. 31 ; p. 272, note 1. 

2 See a few short specimens in Kirsch and Bernstein's 
Ckrest. Syr., pp. 1-4, and in an article by L. Morales in the 
Z.D.M.G., xl. p. 410 sq. MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxxiii. ; Ind. 
Off. No. 9, " Tracts in Syriac," ff. 351-413. The Daf al- 
Eamm is contained in Paris, A.nc. fonds 160. The cata- 
logue of . Bar-Hebrseus's works in B.O., ii. 268, note, adds 
one Arabic book to this long list (col. 1, No. 19, at the 
foot) of which we know nothing but the title there given in 
Syriac, KUhaMia dM-Henyan Yuthrane, " On the Pleasure 
of Gain." 

3 Payne Smith, Catal., p. 377 ; Catal. Vat., iii. 358. 

4 B.O., ii. 463 ; Cod. Vat. Arab, dcxxxvi. (Mai, Soriptt. 
Vett. Nova Coll., iv. 573). 



282 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

dhe-Bhabhatha, and the larger grammar^ An 
independent work of his, also in Arabic, treats of 
The Bases, or First Principles, of the Faith and 
Consolation of the Hearts of Believers'^. 

With Daniel bar Khattab we may close our 
list of Jacobite writers in the literature of Syria. 
The Nestorians kept the lamp burning for a little, 
though not much longer, as we shall presently 
see. 

Shelemon, or Solomon, of Khilat or Akhlat, 
on the shores of Lake Van, was present as 
metropolitan of Perath de-Maishan or al-Basrah 
at the consecration of the catholicus Sabhr-isho' 
in 1222'. Besides some prayers and short 
discourses (memrone), he wrote a treatise on the 
figure of the heavens and the earth*, and compiled 
a volume of analecta, partly theological, partly 
historical, which he entitled Kethdbha dhe-Dheb- 
hOrltha or "the Bee." It is dedicated to his 
friend Narsai, bishop of Khoni-Shabhor or Beth 
Wazik, called by the Arabs al-Bawazig or al- 
Bawazij^ on the lesser Zab. Of this work an 

1 B.O., ii. 464. 

2 Ibid., ii. 244 ; Cod. Vat. Arab. Ixxiv. (Mai, op. cit., iv. 
153). 

2 B.O., ii. 453, No. 75 ; Bar-Hebrse\is, Gkron. Eccles., ii. 
371. 

^ B.O., iii. 1, 310. 

^ See Hoffmann, Aiisziige, pp. 189 and 296. 



THE BEE. — NESTORIAN HYMN-WRITERS. 283 

analysis has been given by Assemani in the B.O., 
iii. 1, 309-324, and there is a German translation 
of it by Schonfelder, 1866. It has been recently 
edited by Mr E. A. W. Budge, of the British 
Museum, with an English translation, Oxford, 
1886'. 

This was an age of song with the Nestorians, 
in which lived some of their favourite writers of 
hymns. (1) One of the most conspicuous of these 
is George Warda (the Eose) of Arbel or Irbil, 
whose poems have entered so largely into the use 
of the Nestorian Church that one of their service 
books is to this day called the Wardd^. His date 
may be gathered from certain of his hymns, which 
speak of the calamities of the years 1535-38 = 
1224-27 K.J)? (2) About the same time flourished 
Mas'ud of the family Beth Kashsha (in Arabic 
Ibn al-Kass), who was physician {hakim) to the 
caliph al-Musta'sim (1242-58), and outlived his 

1 MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxxvi., clxxvii.; Brit. Mus. Add. 
25875 ; RAS. Add. 76 ; Munich, Cod. Syr. 7 (with an 
Arabic translation). Bodl. Pocock 79 and Paris, Anc._ 
fonds 113, contain only an Arabic translation, different 
from that in the Munich MS. 

2 Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 25. A few specimens are 
given by Cardaljl in the Liher Thesauri, p. 51. Badger has 
translated one, op. ait., pp. 51-57. 

3 Gatal. Vat., iii. 391, at the top. Important MSS. of 
Warda's hymns are Cod. Vat. clxxxiv. ; Berlin, Alt. Best. 
24, Sachau 188 ; Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. 



284 SYKIAC LITERATUEE. 

patron ^ One of his poems for the feast of the 
Epiphany occurs in Cod. Vat. clxxxiv. (Catal., in. 
p. 389)^ (3) Khamis bar Kardahe of Arbel was 
a younger contemporary of Bar-Hebraeus, as 
appears from his correspondence with Daniel bar 
Khattab (see above). He too has bequeathed his 
name to one of the Nestorian service books, which 
is still called the Khamis^- (4) Gabriel Kamsa 
(the Locust) was a monk of Beth-Kiika. He 
became metropolitan of Mosul, and was present 
at the consecration of Yabh-alaha III. in 1281*. 
There is a long poem of his in Cod. Vat. clxxx. 
(Catal., iii. 376), treating of the creation, the 
incarnation, the life of our Saviour, the preaching 
of the apostles, and the praises of the fathers of 
the church, and concluding with an encomium on 

^ B.O., iii. 1, 561 ; Bar-Hebrseus, Sist. Dynast., pp. 
522-523 (transl., pp. 341-342). 

2 See Cardahi, Liber Thesauri, pp. 125-128. 

3 Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 24 ; see one of his poems 
translated, pp. 38-49. Cardahi gives some specimens in 
Liber Thesauri, pp. 59-62. Important IMSS. of his poems 
are — Cod. Vat. clxxxv.-vi.-viii. ; Brit. Mus. Add. 18716, f. 
44 a, and Orient. 2304; Berlin, Sachau 178; see also Cod. 
Vat. Ixxxix. and Brit. Mus. Or. 1300 at the end. Berlin, 
Sachau 229, contains a poem of Bar-Hebrseus, amplified 
by Khamis and later poets; compare B.O., ii. 308, iii. 
1, 566. 

* B.O., ii. 456. Cardahi has published a specimen, 
Liber Thesauri, pp. 107-113. 



'ABHD-ISHO' bar BERiKHA. 285 

Sabhr-isho', the founder of Beth-Kuka. (5) John 
of Mosul was a monk of the convent of St Michael 
near that city^ His work entitled KUhdhha 
dh^-Shappir Duhhdre was published at Rome in 
1868 by E. J. Millos, archbishop of 'Akra, as a 
school-book, under the title of Directorium Spirit- 
uale. It is, of course, impossible to say to what 
extent the original has been tampered with in 
such an edition, but there is a MS. in the Brit. 
Mus. Or. 2450^. The composition of the work is 
placed by Millos in 1245, and the death of the 
author by Cardahi (Lib. Thes., p. 120) in 1270. 

' Abhd-isho' bar BSrikha holds nearly the same 
position in regard to the Nestorian Church that 
Bar-Hebrseus does in relation to the Jacobite, 
though far inferior in talent and learning to " the 
Son of the Hebrew." He flourished under Yabh- 
alaha III., being firstly bishop of Shiggar (Sinjar) 
and Beth-'Arbaye about 1285', and afterwards, 
before 1291^ metropolitan of Nisibis and Armenia. 
He died in 1318'. He has left us a list of his 

1 Cardahi (Liber Thesauri, p. 118) wrongly says "at 
Baghdadh." 

2 The most reverend editor inveighs in his preface 
against " the Protaye (Protestants), who believe in nothing 
at all"; seep. 14,1. 12. 

3 B.O., i. 539. 

4 Ibid., i. 538; iii. 1, 327, col. 2. 

6 Ibid., i. 539; iii. 1, 3, notes 2, 3, 325, note 1. 



286 SYEIAC LITERATURE. 

own publications at the end of the Gatalogus 
Lihrorum, in the B.O., iii. 1, 325 sq. Several of 
these seem to be lost, — at least they do not appear 
in the catalogues of our collections, — such as the 
commentary on the Old and New Testaments \ 
the Kethahha Kaiholikos on the marvellous dis- 
pensation or life of our Lord on earth ^'j the 
Kethdhhd Skolastikos against all the heresies', the 
book of the mysteries of the Greek philosophers*, 
the twelve discourses comprising all the sciences ^ 
and the ecclesiastical decisions and canons", as 
also an Arabic work with the title Shah-niarwdrld 
or "the King-pearl '■." The Margdnltha or " Pearl" 
is a theological work in five sections, treating of 
God, the creation, the Christian dispensation, the 
sacraments of the church, and the things that 
prefigure the world to come. There is a careful 
analysis of its contents in B.O., iii. 1, 352-360. 
It has been edited, with a Latin translation, in 
Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., x., and done into 
English by Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 380 sq. 
The date of composition is 1298^. 'Abhd-isho' 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 325. 2 Id., ibid. 

8 Id., p. 360. 4 Id., ihid. 

5 Id., ibid. Id., ibid. 

' Perhaps only an Arabic recension or abridgement of 
the MargSmlthd. 

8 MSS.— Cod. Vat. olxxv.-vi., ccoclvi. ; RAS. Add. 76 ; 
Berlin, Sachau 4, 312 ; Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. 



ABHD-ISHO BAR BERIKHA. 

himself translated this work into Arabic in 1312, 
as we learn from 'Amr ibn Matta in the Majdal, 
where large portions of it are quoted^ The 
Collection of Synodical Canons or Nomocanon is 
also fully analysed by Assemani, B.O., iii. 1, 332- 
351. It has been edited, with a Latin translation, 
in Mai, Scriptt. Vett. Nova Coll., x.^ As a poet 
'Abhd-isho' does not shine according to our ideas, 
although his countrymen admire his verses greatly. 
Not only is he obscure in vocabulary and style, 
but he has adopted and even exaggerated all the 
worse faults of Arabic writers of rimed prose and 
scribblers of verse'. His principal effort in poetry 
is the Paradise of Eden, a collection of fifty poems 
on theological subjects, which has been analysed 
by Assemani, B.O., iii. 1, 325-332*. This volume 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 360, note 4; see Cod. Vat. Ixv., cocvii., 
and Cod. Vat. Arab. ex. (Mai, Sariptt. Vett. Nova Coll., 
iv.); compare B.O., iii. 1, 589. 

2 MSS. — Cod. Vat. cxxviii., cxxix., coolv. 

2 See Payne Smith's minute descriptions in his Catal., 
p. 523 sq. 

* MSS. — Cod. Vat. ccxlv., ccclxxix. ; Paris, Anc. fonds 
166; Berlin, Alt. Best. 41, 1, Saohau 1, 21, 80; Brit. Mus. 
Orient. 2302-3; Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. [The 
first part of the Pardaud (25 poems) has been edited, with 
short notes in Arabic, by Ga,briel Cardahi (Beyrut, Cathohc 
Press, 1889). Specimens of the work, and of the scholia, 
with Latin translation, have also been pubhshed by H. 
Gismondi {ihid., 1888). Cf. Noldeke in Z.D.M.O., xhii., 
675 sq.l 



288 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

was published by the author in 1291, and in 1316 
he found that it was necessary to add an ex- 
planatory commentary^. Another collection of 
twenty-two poems, which may be regarded as 
parts of one composition, treating of the love of 
wisdom and knowledge, is found in Cod. Vat. 
clxxiv. (CataL, iii. 359) and Bodl. Marsh. 201 
(P. Smith, CataL, p. 510) ; and a third, including 
the above and a selection from the Paradise, is 
contained in Bodl. Marsh. 361^- Of his minor 
works, enumerated in the B.O., iii. 1, 361, the 
•consolatory discourses, the letters, and the com- 
mentary on the epistle of Aristotle to Alexander 
concerning the great art (alchemy) seem to be 
lost. The turgame are collected in a MS. at 
Berlin, Alter Bestand 41, 4. His commentary on 
an enigmatical poem of Simeon Shankelawi we 
have already mentioned (see above, p. 258). To 
us his most useful work decidedly is the Catalogue 
of Books, which forms the basis of vol. iii. part 1 
of Assemani's Bibl. Orient. There is an older 
edition of it by Abraham Ecchellensis, Rome, 
1653. It has been translated into English by 



1 B.O., iii., 1, 327, col. 2. 

2 Payne Smith, Gated., p. 523 ; see also p. 531, Nos. 30, 
31. In Paris, Ano. fonds 104, there is a poem explana- 
tory of the ecclesiastical calendar (Zotenberg, Catal., 
p. 128). 



HISTOUY OF YABH.ALAHA. 289 

Badger^. The Catalogue consists of four parts, 
viz., (1) the Scriptures of the Old Testament, with 
sundry apocrypha, B.O., iii. 1, 5 ; (2) the Scriptures 
of the New Testament, p. 8 ; (3) the Greek fathers 
who were translated into Syriac, p. 13 ; (4) the 
Syriac fathers, chiefly, of course, of the Nestorian 
Church, pp. 65-362. It is to be regretted that 
'Abhd-isho' contented himself merely with enu- 
merating the titles of books, and never thought it 
worth his while to give the date of the writers, 
nor even to arrange his notices in any kind of 
chronological order^. 

[An interesting work of this period, which has 
only recently become known in Europe, is the 
biography of the catholicus Yabh-alaha III. 
(1281-1317), from the pen of a contemporary. 
A copy of the only MS. known to exist was 
supplied to M. Bedjan, and by him published at 
Paris in 1888. It is a simple narrative, in 
charming style, of the life of Yabh-alaha, who 
was a native of China and rose from a humble 
station to the headship of the Nestorian Church. 
It is especially valuable for the light it throws on 
the relations between the Mongolian princes of 

1 The Nestoriaris, ii. 361. Badger ascribes the work 
to the year 1298, probably on the authority of his MS. 

2 MSS.— Cod. Vat. clxxvi.; EAS. Add. 76 (imperfect); 
Rome, Bibl. Vitt. Eman. A. 1194, MSS. Sessor. 162; 
Cambridge, coll. of the S.P.C.K. 

S. L. 19 



290 SYRIAC LITERATURE. 

the period and their Christian subjects. A full 
account is given in Duval's article, Journal Asia- 
tique, 1889, p. 313 sq.] 

After 'Abhd-isho' there are hardly any names 
among the Nestorians worthy of a place in the 
literary history of the Syrian nation. We may 
make an exception in favour of the catholicus 
Timothy II., who was elected in succession to 
Yabh-alaha III. in 1318, having previously been 
metropolitan of Mosul and Irbil under the name 
of Josephs He wrote a work on the sacraments 
of the church, of which Assemani has given an 
analysis in B.O., iii. 1, .572-580-. His death took 
place in 1328. 

1 B.O., iii. 1, 567. ^ Vat. oii. 



INDEX OF AUTHORS 
AND OP ANONYMOUS WOEKS AND TRANSLATIONS. 



N.B. The more important references, viz. those to the paragraphs 
in which the respective authors or works are specially treated, 



3 printed in darlter type than the others. 



Aaron (Ahron) 222 

Aaron (or John) bar Ma'dani 
263-265, 267 

Abgar, Letters of 26 

Abha 38 

Abha bar BeriKh-sebyaneh of 
Kashkar, v. Mar-abha II. 

'Abhd-isho", v. Joseph of 
Hazza 

'Abhd-Isho' bar Bahriz 231 

'Abhd-Isho" bar Berikha of 
Nisibis 20, 30, 31, 32, 38, 
42, 45, 50, 58, 59, 65, 90, 
97, 100, 109, 110, 112, 114, 
120, 124, 127, 128, 131, 132, 
148, 168, 170, 173, 177, 180, 
186, 187, 188, 189, 191, 194, 
195, 212, 214, 217, 218, 220, 
221, 228, 229, 232, 233, 288, 
258, 278, 285-289, 290 

"Abhd-isho' bar Shahhare (Bar 
Shi'arah ?) 232 



'Abhsamya 41-42 

'Abhshota 64 

Abhzudh (Bazudh?) 228-230 

Abraham bar Dashandadh 
185-186, 191, 216 

Abraham of Kashkar (i) 118- 
119, (ii) 119, 131 

Abraham of Nephtar (Neth- 
par) 111-112, 178 

Abraham of Nisibis 114, 119, 
129, 168 

Abraham the Mede 63 

Abii Ghalib bar Sabiim 243- 
244 

Abu Halim 265-256 

Aoaoius of Amid 51, 59 

Aoacius of Seleucia 59-60, 63 

Acts of the Apostles, Apocry- 
phal 26 

Adam, Testament of 25 

Addai, Doctrine of 9, 43 

.^sop's Fables 241-242 



292 



INDEX. 



Aha 46 

Ahron, v. Aaron 
Ahu-cth'emmeh 97-98 
Alaha-zekha 181-182 
Alexander, Pseudo--Callis- 

thenes's Life of 139-140, 201 
'Anan-isho' of Hedhaiyabh 

174-176, 212 
Andrew 232-233 
Antonius the Ehetorioian 203- 

204 
Aphraates 4, 5, 9, 10, 32-33, 

143, 159 
Apocrypha 5-6, 25-27 
Ara 61 
Athanasius II. of Balad, 154- 

156 

Babhai bar Nesibhnaye 167, 
184-185 

Babhai the archimandrite 126, 
128, 130, 131, 167-169, 177 

Balai 39-40 

Bar 'All 212, 215-216 

Bar Bahlul 212, 228 

Bardesanes (Bar Daisau) 28- 
30, 61 

Bar-Hebra!us 2, 20, 22 u., 23, 
32, 39, 41, 42, 58, 70, 77, 
97, 100, 102, 116, 121, 122, 
123, 183, 139, 142, 144, 148, 
149, 158, 163, 164, 166, 172, 
181, 187, 194, 195, 203, 204, 
205, 206 n., 208, 211, 212, 
217, 224, 225, 245, 258, 254, 
259, 265-281, 284, 285 

Bar'idta 131-132 

Bar Sahde 186 



Bar-samyd, Martyrdom of 43 
Bar Saroshwai, v. Henan-Isho' 
Bar-sauma of Nisibis, 57-58,81 
Bar-sauma the archimandrite 

65-66 
Bar Shi'arah, v. 'Abhd-isho' 

bar Shahhare 
Baziidh (or Michael), v. Abh- 

zudh 
Beth Selokh, History of 44 
Bodh 123-124, 239 

Candius, v. Kendi 

Causa Causarum 147, 242-243 

Chronicon Bdessenum 41, 101- 

102, 201 
Clement's Recognitions 61 
Constantiue of Harran 160- 

161, 162 
Constitutiones Apostolm-um 27 
Cosmas 56 

Curetonian Gospels 7-13 
Cyprian of Nisibis 189-191, 

205 
Cyriacus 165-166, 196, 197 
Cyrillona 40-42 

Dadha 54-55 

Dadh-isho' (i) 56, (ii) 131, 167 

Daniel bar Khattab 281-282, 

284 
Daniel bar Maryam 180 
Daniel bar Moses 163 
Daniel of Salah 159-160 
Daniel of Tubhanitha 234-235 
David bar Paul 269-260 
David of Beth Kabban 183-184 
De Fato 30 



INDEX. 



293 



Denah-isho', v. Isho'-denah 
Denha (or Ihibha) 218-219, 259 
Didascalia Apostoloruvi 27 
Dionysius (or Jacob) bar Salibi 

17, 144, 246-250 
Dionysius of Tell-Mahre 2, 41, 

52, 78, 80, 84, 105, 196-203, 

204 
Doctrina Apostoloruyn 27 

Edessene Chronicle, v. Chroni- 
con Edessenum 

Elias bar Shinaya of Nislbia 
32, 132, 148, 158, 163, 182, 
183, 194, 195, 222, 235-239, 
257, 259 

Elias of al-Anbar 228, 230 

Elias (of Dara ?) 82 

Elias of Merv 179-180 

Elias I. of Tirhau 212, 233-234, 
236, 259 

Elias the patriarch 161-162 

Elisha (or Hosea) of NisJbis 60 

Emmanuel bar Shahhare 231- 
232 

Ephraim Syrus 9, 10, 11, 29, 
33-37, 38, 39, 41, 52, 53, 
72, 122, 162, 226 

Eusehius — Theophania, His- 
tory of confessors in Pales- 
tine, and Ecclesiastical His- 
tory, 61 

Gabriel bar Bokht-isho" 214- 

215, 217 
Gabriel Kamsa 284-285 
Gabriel of Hormizdsher 120- 

121 



Gabriel Tavuretha 180-181 
George, bishop of Serugh 67, 

151, 154 
George, bishop of the Arab 

tribes 32, 70, 144, 156-159 
George of Be'elthan 164-165, 

194 
George of Kaphra 178-179 
George of Martyropolis 160, 162 
George of Mosul and Arbel 

180, 230-231, 234 
George Warda 283 
Gregory the abbot 42-43 

Habbibh, Martyrdom of 43 
Hannana of Hedhaiyabh 124- 

127, 167 
Harmonius 29 

Henan-Isho' I. 181-182, 188, 
' 184 

Henan-isho' bar Saroshwai 228 
Herod and Pilate, Letters of 26 
Honain ibn Ishak 10, 176, 

211-213, 214, 215, 259, 272 
Hosea of Nisibis, v. Elisha 

Ibas (ihibha) (i) 48, 49-51, 59, 

64, 65, 72, (ii) v. Denha 
Isaac of Autiooh 39, 51-54, 72, 

226 
Isaac of Nineveh 110-111, 235 
Isho" bar 'AH, v. Bar 'Ali 
Isho' bar Bahlul, v. Bar Bah- 

im 

Isho' bar Non 186, 216-218 
Isho' Maruzaya 215 
isho'-dadh of Merv 220-221 
Isho'-denah of al-Basrah 195 



294 



INDEX. 



Isho'-yabh (or Joseph) bar 

Malkon 266-2B7 
isho'-yabh I. of Arzon 125, 

129-130 
isho'-yabh II. of Gedhala 168, 

169-170, 172 
Isho'-yabh III. of Hedhaiyabh 

171-174, 175, 178, 179, 180, 

183 

Jacob bar Salibi, v. Dionysius 
Jacob (or Severus) bar Shakko 

164, 258, 260-263 
Jacob Burde'ana 85-88, 97 
Jacob of Edessa 4, 17, 24, 67, 

74, 84, 90, 91 n., 93, Mi- 
ls*, 156, 158, 175, 273, 277 
Jacob of Maiperkat 263 
Jacob of Nislbis 31-32, 33, 122 
Jacob of Serugh 39, 67-72, 76, 

77, 78, 79, 110, 150 n., 162 
Jacob of Serugh, Lives of 67 
Januarius Candidatiis 156 
John bar Aphtonyil 83 -85 
John bar Aphtonyd, Life of 84 
John bar Cursus of Telia 73, 

81-83, 86 
John bar Ma'dani, v. Aaron 
John (or Yeshu") bar Shushau 

53, 225-227 
John bar Zo'bl 218, 234, 257, 

258-259, 261 
John I. of Antioch 139 
John of Asia or Ephesus, 2, 

80, 85, 87, 89, 102-107, 108, 

200, 202 
John of Beth Garmai (i) 63, 

(ii) 176-177 



John of Dara 200, 204^-205 
John of Harran and Mardin 

244-246, 248, 251 
John of Maron 223-224 
John of Mosul 285 
John of Nisibis 114-115 
John Sabha 109-110 
Joseph, Poem on the history of 

37,40 
Joseph and Asyath, History of 

25, 113 
Joseph bar Malkon, v. Isho'- 
yabh , 
Joseph Huzaya 115-116, 124, 

150, 175 
Joseph of Hazza (Hazzaya) 

127-129, 167, 168 
Joseph of Mehtene 225 
Joseph of Seleucia 121-122 
Joshua the Stylite 68, 77-78, 

101, 202 
Jubilees, Book of 25, 98 
Julian, Romances of, 99-101 

Kalilah and Dimnah (Kalilagh 

we-Damnagh) 124, 239-240, 

241 
Karkaphensiantradition20-25, 

175 
Eendi (Candius) 221 
KHhdbha dha-Khhjdndydthd, 

V. Liber Naturalium 
Kethdbhd dhg-Ndmose dh'Ath- 

rawdthd, v. De Fato 
Khamis bar Kardahe 281, 284 
Kum! 65 

Laws of the Emperors 95-97 



INDEX. 



295 



Lazarus bar Sabhetha 199, 204 
Lazarus of Beth Kaudasa 162- 

163 
Leo 160-161 
Liier Naturalium 132-133 

Malkite Version 17-19 
Ma'na 62-63, 64, 94 
Mara III. of Amid 73, 83, 108 
Marabha I. 19-20, 116-118, 

119, 120, 121, 122 
Marabha II. 186-187 
Mdri, Acts of 44 
Mari the Persian 48, 49, 51, 59 
Mark bar Kiki 224-225 
Martyrologies 43-46 
Marutha of Maiperkat 44-46, 

137 
Martitha of Taghrith 46, 136- 

137, 279 
Massoretic MSS.,i, 20-25, 150- 

151 
Mas' fid 283-284 
Medrath Oazze 25 n., 98-99, 

201 
Meshiha-zekha 130-131 
Michael I. (the Elder) 246, 

249, 250-253, 254 
Mikha (i) 60, 63 (ii) 183 
Milles 30-31 
Moses (or Severus) bar Kepha 

207-211 
Moses of Aggel 13, 25, 108, 

112-113 

Narsai 58-59, 63, 114, 115, 

116, 150 
Nestorian Chronicle, 183 



Nonnus of Nisibis 205-206 

Old Syriac Gospels 8, 10, 13 

Paul bar Kakai 63 
Paul of Callinious 94-95 
Paul of Telia 14-16, 25, 134 
Paul the abbot 95 n., 135-136, 

149, 219 
Paul the Persian 122-123 
Paulonas or Pauliuus 38 
Ilepl elfj-apfi^vTjs , V. De Fato 
Peshlttd 3-13 

Peter of Callinious 113-114 
Pethion 195 
Philip 30 
Philoxenus of Mabbogh 13-14, 

16, 72-76, 77, 112 
Phocas bar Sergius of Edessa 

93 
Probus 64^65, 89, 94 
Protevangelium JaeoM 26 
Psalm OLi. 25 
Psalms, Apocryphal 25 n. 

Eabbula 9, 11, 39, 47-49, 62, 112 
Eomanus the physician (Theo- 

dosius of Antioch) 77, 206- 

207, 277 

Sabhr-isho' the catholicus 125, 

133-134 
Sabhr-Isho' Eustam 177-178 
Sahdona of Halamun 170-171, 

180 
Said bar Sabuni 227, 248 
St John Baptist, Prayers of 

26 



296 



INDEX. 



St Paul, Apocalypse of 26 
St Peter, Doctrine of 26 
Samuel 66 

Sanherlb, History of 25 
Sergras of Ras-'ain 88-93, 94, 

97, 119, 120 
Service-books 27-28 
Severus bar Shakko, v. Jacob 
Severus Sebokbt 137-139, 141, 

154, 259 
Sharbel, Hypomnemata of 43 
Simeon Barkaya 132 
Simeon bar Sabba'e 30-31 
Simeon bar Tabbakhe of Kash- 

kar 188 
Simeon Kiikaya 79 
Simeon of Beth Arsham 57, 

58, 62, 79-81, 108, 202 
Simeon of Beth Garmai 134 
Simeon Shankelawi 257-268, 

288 
Simeon the deacon 222 
Simeon the Stylite 55-56 
Simeon the Stylite, Life of 56, 

66 
Sindban {Sindibddh), Story of 

240-241 
Solomon of al-Basrah 282-283 
Stephen bar Sudhaile 69, 76- 

77, 243 
Siiren or Surin 189-190 

Tatian's Diatessaron 7-10, 35 



Theodore bar Khoni 222, 229 
Theodore bar Wahbon 253- 

254 
Theoiiore bar Zariidl 93 
Theodore of Merv 90, 119-120 
Theodosius of Antioch, v. 

Bomanus 
Theodosius of Edessa 203 
Theophilus of Edessa 152 n., 

163-164 
Thomas, Gospel of 26 
Thomas of Harkel or Heraclea 

16, 84, 134, 151 n. 
Thomas of Marga 131, 183, 

184, 205, 219-220 
Timothy I. 186, 191-194, 216 
Timothy II. 290 
Titiis of Bostra's Discourses 61 
Transitus beatae Virginis 26 

Versions of the Bible 3-20 

Warda, v. George 
Wom^n, Book of 5 

Yabh-aldha III., Life of 289- 

290 
Yazidadh 61, 63 
Yeshii' bar Shiishan, v. John 

Zacharias Rhetor 83, 88, 89, 

107-108, 113 
Zenobius 38-39, 41, 52 



CAMBKIDGE ; PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M A. 4 SONS, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS